1713 langues concernées

25357 titres trouvés

[23959]    Creissels, Denis & Claire Grégoire (1993) : La notion de ton marqué dans l’analyse d’une opposition tonale binaire: le cas du mandingue
[507]   [Anonymous] (1993) : Manuel de fulfulde
[1128]   [Anonymous] (1991) : Langue et culture en Afrique: mélanges à la mémoire d’Aramazani Burusha A. (1943-1987)
[20946]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Afrikanische Sprachen
[21952]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Etapes dans la découverte du système verbal en ntcham
[21953]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Un vocabulaire français-lokele
[21954]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Vocabulaire français-kituba-tshiluba-tshisonge-tshikuba-tshitetela
[21955]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Chokwe grammar notes
[21956]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Italian-Kikuyu and Kikuyu-Italian dictionary
[21957]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Tshivenda grammar notes
[21958]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Fragments of a Chigogo dictionary
[21959]   [Anonymous] (1---) : A dictionary of Chigogo
[21960]   [Anonymous] (1---) : English-Chokwe vocabulary
[21961]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Zigula vocabularies and phrases
[21962]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Glossary of Chikabanga
[21963]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Grammaire kirega (dialecte kisile), non-publié
[21964]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Kingoreme word list
[21965]   [Anonymous] (1---) : A grammatical sketch of the Kational dialect of the Tagbana language
[21966]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Vocabulaire lingala-français, français-lingala
[21967]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Short grammar of the Zigula language
[21968]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Kinyamwezi grammar and vocabulary
[21969]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Basa-French beginner’s book
[21970]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Essai sur la grammaire npongue
[21971]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Lexique ewondo-français et français-ewondo
[21972]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Suggestions for a Lontomba grammar
[21973]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Kingoreme grammar
[21974]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Chokwe-English vocabulary
[21975]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Essai de grammaire en dialecte djimini
[21976]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Birifor grammar
[21977]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Vocabulaire nioniossé
[21978]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Notes on the Zigua language
[21979]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Prefatory grammar notes
[21980]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Vocabulaire lingala: lingala-français, français-lingala
[21981]   [Anonymous] (19--) : A Maasai grammar for beginners
[21982]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Luhaya: Wortschatz und Redewendungen
[21983]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Dictionary ia Kiswahili-Gekoio na Gekoio-Kiswahili
[21984]   [Anonymous] (19--) : KiHehe-Deutsches Wörterbuch
[21985]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Deutsch-kiHehe Wörterbuch
[21986]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Afrikaans-Tsonga woodlysileidende Afrikaans
[21987]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Vocabulaire français-shi
[21988]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Vocabulaire shi-français
[21989]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Jahresnamen der Herero von 1820-1920
[21990]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Kiswahili phrase book and glossary
[21991]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Esimbi-English wordlist, English-Esimbi wordlist
[21992]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Buli grammar
[21993]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Vocabulaire kihaya, kinyarwanda, kigwe
[21994]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Abriss der kiHehe Grammatik
[21995]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Some (unpublished) notes on Kijita
[21996]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Maasai grammar and vocabulary
[21997]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammar English-Kigwe (Sukuma)
[21998]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Unpublished Masai dictionary: Masai-English, English-Masai
[21999]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Gramática ndau
[22000]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Dictionnaire français-mashi
[22001]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Swahili phrasebook
[22002]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Afrikaans-Engels-Tswana woordelys
[22003]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Suggestions for a LoNtomba grammar
[22004]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Bulu-French beginner’s book
[22005]   [Anonymous] (19--) : KiSimbita grammar
[22006]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Note on Kigwe grammar
[22007]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Dictionnaire francais--ki-sukuma, ki-sukuma--français
[22008]   [Anonymous] (19--) : English-Kisukuma dictionary
[22009]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Kisukuma-English dictionary
[22010]   [Anonymous] (19--) : A kiSukuma-English dictionary
[22011]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Éléments de dictionnaire français-kifipa
[22012]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammaire ki-sukuma
[22013]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammar of the Kisukuma language
[22014]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Outline of Sukuma grammar
[22015]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Zigua-English dictionary
[22016]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Vocabulaire sile
[22017]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Sukuma plants and their traditional uses
[22019]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Guide pour l’enseignement du syllabaire bete
[22020]   [Anonymous] (192-) : Primer in the Gang language
[22021]   [Anonymous] (1920) : Miners’ companion in Zulu (and Kitchen Kaffir)
[22022]   [Anonymous] (1921) : N’ano ne n’ano, Karanga progressive reading & writing handbook
[22024]   [Anonymous] (1921) : Elementary Zulu
[22025]   [Anonymous] (1922) : Vocabulary Nilotic-English
[22026]   [Anonymous] (1923) : Systems of translitteration from Arabic into English
[22027]   [Anonymous] (1923) : English-Yoruba phrase book
[22028]   [Anonymous] (1924) : English-Ibo phrase book
[22029]   [Anonymous] (1924) : The Oxford South African dictionary
[22030]   [Anonymous] (1925) : Tanganyika Territory. Report of the Education Committee, 1925, together with the Report of the Committee for the Standardization of the Swahili Language
[22031]   [Anonymous] (1926) : Grammar sy’oluganda
[22032]   [Anonymous] (1926) : Puisano ea Sesotho le se-English (phrase-book Sesuto-English)
[22033]   [Anonymous] (1926) : Diccionario manual español-pamue et pamue-español
[22034]   [Anonymous] (1927) : A grammar of the Kipsigis and Nandi languages
[22035]   [Anonymous] (1927) : Petit vocabulaire tshiluba-français
[22036]   [Anonymous] (1927) : Richtlinien für die praktische Schreibung afrikanischer Sprachen
[22037]   [Anonymous] (1927) : Practical orthography of African languages
[22038]   [Anonymous] (1927) : Éléments de la grammaire mangala de l’Uelé, suivis d’un vocabulaire
[22039]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Dholuo primer (Nilotic Kavirondo)
[22040]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Report of Rejaf language conference 1928
[22041]   [Anonymous] (1928) : English-Ibo phrase book
[22042]   [Anonymous] (1928) : A dictionary with notes on the grammar of the Mashona language
[22043]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Vocabulaire français, oromo, abyssin
[22044]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Report of the Committee for the Standardization of the Swahili Language
[22045]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Swahili phrases and large vocabulary
[22046]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Vocabulario de Chimanhica
[22047]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Sarufi ya kiswahili
[22048]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Buku ya vahlayi: livre de lecture pour les Thonga du nord du Transvaal et de la province Mozambique
[22049]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Buku da bahlayi: ledi da ku dama shipele
[22050]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Alphabets for the Efik, Ibo and Yoruba languages
[22051]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Recommendations on Zulu orthography
[22052]   [Anonymous] (1929) : A guide and aid to Swahili examinations
[22053]   [Anonymous] (1930) : Grammar la cinyanja
[22054]   [Anonymous] (1930) : Practical orthography of African languages
[22055]   [Anonymous] (1930/46) : Lexique boré-français et lexique français-boré
[22056]   [Anonymous] (1931) : A practical orthography for Zulu
[22057]   [Anonymous] (1931) : Petite grammaire de la langue du bas-Congo (kikongo)
[22058]   [Anonymous] (1931) : Lexicon kikuyense-latinum
[22059]   [Anonymous] (1931) : Lexicon latinum-kikuyense
[22060]   [Anonymous] (1932) : Actes du congrès de l’Institut Internationale des Langues et Civilisations Africaines, Paris 1931
[22061]   [Anonymous] (1933) : Ekitabo loisisyanakin aswairin
[22062]   [Anonymous] (1933) : Lexicon cinyanja-cilatini
[22063]   [Anonymous] (1933) : Short guide in the recording of African languages
[22064]   [Anonymous] (1934) : Inventaire ethnique et linguistique au Cameroun sous mandat français
[22065]   [Anonymous] (1934) : English-Tsonga, Tsonga-English pocket dictionary
[22066]   [Anonymous] (1935) : Dholuo grammar, with some useful phrases and vocabulary of common words
[22067]   [Anonymous] (1935-1938) : Sukuma-English word list
[22068]   [Anonymous] (1936) : Nomenclatura elementare e espressioni nelle lingue amarica, galla, araba (dialetto tripolino)
[22069]   [Anonymous] (1936) : The Hima method of counting
[22070]   [Anonymous] (1937) : Orthography of Chitonga
[22071]   [Anonymous] (1937) : Native education: the orthography of Tswana
[22072]   [Anonymous] (1938) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans, Sesuto and Mine Kaffir
[22073]   [Anonymous] (1938) : Hausa orthography
[22074]   [Anonymous] (1939) : Dictionnaire français-kiHa
[22075]   [Anonymous] (1939) : Wörterbuch Deutsch-Kinyankyusa
[22076]   [Anonymous] (1939) : The Acholi-English handbook
[22077]   [Anonymous] (1939) : Kikamba-English dictionary
[22078]   [Anonymous] (1940) : Luragoli-English vocabulary
[22079]   [Anonymous] (1940) : Kxasha-peu I: thutô ya Sesotho ê lekanyeditswe sekolo sa borutisi
[22080]   [Anonymous] (1940) : English-Chinyanja dictionary
[22081]   [Anonymous] (1941) : An easy Zulu vocabulary and phrase book, with grammatical notes
[22082]   [Anonymous] (1943-1974) : Manuscripts, papers, etc., on the study of Bantu languages
[22083]   [Anonymous] (1944) : Akarimojong-Swahili-English vocabulary
[22084]   [Anonymous] (1944) : Puisano ea Sesotho le se-English (phrase-book Suto-English)
[22085]   [Anonymous] (1945) : Lições elementares de umbundu
[22086]   [Anonymous] (1945) : Studi etiopici raccolti da Conti Rossini
[22087]   [Anonymous] (1946) : Simple English-Nuer phrases for beginners
[22088]   [Anonymous] (1947) : Bemba-English dictionary
[22089]   [Anonymous] (1947) : Standard Luganda rules of spelling: summary [...] according to the 1947 orthrography conference
[22090]   [Anonymous] (1948) : A veterinary glossary in Kiswahili, Kikuyu, Masai and Nandi (compiled for the Department of Veterinary Services, Kenya Colony)
[22091]   [Anonymous] (1948) : Internationale linguistische expeditie op de Bantoe-Soedaneze grenslijn 1949-1950
[22092]   [Anonymous] (1948) : Fanagalo postal course
[22093]   [Anonymous] (1948) : The majority and minority report of the Luganda Orthography Committee 1947
[22094]   [Anonymous] (1948) : Rules for reducing unwritten languages to alphabetical writing in Roman characters, with reference especially to the languages spoken in Africa
[22095]   [Anonymous] (1949) : Fanagalo postal course
[22096]   [Anonymous] (1949) : Setswana and Xhosa grammatical terms
[22097]   [Anonymous] (1950) : Linguaphone Swahili: introduction book based on Ashton’s Swahili grammar with text of records spoken by Sheikh Said Hilal El-Bualy and George James Magembe
[22098]   [Anonymous] (1950) : Coptic studies in honor of Walter Ewing Crum
[22099]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Universal decimal classification [...] reclassification of the Bantu languages
[22100]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Kikongo unifié: grammaire et exercises
[22101]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Die invloed van die Namataal op Afrikaans
[22102]   [Anonymous] (1951) : The orthography of Sotho
[22103]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Gurune primer
[22104]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Comptes rendus du premiere conférence international des africanistes de l’ouest, Dakar 1945
[22105]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Dictionnaire français-lingala, lingala-français, avec manuel de conversation
[22106]   [Anonymous] (1952) : Derivations of some Teso place-names
[22107]   [Anonymous] (1952) : Kutaura cirungu: Zezuru and English phrase book
[22108]   [Anonymous] (1952) : English-Tsonga, Tsonga-English pocket dictionary
[22109]   [Anonymous] (1953) : Bura-English dictionary
[22110]   [Anonymous] (1953) : Buli primer
[22111]   [Anonymous] (1953) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans and Fanakalo
[22112]   [Anonymous] (1953) : Gurune primer
[22113]   [Anonymous] (1954) : The White Fathers’ Bemba-English dictionary
[22114]   [Anonymous] (1955) : British East Africa: official standard names approved by the United States Board on Geographic Names
[22115]   [Anonymous] (1955) : English-Chinyanja dictionary
[22116]   [Anonymous] (1955) : Puisano ea Sesotho le Senyesemane: Suto-English phrase-book to which is newly added a list of Suto idioms
[22117]   [Anonymous] (1955) : A guide to standard Shona spelling - Chirairidzo chomunyorero wavepo wechiShona
[22118]   [Anonymous] (1956) : The compromise in Igbo orthography controversy
[22119]   [Anonymous] (1956) : Pequeno dicionário escolar: bundo-português/português-bundo
[22120]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Hanyar tadi da turanci/A dictionary of English conversation for Hausa students
[22121]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Zulu-Xhosa terminology and spelling 1
[22122]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Citumbuka-English, English-Citumbuka: some common useful words
[22123]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Elementos rudimentares de gramática portuguesa para uso dos vimbundos
[22124]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Sotho: terminology and orthography 1
[22125]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Mémorial André Basset
[22126]   [Anonymous] (1958) : Government Hausa examinations 1949-1959: selected
[22127]   [Anonymous] (1958) : Runyoro-Rutooro orthography rules
[22128]   [Anonymous] (1958) : Hausa spelling
[22129]   [Anonymous] (1959) : A textbook of Nandi grammar and idiom, with exercises and vocabularies
[22130]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Kutaura cirungu: zakakudziridzwa (Zezuru and English phrase book)
[22131]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Herero orthography 1: preliminary edition
[22132]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Voorgestelde ortografie vir Ndonga
[22133]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Voorgestelde ortografie vir Kwanyama
[22134]   [Anonymous] (196-) : Dictionary: English-Xhosa, Xhosa-English
[22135]   [Anonymous] (1960) : English-Tsonga, Tsonga-English pocket dictionary
[22136]   [Anonymous] (1961) : African languages and linguistics
[22137]   [Anonymous] (1961) : Prénoms gourmantchés
[22138]   [Anonymous] (1961) : Language guide: Dagbani edition
[22139]   [Anonymous] (1961) : Feesbundel vir Prof. Dr Jan Antonie Engelbrecht
[22140]   [Anonymous] (1962) : The writing of Akan
[22141]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Cimambwe grammar
[22142]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Kutaura cirungu: Zezuru and English phrase book
[22143]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Southern Sotho: terminology and spelling 2
[22144]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Tswana terminology and orthography 2
[22145]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Venda terminology and spelling 2
[22146]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Tsonga terminology and orthography 2
[22147]   [Anonymous] (1963) : Chichewa intensive course
[22148]   [Anonymous] (1963) : Dicionario cinyanja-português
[22149]   [Anonymous] (1963) : Taalkundige opstelle van oud-studente aan Prof. Dr T. H. le Roux
[22150]   [Anonymous] (1963) : Actes de second colloque international de linguistique négro-africaine, Dakar, 12-16 avril 1962
[22151]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Introductory Krio language training manual
[22152]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Report of the Ateso orthography committee
[22153]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Shona language lessons
[22154]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Dictionary Maninka-English
[22155]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Dicionário português-cinyanja
[22156]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Tjipeletana tjabana: a Tjikalanga reader
[22157]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Colloque sur le multilingualisme/Symposium on multilingualism: the second meeting of the Inter-African Committee on Linguistics, Brazzaville, 16-21 August 1962
[22158]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Afrikaans-Xhosa, Xhosa-Afrikaans woordeboek
[22159]   [Anonymous] (1965) : Chinyanja basic course
[22160]   [Anonymous] (1965) : Provisional religious vocabulary: Swahili-English, English-Swahili; based on the “Katemisimu ya Kikristu” (Ndanda), submitted by Tanzania Episcopal Conference, Catholic Secretariat, Dar es Salaam
[22161]   [Anonymous] (1965) : Provisional list of mathematical terms
[22162]   [Anonymous] (1966) : Dicionário português-cinyanja
[22163]   [Anonymous] (1966) : Ndonga spelreëls/orthography 1
[22164]   [Anonymous] (1966) : Kwanyama spelreëls/orthography 1
[22165]   [Anonymous] (1966) : The phonology of Dagari
[22166]   [Anonymous] (1967) : Bibliography of works in Ghana languages
[22167]   [Anonymous] (1967) : Dictionary Tyebara-English, English-Tyebara
[22168]   [Anonymous] (1967) : Standard Shona spelling
[22169]   [Anonymous] (1967) : Noord-Sotho, Tswana, Tsonga: wysiginge in die ortografiëe
[22170]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Hanyar tadi da turanci/A dictionary of English conversation for Hausa students
[22171]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Lexique bambara à l’usage des centres d’alphabétisation
[22172]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Comment écrire correctement le moore
[22173]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Mbukushu spelreëls/orthography 1
[22174]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Kwangali spelreëls/orthography 1
[22175]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Herero spelreëls/orthography 1
[22176]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Shona companion
[22177]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Language guide: Dagbani edition
[22178]   [Anonymous] (1968) : The papers of Hans Cory in the library of University College, Dar es Salaam
[22179]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Chichewa intensive course
[22180]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans and Fanakalo
[22181]   [Anonymous] (1969) : !Xû: ’n Boesmantaal (spelreëls 1)
[22182]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Standaardisering van spelling in Tswana
[22183]   [Anonymous] (1969) : KiSukuma language course
[22184]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Ethnological and linguistic studies in honour of N. J. van Warmelo: essays contributed on the occasion of his sixty-fifth birthday 28 January 1969
[22185]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Le francais en France et hors de France, I: créoles et contacts africains. Actes du colloque sur les ethnies francophones, Nice, 26-30 avril, 1968
[22186]   [Anonymous] (1969?) : English-Xhosa, Xhosa-English
[22187]   [Anonymous] (197-) : Maasai basic course
[22188]   [Anonymous] (197-) : Kwangali: linguistic terms and abbreviations/taalkundige terme en afkortings
[22189]   [Anonymous] (197-) : Tumbuka
[22190]   [Anonymous] (1970) : Tumbuka grammar
[22191]   [Anonymous] (1970) : Afrikaans-Tsonga woordelys
[22192]   [Anonymous] (1970) : Nama/Damara spelreëls/orthography 1
[22193]   [Anonymous] (1971) : Dictionnaire elementaire fulfulde-français-anglais
[22194]   [Anonymous] (1971) : Ndonga: taalkundige terme en afkortings
[22195]   [Anonymous] (1971) : Kwanyama: taalkundige terme en afkortings
[22196]   [Anonymous] (1971) : Ordlista: svenska-engelska-swahili
[22197]   [Anonymous] (1971) : Towards a dictionary of South African English on historical principles
[22198]   [Anonymous] (1972) : A Karimojong dictionary
[22199]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Xhosa terminology and orthography 3
[22200]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Tsonga terminology and orthography 3
[22201]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Northern Sotho terminology and orthography 3
[22202]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Miners’ dictionary: English/Fanakalo & Afrikaans/Fanakalo
[22203]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Zulu terminology and orthography 3
[22204]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Tswana terminology and orthography 3
[22205]   [Anonymous] (1972) : English-Nyanja dictionary
[22206]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Shona companion: a practical guide to Zimbabwe’s most widely spoken language
[22207]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Fonologiya i morfonologiya afrikanskikh yazykov
[22208]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Historia fupi ya lugha ya Kiiraqw [A short history of the Iraqw language]
[22209]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Vocabulário da lingoa canarina com versam portugueza
[22210]   [Anonymous] (1973) : New orthography rules (for Chichewa)
[22211]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Ndonga taalkunde en rekenkunde: terminologielys
[22212]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Kwanyama taalkunde en rekekunde: terminologielys
[22213]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Kwanyama spelreëls/orthography 2
[22214]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Mbukushu taalkunst en rekenkunde: terminologielys
[22215]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Ndonga spelreëls/orthography 2
[22216]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Cimambwe grammar
[22217]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Essays on literature and language presented to prof. T. M. H. Endemann by his colleagues
[22218]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Osnovnye problemy afrikanistiki: etnografiya, istoriya, filologiya
[22219]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Règle de transcription et lexique de base Jula
[22220]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Revized official orthography for the Yoruba language
[22221]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Kwangali spelreëls/orthography 2
[22222]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Herero spelreëls/orthography 2
[22223]   [Anonymous] (1974) : English-Tsonga, Tsonga-English pocket dictionary
[22224]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Useful phrases (Tyebara-English)
[22225]   [Anonymous] (1974) : First steps in spoken Setswana
[22226]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Les langues africaines facteur de development
[22227]   [Anonymous] (1974) : Edo language and its orthography: report of the seminar on Edo orthography, May 15-18 1974
[22228]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Suaheli für die Reise/Swahili for German-speaking travellers
[22229]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Cours d’arabe égyptien parlé
[22230]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Kwanyama spelreëls/orthography 2
[22231]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Ndonga spelreëls/orthography 2
[22232]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Herero rekenkunde: terminologielys
[22233]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Sisaala-English, English-Sisaala dictionary
[22234]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Bibliographie du Centre d’Études Linguistiques de Sahr (Tchad)
[22235]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Orthographe et lexique du Bambara
[22236]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Dictionnaire bamiléké des mots et expressions fe'e fe'e, avec leur traduction française. Fascicules 1-2: A-Kà
[22237]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Comment transcrice correctement le moore
[22238]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Manuel pour lire et écrire la langue ngyemboon
[22239]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Herero taalkundige terminologielys
[22240]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Nama/Damara taalkundige terminologielys
[22241]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Afrikaans: dit is ons erns
[22242]   [Anonymous] (1976) : L’améloration et la coordination de la contribution européene a l’enseignement des langues en Afrique
[22243]   [Anonymous] (1976) : 1875-1975: studies oor die afrikaanse taal
[22244]   [Anonymous] (1977) : Promotion des langues nationales: resultats des travaux, Yaoundé du 1 au 8 decembre 1976
[22245]   [Anonymous] (1977) : Reflexôes sobre o estudo das linguas nacionais
[22246]   [Anonymous] (1977) : Nama/Damara spelreëls/orthography 2
[22247]   [Anonymous] (1977) : Le français en contact avec - la langue arabe, les langues négro-afrcaines, la science et la technique les cultures régionales, Sassenage, 16-20 mai 1977
[22248]   [Anonymous] (1977/79) : Lexique wolof-français
[22249]   [Anonymous] (1978) : Shek nkarn ke shektok mwa nden Ngas / Ngas-Hausa-English dictionary
[22250]   [Anonymous] (1978) : Manuel pour apprendre à lire et écrire la langue tikar
[22251]   [Anonymous] (1978) : Reading and writing Obolo
[22252]   [Anonymous] (1978) : A simple science vocabulary
[22253]   [Anonymous] (1978) : Études nubiennes: colloque de Chantilly, 2-6 juillet 1975
[22254]   [Anonymous] (1978) : Miners’ dictionary: English/Fanakalo, Afrikaans/Fanakalo
[22255]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Orthography of standard Kanuri
[22256]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Manuel pour lire et écrire la langue gunu
[22257]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Enquête dialectale, Togo (1978)
[22258]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Unified Akan orthography
[22259]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Petit lexique gunu-français
[22260]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Tlhofofatso ketapele ya puo ya Setswana / Simplified introduction to Setswana grammar
[22261]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Language survey in Nigeria
[22262]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Langues kru: 1ère colloque international
[22263]   [Anonymous] (198-) : Tentative orthography of Fwe, as spoken in the Caprivi
[22264]   [Anonymous] (198-) : Tentative orthography of Subiya, as spoken in the Caprivi
[22265]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Temne language manual
[22266]   [Anonymous] (1980) : Dialectes mandenkan - mandenkan bolofaraw
[22267]   [Anonymous] (1980) : Lexiques fondamentaux des sciences exactes, maninke, soso, kpelewo, kissie, loma
[22268]   [Anonymous] (1980) : A Themne orthography workshop - held during February 18-22, 1980
[22269]   [Anonymous] (1980) : Chichewa orthography rules
[22270]   [Anonymous] (1980) : A Mende orthography workshop - held during January 21-25, 1980
[22271]   [Anonymous] (1980) : Histórico sobre a criação dos alfabetos em línguas nacionais
[22272]   [Anonymous] (1980) : Mbukushu spelreëls/orthography 2
[22273]   [Anonymous] (1981) : A Krio orthography workshop - held during November 24-25, 1981
[22274]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Toward a language policy for Namibia: English as the official language - perspectives and strategies
[22275]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Setswana standard orthography 1981
[22276]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Opstelle oor taal- en letterkunde opgedra aan prof. J. A. Ferreira by sy aftrede
[22277]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Essays in Bantu language studies
[22278]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Dictionary English-Xhosa, Xhosa-English
[22279]   [Anonymous] (1982) : Nahawu pular: grammaire pular 2eme et 3e cycles
[22280]   [Anonymous] (1982) : Bibliographie fulfuldé
[22281]   [Anonymous] (1982) : Éléments du grammaire lingala
[22282]   [Anonymous] (1982) : The language of the Isekiri people: proceedings of the Isekiri language workshop
[22283]   [Anonymous] (1982) : Lexique d’agriculture français-kinyarwanda, kinyarwanda-français
[22284]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Dialectes manding du Mali
[22285]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Report of the writer’s workshop of the indigenous languages education project - held during April 3-9, 1983
[22286]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Éléments de recherche sur la langue fon
[22287]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Zaïre, Monokutuba
[22288]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Centrafrique, Sango
[22289]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Rwanda, Ikinyarwanda
[22290]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Cameroun, Basaa
[22291]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Zaïre, Ciluba
[22292]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Burundi, Kirundi
[22293]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Zaïre, Kiswahili
[22294]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Juta se sakwoordeboek/Juta’s pocket dictionary
[22295]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Setswana-English, English-Setswana word list
[22296]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Herero spelreëls/orthography 3
[22297]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Lexique du senufo de Ndorola
[22298]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Langue arabe et langues africaines
[22299]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Guide de l’alphabétiseur pour le syllabaire kroumen (tépo)
[22300]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Guide pour lire et écrire le yaoure
[22301]   [Anonymous] (1984) : African ethnonyms and toponyms: reports and papers of the meeting of experts organized by Unesco in Paris, 3-7 July 1978
[22302]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Bisa didale sibir. Méthode d’alphabétisation F.J.A. langue bissa: phase I et II
[22303]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale - inventaire préliminaire: la Republique Centrafricaine
[22304]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Tchad, Sara-ngambay
[22305]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Revised Kono, Krio, Limba, Mende and Themne orthographies - workshop held during April 24-27, 1984
[22306]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Annotated bibliography of the Ethiopian languages
[22307]   [Anonymous] (1984) : A problemática da alfabetização em Moçambique
[22308]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Kongresreferate 1983 - Linguistevereniging van Suider-Afrika (LVSA)
[22309]   [Anonymous] (1984) : English language programme for Namibians: seminar report from Lusaka, 19-27 October 1983
[22310]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Education policy for independent Namibia: some fundamental considerations
[22311]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Guide de l’alphabetiseur pour le syllabaire djimini
[22312]   [Anonymous] (1984) : Guide pour lire et écrire le djimini
[22313]   [Anonymous] (1985) : A handbook of language study for Corps members (Izon)
[22314]   [Anonymous] (1985) : Miners’ dictionary: English-Fanakalo/Woordeboek vir mynwerkers: Afrikaans-Fanakalo
[22315]   [Anonymous] (1985) : Lozi orthography 2
[22316]   [Anonymous] (1985) : Xhosa language: phrase dictionary and study guide
[22317]   [Anonymous] (1985) : L’identité culturelle camerounaise
[22318]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Lexique dogon, français
[22319]   [Anonymous] (1986) : The student’s English-Chichewa dictionary
[22320]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Learner’s English-Tswana dictionary
[22321]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Dictionary Tigrinya-English
[22322]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Language in education in Africa: proceedings of a seminar held in the Centre of African Studies, University of Edinburgh, 29 and 30 November, 1985
[22323]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Proceedings of the conference on English in East Africa, 24-27 March 1986
[22324]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Bua Setswana
[22325]   [Anonymous] (1987) : The learner’s Russian-Hausa-Yoruba dictionary
[22326]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale - inventaire préliminaire: le Congo
[22327]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Lexiques thematiques de l’Afrique centrale (LETAC): Congo, Lingala
[22328]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Zjuc’hôa ortografie/orthography 2 (Boesman/Bushman)
[22329]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Langues tchadiques et non tchadiques en contact en Afrique centrale: actes de la table ronde franco-allemagne, Ivry (France), 8-12 décembre 1978
[22330]   [Anonymous] (1988) : Northern Sotho terminology and orthography 4
[22331]   [Anonymous] (1988) : Inventaire des particularités lexicales du français en Afrique noire (IFA)
[22332]   [Anonymous] (1988) : Gciriku ortografie/orthography 1
[22333]   [Anonymous] (1988?) : Proceedings of the 17th annual conference on African linguistics
[22334]   [Anonymous] (1989) : Le nouvel alphabet des langues guinnéennes
[22335]   [Anonymous] (1989) : Ndebele dictionary sample
[22336]   [Anonymous] (1989) : Journée d’études de linguistique berbère
[22337]   [Anonymous] (1989) : History of annual conference on African linguistics
[22338]   [Anonymous] (1989) : Africanistes au Zaire: actes du 1e colloque d’Aequatoria, 10-13 octobre 1987
[22339]   [Anonymous] (1989) : Research and publications in African linguistics by students, alumni and faculty of the University of Illinois
[22340]   [Anonymous] (199-) : Lexique bambara-français/Bamaman kan ni tubabu kan danyègafé
[22341]   [Anonymous] (1990) : Chichewa orthography rules
[22342]   [Anonymous] (1990) : Alphabet des langues nationales
[22343]   [Anonymous] (1990) : Report of the Ghanaian Languages Alphabet Standardization Committee
[22344]   [Anonymous] (1991) : English-Xhosa/Xhosa-English dictionary
[22345]   [Anonymous] (1991) : Provisional language policy for schools
[22346]   [Anonymous] (1991) : The Oxford junior primary dictionary for South Africa
[22347]   [Anonymous] (1991) : A Fulfulde-English dictionary
[22348]   [Anonymous] (1991) : South African multi-language dictionary and phrase book: English, Afrikaans, Northern Sotho, Sesotho, Tswana, Xhosa, and Zulu
[22349]   [Anonymous] (1992) : Khoisan languages
[22350]   [Anonymous] (1992) : Línguas nacionais: Moçambique
[22352]   [Anonymous] (1993) : The language policy for schools: 1992-1996 and beyond
[22353]   [Anonymous] (1993) : Namibia national conference on the implementation of the language policy for schools (Ongwediva Training Centre, 22-26 June 1992)
[22354]   [Anonymous] (1993) : Lexique lyélé-français
[22355]   [Anonymous] (1994) : The revised national policy on education, April 1994
[22356]   [Anonymous] (1994) : Language, text and the southern African context
[22357]   [Anonymous] (1995) : National education policy and strategies for implementation
[22358]   [Anonymous] (1995) : Conference report from the first Runyakitara conference, Makerere University, 1994
[22359]   [Anonymous] (1995) : Unmask the giant: an ethnic survey of Bauchi State
[22360]   [Anonymous] (1995) : Papers from GILLBT’s seminar week, January 30 - February 3, 1995, Tamale
[22361]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Ni wakati wa kudzifundza kusoma Chidigo! [It’s time to learn reading Digo!]
[22362]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Publishing in Namibian languages
[22363]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Towards a national language plan for South Africa: final report of the Language Plan Task Group (LANGTAG)
[22364]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Manual de alfabetização em língua ndau
[22365]   [Anonymous] (1996) : English-Ndonga dictionary
[22366]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Towards a national language policy for South Africa
[22367]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Language and literacies: proceedings of the 10th annual conference of the South African Applied Linguistics Association, University of Zululand, 8-10 July
[22368]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Glossário de conceitos político-sociais: caderno de trabalho na língua cindau
[22369]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Glossário de conceitos político-sociais: caderno de trabalho na língua ciutée
[22370]   [Anonymous] (1997) : English-Somali dictionary and thesaurus/Qaamuus iyo ‘tesooras’ Ingiriisi-Soomaali: advanced level dictionary incorporating the Somali-English thesaurus
[22371]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Thesaurus: Somali-English/Qaamuuska tesooras: Soomaalu-Ingriisi
[22372]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Lexicographic consultative meating, 31 October 1997, Holiday Inn, Johannesburg International Airport
[22373]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Glossário de conceitos político-sociais: caderno de trabalho na língua cimanyika
[22374]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Actes de la 8ème conférence internationale des études nubiennes, Lille, 11-17 septembre 1994
[22376]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Chitumbuka survey
[22377]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Language for learning and teaching in Tanzania: language issues consultancy for the education sector development programme
[22378]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Lexicographic meeting of the existing lexicographic units of South Africa, 19 & 20 March 1998, Johannesburg Civic Centre
[22379]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Lexicographic meeting of those languages which do not already have a lexicographic unit, 14 & 15 May 1998, Johanneburg Civic Centre
[22380]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Chiyao survey
[22381]   [Anonymous] (1999) : The sound system of Setswana
[22382]   [Anonymous] (2000) : The structure of Setswana sentences: an introduction
[22384]   [Anonymous] (2001) : A dictionary of the Yorùbá language
[22385]   [Anonymous] (2003) : Maninka sentence repetition test survey report: an investigation into the degree of bilingualism proficiency between Maninka of Kankan and Malinké, Kuranko, Sankaran, Konyanka, as well as other dialects of Maninka
[22386]   [Anonymous] (2005) : A dictionary of Ogba, an Igboid language of southern Nigeria
[22476]   [Anonymous] (1991) : Dictionnaire tigrinia-français/français-tigrinia
[22600]   [Anonymous] (1986) : Yaa ma laha! Initiation au fe’efe’e
[22745]   [Anonymous] (1940) : Dictionary of the Eggon language
[22819]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Les langues du Gabon
[23043]   [Anonymous] (2001) : Kithaapu ya maana a mattakhuzi/Dicionário temático nas linguas Koti, Português e Inglês/Thematic dictionary of Koti, Portuguese and English
[23124]   [Anonymous] (1993) : Afrika: språk
[23125]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Afrika: språk
[23205]   [Anonymous] (2003) : Khoekhoegowab orthography 2
[23590]   [Anonymous] (1966) : Health vocabulary, 1966: guide for translation into the language, Chinyanja, of the host country, Malawi
[23607]   [Anonymous] (1995) : Bemba (PST 1995 special lessons)
[23609]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Language manual II - Sesotho
[23633]   [Anonymous] (1985) : Krio language manual
[23677]   [Anonymous] (2003) : Lexique nomaándé-francais
[23679]   [Anonymous] (2003) : Yambetta provisional lexicon
[23760]   [Anonymous] (1989) : A decade of undergraduate research in linguistics and Yoruba, 1979-1989
[23923]   [Anonymous] (1----) : Esquisse grammaticale lingombe
[23989]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-maninkakan
[23990]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-pular
[23991]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-soso
[23995]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-fon, fon-français
[23996]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-yorùba
[24001]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Lexique des mathématiques: français-wolof
[24002]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Lexique des mathématiques: français-pulaar
[24003]   [Anonymous] (1997) : Lexique des mathématiques: français-sooninke
[24006]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-kanuri
[24007]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-fulfude
[24008]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-hausa
[24009]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-tamajaq
[24010]   [Anonymous] (1999) : Lexique des mathématiques français-zarma
[24013]   [Anonymous] (1998) : Code électoral de la République Centrafricaine: français-sango
[24180]   [Anonymous] (2001) : Cours d’alphabétisation en bainouke
[24181]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Lexique bainouke / français
[25095]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Lexique Susu-Français
[25106]   [Anonymous] (1845) : Vocabulaires guiolof, manding, foule, saracole, séraire, bagnon et floupe, recueillis à la côte d?Afrique pour le service de l?ancienne Compagnie Royale du Sénégal
[25129]   [Anonymous] (1980) : Guide de Transcription et Lexique Bozo [Tieyaxo sawananbaana yee a xarabuye]
[25307]   [Anonymous] (1881) : Dictionnaire pongoué-français précédé des principes de la langue pongouée
[25434]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Cabonaque caran carta cabanjo nca Nindo
[25435]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Econdocate ejona: enri sanggapa enri ate Jesus Cristo
[1]   =Oma, Kxao Moses & Magdalena Broerman (1998) : Do the San of southern Africa have a say on education?
[2]   Aaron, Uche E. (1999) : Tense and aspect in Obolo grammar and discourse
[22763]   Aaron, Uche E. (1996/97) : Grammaticalization of the verb ‘say’ to future tense in Obolo
[22764]   Aaron, Uche E. (1996/97) : The category number in Obolo verbal morphology
[22765]   Aaron, Uche E. (1992) : Reported speech in Obolo narrative discourse
[22766]   Aaron, Uche E. (1983) : Language variation in Obolo
[22768]   Aaron, Uche E. (1990) : Orthography of Obolo (Adoni)
[23065]   Aaron, Uche E. (1984) : Language variation in Obolo
[3]   Aarons, Debra & Philemon Akach (2002) : South African sign language: one language or many?
[4]   Abad, Isidoro (1928) : Elementos de la gramática bubi
[5]   Abadir Abrahim (2003) : Dialectal comparison among Harar and Mecha Oromo: a case study through some selected issues in their phonology, morphology via social context
[6]   Abaglo, P. & Diana Archangeli (1989) : Language-particular underspecification: Gengbe /e/ and Yoruba /i/
[24146]   Abakah, Emmanuel N. (1998-99) : On the Question of Standard Fante
[24149]   Abakah, Emmanuel N. (2005) : Tone rules in Akan
[7]   Abakah, Emmanuel Nicholas (1993) : Some aspects of the phonology of the Mfantse dialect of Akan
[8]   Abakah, Emmanuel Nicholas (2004) : Elision in Fante
[9]   Abakah, Emmanuel Nicholas (2005) : Phonological analysis of word-final consonants in Akan
[10]   Abalo, Malou , Alou Ewayi & Wiyao Blanzoua Kao (1980) : Travail de recherche en linguistique africaine
[11]   Abangma, Samson Negbo (1981) : The use of modes in Denya discourse: a study in discourse analysis
[12]   Abangma, Samson Negbo (1987) : Modes in Dényá discourse
[24106]   Abangma, Samson Negbo (2002) : The Forms and Functions of Questions in Denya
[13]   Abasheikh, Mohammad Imam (1976) : Reflexivization in Chimwi:ni
[14]   Abasheikh, Mohammad Imam (1978) : The grammar of Chimwi:ni causatives
[15]   Abasiattai, M. B. (Ed) (1987) : Akwa Ibom and Cross River states: the land, the people and their culture
[16]   Abayo, Adonijah (2003) : Swahili noun class system: a critical survey of the loanwords
[17]   Abba, Isa Alkali , Ibrahim Mukoshi & Gidado Tahir (Ed) (1991) : Studies in Fulfulde language
[22446]   Abba, Mustafa (1976) : Hausa in education in Nigeria
[18]   Abbakar, J. , A. Abbakar , Y. Addeep , A. Neetyo , M. Banaat , A. Yuunus & Jacques Fédry (1975) : Sironte dangla/Manuel de dangaléat (est) pour scolarisés
[22434]   Abbassi, Abdelaziz (1977) : A sociolinguistic study of multilingualism in Morocco
[19]   Abbey, E. T. A. , Vincent Okunor & Emmanuel N. A. Mensah (1992) : Buli primer
[20]   Abbi, Anvita (Ed) (1972) : Reduplication in South African languages: an areal, typological and historical study
[21]   Abbink, Jon (19--) : Chai manuscript dictionary
[22]   Abbink, Jon (1993) : Suri-English basic vocabulary
[23]   Abbink, Jon (1996) : De nilo-saharaanse en omotische sprekende bevolkingsgroepen
[25]   Abbink, Jon (1998) : Violence and political discourse among the Chai Suri
[24]   Abbink, Jon & Peter Unseth (1998) : Surmic languages and cultures: a bibliography
[27]   Abbott, Mary & Mary Steele (1973) : An introduction to learning Likpakpaln (Konkomba)
[26]   Abbott, Mary & Monica E. Cox (1966) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Basari
[28]   Abboud, Peter (1976) : On Ablaut in Cairo Arabic
[29]   Abcarius, John J. (1974) : An English-Arabic reader’s dictionary
[30]   Abdallah, Abdallah Ibrahim (1973) : Kadugli language and language usage
[31]   Abdallah, Hassan (1982) : A dictionary of international relations and conference terminology
[32]   Abdeen, Adnan M. (1980) : English-Arabic dictionary for accounting & finance
[33]   Abdel-Hafiz, Ahmed Sokarno (1988) : A reference grammar of Kunuz Nubian
[34]   Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : Tamazight verb structure: a generative approach
[35]   Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : A reference grammar of Tamazight: a comparative study of the Berber dialects of Ayt Ayache and Ayt Seghrouchen (Middle Atlas), Morocco
[23361]   Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : A computerized lexicon of Tamazight: Berber dialect of Ayt Seghrouchen
[23362]   Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : A course in spoken Tamazight: Berber dialects of Ayt Ayache and Ayt Seghrouchen
[36]   Abdelmagid, Mustafa Muhammad (1972) : The role of English in education in Sudan
[37]   Abdou, Kamar M. & Ahmed T. Hassansin (1992) : The concise Arabic-English lexicon of verbs in context
[38]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1985) : Morphotonologie des formes aspectuelles, temporelles et modales affirmatives et non-dérivés du verbe en tubu
[39]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1990) : Advancement and ascension to object in Hausa
[40]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1991) : Derived direct objects in Hausa
[41]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1996) : Figure and ground in the Hausa ‘Grade 2’ verb
[42]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (2000) : Passive and grammaticalization in Hausa
[43]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (2001) : The grammaticalization of Hausa zâa ‘be going’ to future
[22693]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (2004) : Comitative, coordinating, and indusory constructions in Hausa
[23445]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1999) : The development of the passive construction in Hausa
[23460]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1993) : Aspects of Hausa morphosyntax in role and reference grammar
[24005]   Abdoulkarim, Chérif Ari , Manoua Djibir & Mai Mai Moussa (1997) : Lexique des élections français-kanuri
[44]   Abdoullaye, D. & John Kelly (1985) : On the ‘compound’ tone in Migaama
[45]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1971) : Tanzania’s national language policy and the rise of Swahili political culture
[46]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1971) : Triglossie und Suaheli-englischer Bilingualismus in Tansania
[47]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1972) : Triglossia and Swahili-English bilingualism in Tanzania
[48]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1976) : Transitivity patterns in the Swahili clause
[50]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1980) : The ecology of Tanzanian national language policy
[51]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1982) : Patterns of language acquisition and use in Kenya: rural-urban differences
[52]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1985) : Aspects of lexical and semantic elaboration in the process of modernization of Swahili
[53]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1989) : Development of scientific and technical terminology with special reference to African languages
[54]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1991) : East Africa (Tanzania and Kenya)
[55]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1991) : Language in education: a comparative study of the situation in Tanzania, Ethiopia and Somalia
[56]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1996) : Transitivity in Swahili
[57]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi & Kenneth Osinde (1997) : Sheng and Engsh: development of mixed codes among the urban youth in Kenya
[49]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi & Melvin Fox (Ed) (1978) : Evaluation of survey of language use and language teaching of East Africa
[58]   Abduljebar Awal (1988) : Mesquan phonology
[59]   Abdullahi, Mohamed Diriye (1992) : Dialectes et pouvoir en Somalie
[60]   Abdullahi, Mohamed Diriye (1997) : Parlons somali
[61]   Abdullahi, Mohamed Diriye (2000) : Le somali, dialectes et histoire
[62]   Abdurahim Adem (1993) : The phonology of Girirra
[63]   Abdurahman Worku (2000) : The Geto verb morphology
[64]   Abe, Maya (2002) : [Language use of the Ma’a people]
[65]   Abeba Sirak (1986) : The structure of simple declarative sentences in Awngi
[66]   Abebe Gebre-Tsadik (1982) : Derived nominals in Sidamo
[67]   Abebe Gebre-Tsadik (1985) : An overview of the morphological structure of Sidamo verbs
[69]   Abebe Gebre-Tsadik (1986) : Sidamo verbal phonology (generative approach)
[70]   Abebe Lemessa (2001) : The structure of clauses in Burji
[71]   Abebe Mehretu (1982) : The role of suprasegmentals in Wolaytta
[72]   Abega, Prosper (1968) : Le préfixe nominal ewondo
[73]   Abega, Prosper (1969) : La grammaire de l’ewondo
[74]   Abega, Prosper (1971) : Grammaire ewondo
[75]   Abega, Prosper (1974) : Langues africaines et développement
[76]   Abega, Prosper (1976) : L’organisation du verbe ewondo, suivie de quelques textes
[77]   Abega, Prosper (1975) : Petit lexique ewondo
[78]   Abega, Prosper (1978) : Le notion de voix dans l’organisation du verbe éwondo (bati)
[24026]   Abega, Prosper (1972) : L’ewondo par la grammaire et l’exercise
[79]   Abel, Herbert (1921) : Die Verbalformen des abhängigen Satzes (Subjunktiv und Infinitive) im Nubischen
[25306]   Abels, Klaus & Peter Kinyua Muriungi (2006) : The focus particle in Kitharaka
[80]   Abera Nefa (1982) : Oromo verb inflection
[81]   Abera Nefa (1988) : Long vowels in Oromo (generative approach)
[82]   Aberash Tibebu (1985) : The verb phrase in Kefa
[83]   Aberra Daniel (1987) : Verb morphology of Aari: some inflections and derivations
[84]   Aberra Daniel (1993) : Verb complements in Aari
[85]   Aberra Daniel (1994) : Verb-affixes in Ari
[86]   Aberra Daniel (1994) : Word formation in Ari
[87]   Aberra Daniel (1997) : Language situations of Ethiopia in the 1990s: a sociolinguistic profile
[88]   Aberra Daniel (1998) : English in the Ethiopian modern education (1900-1974)
[89]   Abessolo Nnomo, Thierry & Luc Etogo Mbezele (Ed) (1982) : Éléments de grammaire éwondo
[90]   Abinal, F. G. P. & [Révérend] [Père] V. Malzac (1955) : Dictionnaire malgache-français
[91]   Abiodun, Michael A. (1984) : Phonology of Arigidi
[92]   Abiodun, Michael A. (1991) : Vowel harmony in Igede
[93]   Abiodun, Michael A. (1992) : On the restricted spread of the honorific pronoun in Yoruba: a case study of Ondo, Owo and Oyi dialects
[22742]   Abiodun, Michael A. (1983) : Aduge phonology
[24124]   Abiodun, Michael A. (2005) : The derivation of genitive nouns in four Benue-Congo languages: Yoruba, Ukaan, Igede and Ebira
[25336]   Abiodun, Michael A. (2000) : A comparative phonology and morphology of Ukaan dialects of Old Akoko Division
[23744]   Abíso, Oríkì & Lawrence Olufemi Adéwolé (1991) : Some Yorùbá verb subclasses in GPSG
[94]   Abney, S. (1987) : Extraction and pseudo-objects in Berber
[95]   Aboagye, P. A. Kwesi (1968) : Nzema-English, English-Nzema dictionary
[96]   Abobuluyi, O. (1967) : Studies in the syntax of the standard Yoruba verb
[97]   Abobuluyi, O. (1974) : Some traditional Yoruba ‘adverbs’ in true perspective
[98]   Aboderin, Olusola (1978) : Yoruba-English code mixing and the Yoruba educated elite
[99]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1995) : Notes on focalization in Gungbe
[100]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1996) : A propos de la syntaxe du gungbe
[101]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1996) : On argumental topicalization in Gungbe
[102]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1998) : Focus constructions and the focus criterion in Gungbe
[103]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1999) : From the syntax of Gungbe to the grammar of Gbe
[104]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1999) : A split IP and CP approach: evidence from Gungbe
[105]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2003) : The morphosyntax of complement-head sequences: clause structure and word order patterns in Kwa
[22404]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2003) : Object shift and verb movement in Gbe
[25232]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2010) : The Morphosyntax of the Noun Phrase
[25236]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2010) : C-Type Negation Markers on the Right Edge
[25230]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé & James A. B. K. Essegbey (2010) : Topics in Kwa syntax
[25231]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé & James A. B. K. Essegbey (2010) : The Phonology Syntax Interface
[25233]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé & James A. B. K. Essegbey (2010) : General Properties of the Clause
[23215]   Abouba, Kamal (1993) : Morphologie nominale du chaoui
[106]   Aboul-Fetouh, Hilmi M. (1969) : A morphological study of Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[107]   Aboyade, ?Bimpe (1968) : A preliminary bibliography of Nigerian languages: Hausa, Yoruba and Igbo
[22515]   Abraham, Getahun Y. (2002) : Svensk-amharisk ordlista
[108]   Abraham, Roy Clive (19--) : The Bolanci language and the conclusions to be drawn from it
[109]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1933) : The grammar of Tiv
[110]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1934) : The principles of Hausa
[111]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1935) : The principles of Idoma
[112]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1940) : The principles of Tiv
[113]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1940) : A dictionary of the Tiv language
[114]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1940) : A Tiv reader for European students
[115]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1940) : An introduction to spoken Hausa, and Hausa reader for European students
[116]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1941) : A modern grammar of spoken Hausa
[119]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1951) : The Idoma language / Idoma wordlists / Idoma chrestomathy / Idoma proverbs
[120]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1951) : The principles of Somali
[121]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1958) : Dictionary of modern Yoruba
[122]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1958) : Writing African dictionaries
[123]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1959) : Hausa literature and the Hausa sound system
[124]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1959) : The language of the Hausa people
[125]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1962) : Dictionary of the Hausa language
[126]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1962) : Dictionary of modern Yoruba
[127]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1964) : Somali-English dictionary
[128]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1967) : English-Somali dictionary
[129]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1967) : The principles of Ibo
[130]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1968) : Somali-English dictionary
[117]   Abraham, Roy Clive & Malam Mai Kano (1946) : Dictionary of the Hausa language
[118]   Abraham, Roy Clive & Malam Mai Kano (1949) : Dictionary of the Hausa language
[131]   Abraham, Z. (1973) : An investigation of parental acceptance of Indian stuttering children as described by the Q sort technique
[132]   Abrahams, Ottilie (1989) : Language policy for Namibia: NNF
[133]   Abrahams, Ottilie (1990) : The implementation of English in Namibia
[134]   Abramson, Debbie Kay (1976) : A contrastive phonology of American English and Yoruba
[23849]   Abre, Charles Unjidi (2003) : The phonology of Bifang
[136]   Abu-Absi, Samir (1995) : Chadian Arabic
[135]   Abu-Absi, Samir & A. Sinaud (1968) : Basic Chad Arabic: the pre-speech phase/Basic Chad Arabic: comprehension texts/Basic Chad Arabic: the active phase/Spoken Chad Arabic: intermediate
[137]   Abu-Bakari, Bawa (1977) : The sound system of Dagbani
[138]   Abu-Bakari, Bawa (1990) : Tone and orthography: the case of Dagbani
[139]   Abu-Fadl, F. (1961) : Volkstümliche Texte in arabischen Bauerndialekten der ägyptischen Provinz Sharqiyya, mit dialektgeographischen Untersuchungen zur Lautlehre
[140]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1986) : Fulfulde in the Sudan: process of adaption to Arabic
[142]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1989) : A study of the Arabic loan-words in African languages from a semantic point perspective
[143]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1991) : Arabic loanwords in the Nilotic languages of southern Sudan
[144]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1995) : Behaviour of the Sudanese Arabic verbal stems in Sudanese Hausa
[145]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1995) : The Songhai speech communities in the Sudan with special reference to the Songhai speakers of the Blue Nile
[146]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1999) : Hausa in the Sudan: process of adaptation of Arabic
[141]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1988) : On the middle voice in African languages (Fulfulde and Somali)
[147]   Abu-Salim, Issam M. & Laura J. Downing (1988) : Research and publications in African linguistics by students, alumni, and faculty of the University of Illinois, 1980-1990
[23292]   Abu-Talib, Mohammed & Th. R. Fox (1966) : A dictionary of Moroccan Arabic
[152]   Abubakar, Abdulhamid (1991) : Towards a quantificational analysis of Hausa: a synchronic analysis of Hausa dialects
[153]   Abubakar, Abdulhamid (1993) : Reduplicated nouns in Hausa
[154]   Abubakar, Abdulhamid (1995) : A further look on Hausa plurals
[148]   Abubakar, Ayuba Tanko (1985) : The acquisition of “front” and “back” among Hausa children: a study in deixis
[149]   Abubakar, Ayuba Tanko (1987) : Taboo and dialectal variation: an aspect of Hausa culture
[150]   Abubakar, Ayuba Tanko (1990) : An introductory Hausa morphology
[151]   Abubakar, Ayuba Tanko (1990) : The morphosyntax of thematically transformed Hausa verbs
[23203]   Abubakre, R. Deremi (1986) : Linguistic and non-linguistic aspects of Qur’an translating to Yoruba
[22429]   Abumdas, Abdul Hamid Ali (1985) : Libyan Arabic phonology
[155]   Abuotubodio, Abhule , Rudy Klaas & Laurie Klaas (1990) : Sociolinguistic survey of the area of the Mangbetu language: 1. Gombari area; 2. Niangara area
[156]   Aceto, Michael (1999) : The Gold Coast lexical contribution to the Atlantic English creoles
[157]   Achab, Karim (2001) : Changement de fonction morpho-syntaxique: le cas du morphème de l’état construit en berbère
[158]   Achab, Karim (2003) : Alternation of state in Berber
[159]   Achebe, Chinua (1972) : The bane of union: an appraisal of the consequences of Union Igbo for Igbo language and literature
[20396]   Adafre, Sisay Fissaha (2004) : Adding Amharic to a unification-based machine translation system: an experiment
[167]   Adam, Hassan (1987) : Kiswahili: elementary course with key
[162]   Adam, Hussein Mohamed (1968) : A nation in search for a script: the problem of establishing a national orthography for Somali
[164]   Adam, Hussein Mohamed (1980) : The revolutionary development of the Somali language
[166]   Adam, Hussein Mohamed & Charles L. Geshekter (Ed) (1982) : Proceedings of the 1st international congress of Somali studies, 1980
[160]   Adam, Jean Jerome (1954) : Dialectes du Gabon: la famille des langues téké
[161]   Adam, Jean Jerome (1954) : Grammaire composée mbede, ndumu, duma
[163]   Adam, Jean Jerome (1969) : Grammaire ndumu-mbede
[168]   Adam, S. M. (Ed) (1999) : Dikshaneeriga cusub ee ardayda / New student dictionary, English-Somali
[165]   Adam, Yacoudima (1982) : Lexique kanuri
[23818]   Adam, Yacoudima (1981) : Ebauche de grammaire kanuri
[169]   Adama, Hamadou (1997) : Les nouveaux prénoms des Peuls du Cameroun
[20632]   Adamo, Grace Ebunlola (2005) : Globalization, terrorism, and the English language in Nigeria
[182]   Adams, Bruce (1984) : A tagmemic analysis of the Wolaitta language
[183]   Adams, Bruce (1990) : Name nouns in Wolaitta
[181]   Adams, Charles (1982) : Lexical accession in Sharamboko: a camp language in Lesotho
[180]   Adams, G. B. (1970) : Colloquium on Hamito-Semitic comparative linguistics
[171]   Adams, R. F. G. (1932) : A modern Ibo grammar
[172]   Adams, R. F. G. (1934) : Some Efik plant names
[173]   Adams, R. F. G. (1939) : English-Efik, Efik-English dictionary
[174]   Adams, R. F. G. (1943) : Efik vocabulary of living things ; part 1
[175]   Adams, R. F. G. (1943) : English-Efik, Efik-English dictionary
[176]   Adams, R. F. G. (1947) : Efik vocabulary of living things ; part 2
[177]   Adams, R. F. G. (1948) : Efik vocabulary of living things ; part 3
[178]   Adams, R. F. G. (1952/53) : English-Efik/Efik-English dictionary
[170]   Adams, R. F. G. & Ida Caroline Ward (1929) : The Arochuku dialect of Ibo: phonetic analysis and suggested orthography
[179]   Adams, Sarah (1965) : An observation of English and Kru phonology
[184]   Adamte-Awate (1---) : English-vernacular handbook (English-Twi-Ga-Adangme-Ewe)
[25358]   Adamu, Mohammed Alhaji & Usman Babayo Garba Potiskum (2009) : Ngizim-English-Hausa dictionary
[185]   Adana Siyom (1971) : Verbal morphology in Sidamo
[186]   Adane Feleke (2001) : The verb phrase in Dorze
[187]   Adaskou, K. , D. Britten & B. Fahsi (1990) : Design decisions on the cultural content of a secondary English course for Morocco
[188]   Addisu, Tolesa (1988?) : Ethno-historical background of Oromo language and literature
[189]   Adebayo, A. G. (1995) : Modern European and Nigerian languages in contact
[23757]   Adébòwálè, O. (1997) : The ‘language’ of the Ìjèshà
[190]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (1989) : Lexico-semantic variation in Nigerian English
[191]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (1989) : The implications of the language of instruction for nationhood: an illustration with Nigeria
[192]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (1994) : Language attitudes in sub-Saharan Africa: a sociolinguistic overview
[193]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (1994) : The context of language planning in Africa: an illustration with Nigeria
[194]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (1997) : The language factor in the achievement of better results in literacy programmes in Nigeria: some general practical considerations
[195]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (1997) : The identity, survival, and promotion of minority languages in Nigeria
[196]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (2000) : Language attitudes in West Africa
[197]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (2001) : Saving threatened languages in Africa: the case of Oko
[1194]   Adegbija, Efurosibina [Emmanuel] (2004) : Language policy and planning in Nigeria
[198]   Adegbite, Wale (1993) : Some features of language use in Yoruba traditional medicine
[199]   Adegbite, Wale (2004) : Enligthment and attitudes of the Nigerian elite on the roles of languages in Nigeria
[200]   Adegbola, Tunde (2004) : Probabistically speaking: a quantitative exploration of Yorùbá speech surrogacy
[201]   Adejare, Oluwole (1995) : Communicative competence in English as a second language
[202]   Adejunmobi, Moradewun (2004) : Vernacular palaver: imaginations of the local and non-native languages in West Africa
[203]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1970) : Toward a realistic approach to problems of English instruction
[204]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1972) : Sociolinguistic problems in English language instruction in Nigeria
[205]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1972) : Multilingualism and language function in Nigeria
[206]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1974) : The standard Nigerian English in sociolinguistic perspective
[207]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1978) : Language choice and the Nigerian linguistic repertoire
[208]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1978) : Oral English in Nigeria: the sociolinguistics realities
[209]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1979) : Non-random variation in the Nigerian English
[210]   Adekunle, Mobolaji A. (1995) : English in Nigeria: attitudes, policy and communicative realities
[211]   Adelberger, Jörg (1989) : Kommandos für Tiere bei den Fur
[212]   Adelberger, Jörg (1992) : The problem of “Wurkun”: new evidence for the clarification of an enigma in northern Nigerian ethnography and linguistics
[215]   Adelberger, Jörg (1995) : Zum Verhältnis von Sprache, Ethnizität und Kultur in den Muri-Bergen Nordost-Nigerias
[213]   Adelberger, Jörg & Ulrich Kleinewillinghöfer (1992) : The Muri Mountains of north-eastern Nigeria: an outline of the ethnographic and linguistic situation
[216]   Adelekan, P. A. (1983) : Proposed methods of teaching French in Nigeria
[217]   Adeliyi, S. Adewusi (1972) : The Ketu dialect of Yoruba
[218]   Ademeyi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : Yoruba language simplified
[219]   Ademeyi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : A companion to Yoruba language simplified
[220]   Adendorff, Ralph (1993) : Codeswitching amongst Zulu-speaking teachers and their pupils: its function and implications for teacher education
[221]   Adendorff, Ralph (1993) : Teacher education: code-switching amongst Zulu-speaking pupils and their teachers
[222]   Adendorff, Ralph (2002) : Fanakalo: a pidgin in South Africa
[223]   Adeniran, Adekunle (1968) : Towards a phonology of the Ijebu dialect of Yoruba
[225]   Adeniran, Adekunle (1974) : A functionalistic view of stylistic restriction in Nigerian English
[226]   Adeniran, Adekunle (1979) : Personalities and policies in the establishment of English in northern Nigeria (1900-1943)
[227]   Adeniran, Adekunle (1979) : Nigerian élite English as a model of Nigerian English
[228]   Adeniran, Adekunle (1987) : Language planning and practice in Africa: the need for political intervention
[229]   Adeniran, Adekunle (1990) : Linguistics and language in Nigeria’s national development planning
[230]   Adeniran, Adekunle (1995) : Language education provisions in Nigeria’s national policy on education: a critique
[224]   Adeniran, Wale (1971) : An introduction to the phonology and grammar of the Owé dialect of Yoruba
[251]   Adéníyì, Harrison (1988) : Aspects of the phonology and morphology of Èkìtì
[252]   Adéníyì, Harrison (1997) : Phrasal morphology: the case of Yorùbá names
[231]   Adesanoye, Festus Agboola (1973) : A study of varieties of written English in Nigeria
[232]   Adesanoye, Festus Agboola (1976) : Aspects of the written English of the Nigerian undergraduate
[233]   Adesanoye, Festus Agboola (1979) : Formality as an aspect of unreadability in Nigerian English
[234]   Adesanoye, Festus Agboola (1995) : Editing the editor’s own English: some observations on the “literacy” of Nigerian book editors
[235]   Adesola, Oluseye (2004) : Coda deletion in the Yoruba loan phonology
[25234]   Adesola, Oluseye (2010) : The Non-agreeing Subject Resumptive Pronoun in Yoruba
[236]   Adetugbo, Abiodun (1967) : The Yoruba language in western Nigeria: its major dialect areas
[237]   Adetugbo, Abiodun (1973) : The Yoruba language in Yoruba history
[238]   Adetugbo, Abiodun (1977) : Nigerian English: fact or fiction
[239]   Adetugbo, Abiodun (1979) : Appropriateness and Nigerian English
[240]   Adetugbo, Abiodun (1979) : Nigerian English and communicative competence
[253]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1987) : The Yoruba language: published works and doctoral dissertations 1843-1986
[254]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1989) : Sequence and co-occurence of Yorùbá auxiliary verbs
[255]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1989) : Compounding in Yoruba
[256]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1989) : Some Yoruba quantifier words and semantic interpretation: a critique
[257]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1990) : Yoruba verbs as reinforcers: a critique
[258]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1991) : Some aspects of negation in Yoruba
[259]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1991) : The Yoruba imperative
[260]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1992) : A semantic analysis of the Yoruba modal verb: lè “can”
[261]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1992) : The NEG morpheme in Yoruba
[262]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1993) : Negating the Yoruba universal quantifier: a semantic analysis
[263]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1999) : Negation in Ifè: a Yoruba dialect
[264]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (2000) : Head in Yoruba derived nouns
[23758]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1998) : Yoruba language: a bibliography
[23781]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (2000) : A dictionary of Yoruba phonology and grammar
[23782]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1988) : The categorial status and functions of the Yoruba auxiliary verbs, with some structural analysis in GPSG
[23820]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1991) : Aspect and phase systems in Yoruba
[241]   Adewole, Stephen Monday (1986) : A syntactic basis for noun classification in Swahili
[242]   Adewole, Stephen Monday (1995) : Yoruba word formation processes
[243]   Adewole, Stephen Monday (1997) : Reduplication en Yoruba
[245]   Adey Abebe (1987) : The role of the Ethiopian Revolution in the development of Amharic vocabulary
[244]   Adey, A. D. (1977) : South African “Black” English: some indications
[246]   Adeyanju, Thomas K. (1979) : English grammatical structure and the Hausa student: problem areas
[247]   Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (19--) : Yoruba composition
[248]   Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (19--) : Yoruba conversation
[249]   Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : Yoruba language simplified
[250]   Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : A companion to ‘Yoruba language simplified’
[265]   Adhiambo, Jacqueline H. Oduol (1991) : Luo cultural history: some inferences from linguistic evidence
[266]   Adhiambo, Jacqueline H. Oduol (1991) : Sexist ideology in Luo: some linguistig inference
[267]   Adhikari, Mohamed (Ed) (1996) : Straatpraatjes: language, politics and popular culture in Cape Town 1909-1922
[268]   Adinyah, John B. (1995) : Adele kinship terms, role relationships, and family obligations
[269]   Adive, John R. (1984) : A descriptive study of the verbal piece in Ebira
[271]   Adive, John R. (1985) : Ebira orthography
[22743]   Adive, John R. (1989) : The verbal piece in Ebira
[270]   Adive, John R. & Katharine Grace Lowry Barnwell (1984) : Writing primers for Nigerian languages
[272]   Adjamah, Eli Koffi (1987) : The articulatory settings of English and Ewe, and their implications for teaching English phonology
[273]   Adjekum, Grace (1990) : The Dagaari spelling symbol “MH”
[23005]   Adjekum, Grace , Mary E. Holman & Thomas W. Holman (1993) : Phonological processes in Anufo
[274]   Adjola, Nzonou Raphaël (1978) : Kabiye mavu [Kabiye grammar]
[275]   Adnani, Muhammad (1984) : Dictionary of common mistakes in modern written Arabic: Arabic-Arabic
[277]   Adongo, Patrick & Nancy Schaefer (1996) : Notes on the Frafra time system
[276]   Adongo, Stephen T. (1976) : Vowel harmony in Kassem
[278]   Adoua, J.-M. (1981) : Description phonologique du likuba
[24403]   Adoua, Jean-Marie (1984) : La Syntaxe du lingala
[24924]   Adouna, Gbandi (2009) : Description phonologique et grammaticale du konkomba - Langue GUR du Togo et du Ghana - Parler de Nawaré
[279]   Adu-Anokye, Isaac Yaw (1978) : The development of continuing education and adult literacy in Ghana
[24032]   Adwiraah, Eleonore (1989) : Grammatik des Gworok (Kagoro) : Phonologie, Tonologie, Morphologie und Textanalyse
[280]   Adzomada, Kofi Jacques (1969) : Dictionary of Ewe homonyms
[281]   Adzomada, Kofi Jacques (1975) : Dictionnaire français-ewe: des mots usuels selects et des locutions étrangères
[282]   Adzomada, Kofi Jacques (1975) : Kristotongkowo gomedede/Equivalents eve des prénoms chrétiens. Répertoire des noms togolais: eve - kabiy - ben - tem
[283]   Adzomada, Kofi Jacques (1991) : Dictionnaire français-ewe, ewe-francais: des mots usuels selects et des locutions étrangères
[284]   Afeli, Kossi Antoine (1994) : Etude comparative de ts/s, dz/z en èwè de l’est et en èwè de l’ouest
[285]   Affuso, E. (1977) : I pronomi di I e II persona in semitico, egiziano e berbero
[287]   Afido, Pedro J. (1988) : Descrição da estrutura fonológica da esaaka (variante do Emakhuwa)
[286]   Afido, Pedro J. & Manuel Trinta (1988) : Classes nominais e o systema de concordância na língua Makhuwa
[289]   Afido, Pedro J. , Carlos Manuel , Aníbal Victorino , Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga , Gosnell L. Yorke , Karl Erland Gadelii , Leia Maria Victor Macane , Manuel Involiua , Simão Pedro Columa & Simões Duarte (2000) : Proposta da ortografia da língua Emakhuwa
[290]   Afido, Pedro J. , Carlos Manuel , Aníbal Victorino , Leia Maria Victor Macane & Samuel Amisse (2000) : Proposta da ortografia de Echuwabo
[288]   Afido, Pedro J. , Gregório Firmino , John H. Heins , Samba Mbuub & Manuel Trinta (Ed) (1989) : I seminário sobre a padronizaçâo da ortografía de línguas Moçambicanas
[291]   Afiesimama, A. F. (1995) : Linguistic complexity in Rivers State: the position of language use in primary schools
[292]   Afolayan, Adebisi (1968) : The linguistic problem of Yoruba learners and users of English
[293]   Afolayan, Adebisi (1974) : Politeness in English
[294]   Afolayan, Adebisi (1976) : The six-year primary project in Nigeria
[295]   Afolayan, Adebisi (1977) : Acceptability of English as a second language in Nigeria
[296]   Afolayan, Adebisi (1978) : Towards an adequate theory of bilingual education for Africa
[299]   Afolayan, Adebisi (1984) : The English language in Nigerian education as an agent of proper multilingual and multicultural development
[301]   Afolayan, Adebisi (1995) : Ineffectiveness in the presentation of English in Nigeria: sources and remedies
[298]   Afolayan, Adebisi (Ed) (1982) : Yoruba language and literature
[297]   Afolayan, Adebisi & Ayo Bamgbose (1980) : The changing pattern of bilingualism in Nigeria
[300]   Afolayan, Adebisi & Obafemi Awolowo (1987) : English as a second language: a variety or a myth?
[302]   Africa, Hugh P. (1976) : The Zambia Language Group conference on language and education in Zambia
[303]   Africa, Hugh P. (1977) : The use of English in Zambia
[304]   Africa, Hugh P. (1980) : Language in education in a multilingual state: a case study of the role of English in the educational system of Zambia
[305]   Africa, Hugh P. (1983) : Zambian English: myth or reality?
[306]   Aftat, Mokhtar (1982) : The acquisition of negation and wh-questions in a Moroccan Arabic speaking four-year-old child
[307]   Agbedor, Paul Kofi (1993) : Verb serialization in Ewe
[308]   Agbedor, Paul Kofi (1995) : Negation in Ewe
[311]   Agbedor, Paul Kofi (1996) : The syntax of Ewe personal pronouns
[23478]   Agbedor, Paul Kofi (1994) : Language planning for national development: the case of Ghana
[23799]   Agbedor, Paul Kofi (2006) : Lexical borrowing: the case of Ewe
[309]   Agbekponou, (19--) : Étude descriptive d’un parler aja: phonologie du aja-gbe d’Akonana
[310]   Agbidinoukoun, Cosme Christian (19--) : Analyse contrastive des syntagmes nominaux du fongbe et du français: étude appliquée a l’enseignement du français dans un pays francophone d’Afrique
[312]   Agetua, J. (1977) : The role of Pidgin English in Nigerian literature
[23878]   Agha, Grace Beh (1987) : Phonology of Mmen
[313]   Aghali-Zakara, & J. Drouin (1977) : Recherches sur les tifinagh: éléments graphiques
[314]   Aghali-Zakara, & J. Drouin (1977) : Recherches sur les tifinagh: éléments sociologiques
[315]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1971) : West African Pidgin English: simplification and simplicity
[316]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1977) : Language interlarding in the speech of Nigerians
[317]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1984) : Linguistic implications of the changing role of Nigerian Pidgin English
[318]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1984) : Minor languages in the Nigerian context
[319]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1986) : An Edo-English dictionary
[320]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1986) : Lecture notes on Edo syntax
[321]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1988) : The standardization of Nigerian Pidgin English
[322]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1991) : The tense system of Edo
[22779]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (Ed) (1987) : Orthographies of Nigerian languages
[323]   Aginsky, Ethel Gertrude (1935) : A grammar of the Mende language
[324]   Agnihotri, R. (1995) : Multilingualism as a class room resource
[325]   Agonsi, A. C. (1983) : Pidgin English in Imo State of Nigeria: a linguistic study
[326]   Agostini, Francesco , Annarita Puglielli & Ciise Maxamed Siyaad (1985) : Dizionario somalo-italiano
[327]   Aguadé, J. & M. Elyaacoubi (1995) : El dialecto arabe de Skûra (Marruecos)
[328]   Agyakawa, Kofi Okyere (1976) : Akan epistemology and western thought: a philosophical approach to the problem of educational modernization in Ghana
[329]   Agyekum, Kofi (1975) : The communicative role of silence in Akan
[330]   Agyekum, Kofi (1996) : Akan verbal taboos, in the context of the ethnography of communication
[331]   Agyekum, Kofi (2003) : Honorifics and status indexing in Akan communication
[332]   Agyekum, Kofi (2004) : Ntam ‘reminiscential oath’ taboo in Akan
[333]   Agyekum, Kofi (2004) : The socio-cultural concept of face in Akan communication
[334]   Agyekum, Kofi (2004) : Invective language in contemporary Ghanaian politics
[23801]   Agyekum, Kofi (2006) : Aspects of Akan semiotics
[22980]   Ahland, Colleen Anne (2004) : Linguistic variation within Gumuz: a study of the relationship between historical change and intelligibility
[22981]   Ahland, Michael Bryan (2004) : Language death in Mesmes: a sociolinguistic and historical-comparative examination of a disappearing language
[335]   Ahmad, Muhammad Yusuf Sid (1979) : An analysis of the Nuba Mountain language survey
[336]   Ahmad, Mustapha (1994) : Aspects of Hausa compounding
[337]   Ahmadu, U. M. (1990) : Sociolinguistic situation of the ‘mixed inner areas’ of Maiduguri metropolitan: the case of Hausari
[340]   Ahmed Mohamed (1988) : The verb morphology of Dirs Somali of the Ogaden Region
[23081]   Ahmed, Ibrahim (2004) : Suggestions for writing modern Nubian languages
[339]   Ahmed, Mokhtar (1992) : Lehrbuch des Ägyptisch-Arabischen
[338]   Ahmed, Umaru [Balarabe] & Bello Daura (1970) : An introduction to Classical Hausa and the major dialects
[341]   Ahoua, Firmin (1996) : Prosodic aspects of Baule, with special reference to the German of Baule speakers
[342]   Ahrenberg, Lars (1982) : An account of verbal derivation in Swahili
[23473]   Ahua, Mouchi Blaise (2004) : Conditions linguistiques pour une orthographe de l’agni: une analyse contrastive des dialectes sanvi et djuablin
[343]   Ahulu, Samuel (1994) : How Ghanaian is Ghanaian English?
[344]   Aigbe, Emmanuel Ikponmwosa (1986) : Emwen Edo na zedu ere y’Ebo/Edo-English dictionary
[345]   Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1986) : On the reconstruction of syntactic system in Berber-Lybic
[346]   Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1988) : On verb stem markers in Cushitic languages in the light of Afro/Asiatic
[347]   Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1988) : A structural and typological classification of Berber languages
[348]   Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1995) : Split ergativity in Berber languages
[23221]   Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y. (2000) : Classifiers: a typology of noun categorization devices
[349]   Aikhionbare, M. O. (1981) : Aspects of the syntax of Nigerian Pidgin English: relativization, focusing and negation
[351]   Aikhionbare, M. O. (1989) : Aspects of the verb phrase in Edo
[350]   Aikhionbare, M. O. & Beban Sammy Chumbow (1982) : Focus in Nigerian Pidgin English
[352]   Ainsley, A. D. (1972) : The Bantu sentence
[353]   Aissati, Abderrahman el (2001) : Word order change in Berber
[354]   Aitken-Cade, S. E. (1951) : So! You want to learn the language! An amusing and instructive Kitchen Kaffir dictionary
[355]   Ajani, Timothy Temilela (2001) : Aspect in Yoruba and Nigerian English
[358]   Ajayi, B. S. (1986) : Aspects of Awori phonology
[357]   Ajayi, J. O. (1985) : Ebira names in Nigeria
[356]   Ajayi, Jacob Festus Ade (1961) : How Yoruba was reduced to writing
[359]   Ajello, Roberto (1984) : Il focus nell’idioma degli Ashraaf di Shingaani
[360]   Ajello, Roberto (1984) : Substantives as predicates in Somali
[362]   Ajello, Roberto (1995) : La focalizzizione in somali
[24850]   Ajello, Roberto (2007) : The linguistic expression of spatial relation in the Gizey language
[361]   Ajello, Roberto & Annarita Puglielli (1988) : More on “hybrid verbs” and other grammatical categories in Somali
[24860]   Ajello, Roberto , Mayore Karyo , Antonio Melis & Ousmanou Dobio (2001) : Lexique comparatif de six langues du tchadique central (Gizey, Ham, Lew, Marba, Masa, Musey)
[363]   Ajiboye, F. O. (1986) : The phonology of Erusu
[24120]   Ajiboye, F. O. (2004) : The syntax of reflexive Yoruba epithets
[24123]   Ajiboye, F. O. (2006) : A morpho-syntactic account of ni in Mò?bà Yorùbá
[364]   Ajíbóyè, Oládiípo (2001) : A comparative study of Èdó and Yorùbá gerunds
[365]   Ajíbóyè, Oládiípo (2001) : Nasalization in Mòbà
[24568]   Ajiboye, Oladiipo Jacob (2006) : Topics On Yoruba Nominal Expressions
[366]   Ajólóre, Olusola (1974) : Learning to use Yoruba focus sentences in a multilingual setting
[22448]   Ajólóre, Olusola (1972) : When vowel clusters occur in Yorùbá
[367]   Ajulo, Sunday Babalola & others (Ed) (2000) : Language in education and society: festschrift in honour of Professor Conrad Max benedict Brann
[23646]   Akamba, Bawah & A. Crakye Denteh (1974) : Spoken Hausa for non-Hausa beginners
[368]   Akamin, Nkemnji Michael (1985) : A comparative study of Nhew dialects with a focus on mutual intelligibility
[369]   Akande, Akinmade Timothy (2003) : Acquisition of the inflectional morphemes by Nigeria learners of English language
[370]   Akanlig-Pare, George (1988) : Towards a phonological study of tone in the Wiani dialect of Buli
[371]   Akanlig-Pare, George (1994) : Aspects of Buli phonology
[373]   Akanlig-Pare, George (1997) : Tonal structure of Buli phonological nouns
[374]   Akanlig-Pare, George (1999) : Nominal derivation in Buli
[375]   Akanlig-Pare, George (2002) : Tone in Buli
[22611]   Akanlig-Pare, George & Michael J. Kenstowicz (2003) : Tone in Buli
[22610]   Akanlig-Pare, George & Michael J. Kenstowicz (Ed) (2003) : Studies in Buli grammar
[376]   Akara, Bernard A. (1993) : Kasena verbal games as an agent of child socialization
[377]   Akere, Funso (1978) : Grammatical competence and communicative competence in relation to the users of English as a second language
[378]   Akere, Funso (1978) : Socio-cultural constraints and the emergence of Standard Nigerian English
[379]   Akere, Funso (1979) : Evaluation criteria for a local model of English pronunciation: an experimental study of attitudes to the accents of English used by Africans
[380]   Akere, Funso (1980) : Verbal strategies in communal meetings: code-switching and status manipulation in a bi-dialectal Yoruba speech community
[381]   Akere, Funso (1980) : Evaluation criteria for a local model of English pronunciation
[382]   Akere, Funso (1981) : Sociolinguistic consequences of language contact: English versus Nigerian languages
[383]   Akere, Funso (1982) : Language use and language attitudes in a Yoruba suburban town: a sociolinguistic response to the factors of traditionalism and modernity
[384]   Akere, Funso (1995) : Languages in the curriculum: an assessment of the role of English and other languages in the education delivery process in Nigeria
[23860]   Akeriweh (2000) : A step towards the standardisation of Kènswéynséy, a Grassfields Bantu language
[385]   Akhavan-Zandjani, Firouzeh (1990) : Untersuchungen zur Grammatik des Irangi anhand des Materials aus dem Nachlass Dr. Paul Berger
[386]   Akindele, Femi Dele (1990) : A sociolinguistic analysis of Yoruba greetings
[387]   Akindele, Femi Dele (1991) : The organisation of repair in Yoruba conversation
[389]   Akindele, Femi Dele (2001) : Lesotho language policy and the challenges of development
[388]   Akindele, Femi Dele & Karsten Legère (Ed) (2001) : From the south: a selection of papers
[23539]   Akinjobi, Adenike (2006) : Vowel reduction and suffication in Nigeria
[390]   Akinkugbe, Femi (1976) : An internal classification of the Yoruboid group (Yoruba, Isekiri, Igala)
[391]   Akinkugbe, Femi (1978) : A comparative phonology of Yoruba dialects: Itsekiri and Igala
[392]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (1985) : Tonal underspecification and Yoruba tones
[395]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (1995) : ATR harmony in Kalabari Ijo
[397]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (1995) : Prosodic truncation and template satisfaction in Ibibio verbs
[404]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (2004) : Yoruba sound system
[22398]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (2003) : Sonorant nasalization in Yoruba deverbal nouns
[23749]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (1992) : A two tone analysis of Yorùbá
[394]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (Ed) (1995) : Theoretical approaches to African linguistics
[403]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Alexander U. Iwara (2004) : Transparency and opacity in Lokaa vowel harmony
[399]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Eno-Abasi E. Urua (2000) : Tone in Ibibio verbal reduplication
[401]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Eno-Abasi E. Urua (2003) : Foot structure in the Ibibio verb
[393]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Francis O. Oyebade (1987) : Lexical and post-lexical rule application: vowel deletion in Yorùbá
[396]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & M. Liberman (1995) : On the phonetic interpretation of the Yoruba tonal system
[398]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & M. Liberman (2000) : The tonal phonology of Yoruba clitics
[400]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Ngessimo M. Mutaka (2001) : Tone in the infinitive in Kinande: an OT analysis
[402]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Oluseye Adesola (Ed) (2004) : Proceedings of the 4th world congress of African linguistics, New Brunswick 2003
[24117]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Seunghun J. Lee (2006) : Predicting Ibibio vowel distribution
[405]   Akinnaso, Festus Niyi (1980) : The sociolinguistic basis of Yoruba personal names
[406]   Akinnaso, Festus Niyi (1983) : The structure of divinatory speech: a sociolinguistic analysis of Yoruba “sixteen-cowry” divination
[407]   Akinnaso, Festus Niyi (1991) : The development of a multilingual language policy in Nigeria
[408]   Akinniyi, John A. & Uvais S. Sultanbawa (1983) : A glossary of Kanuri names of plants, with botanical names, distribution and uses
[409]   Akintan, E. A. (1932) : Lecture on Yoruba language with special reference to its grammar
[410]   Akintan, E. A. (1941) : First steps in Yoruba composition
[411]   Akintan, E. A. (1942) : Yoruba language as a syllabic and euphonic language
[412]   Akintan, E. A. (1943) : Second steps in Yoruba composition
[413]   Akintan, E. A. (1945) : Modern grammar of Yoruba language
[414]   Akintan, E. A. (1947) : Lecture on the fundamental principles of Yoruba language, and common errors in the writing of Yoruba words and sentences
[23356]   Akintan, E. A. (1948) : Iwe gbedegbeyo aladun t’Akintan / English-Yoruba vocabulary
[415]   Akintola-Arikawe, Olu , Chinyere Ohirí-Aníche & Oládélé Awóbùlúyì (1988) : A guide for creating metalinguistic terms for African languages
[416]   Akintúnde, (1995) : Comparative number words of five Àkókó dialects and Edo with Standard Yorùbá
[22744]   Akinyemi, T. O. (1986) : Ikpesi phonology
[417]   Aklilu Amsalu (1962) : Etymologischer Beitrag zu A. Dillman’s Lexicon linguae aethiopicae
[420]   Aklilu Amsalu (1988) : Characteristics of Amharic idiomatic expressions
[418]   Aklilu Amsalu, & G. P. Mosback (1973) : English-Amharic dictionary
[419]   Aklilu Amsalu, & Renate Richter (1980) : Zur Funktion der Nationalsprachen im Prozess der national-demokratischen Revolution in Äthiopien: Ergebnisse einer soziolinguistischen Untersuchung in der Zuckerfabrik Wonji
[421]   Aklilu Yilma (1983) : Endegen phonology
[422]   Aklilu Yilma (1988) : The phonology of Sheko
[423]   Aklilu Yilma (199-) : [On Amharic and Oromo]
[424]   Aklilu Yilma (1990) : Two phonological processes in Nayi: palatalization and labialization
[425]   Aklilu Yilma (1993) : The linguistic etiquette of Yemsa
[426]   Aklilu Yilma (1993) : [On Amharic]
[428]   Aklilu Yilma (1993) : Pilot survey of bilingualism in Yem
[429]   Aklilu Yilma (1994) : A sketch of the Nayi grammar
[430]   Aklilu Yilma (1994) : [On Kefa Zone: Nayi (Nao)]
[431]   Aklilu Yilma (1994) : A phonological comparison of Bench and two Majoid languages
[432]   Aklilu Yilma (1993) : [Includes Oromo sentence repetition tests (SRT). Revised version appeared 2002 as »Fast linguistic assessment of multilingualism in Ethiopia: a progress report«, SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), n 2002-045]
[433]   Aklilu Yilma (1995) : Survey of little-known languages of Ethiopia
[435]   Aklilu Yilma (1995) : Some notes on the Chara language: sound system and noun morphology
[436]   Aklilu Yilma (1999) : Some notes on the phonology and morphology of Chara
[437]   Aklilu Yilma (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Nayi language of Ethiopia
[438]   Aklilu Yilma (2002) : Fast linguistic assessment of multilingualism in Ethiopia (F.L.A.M.E.): a progress report
[441]   Aklilu Yilma (2002) : Pilot survey of bilingualism in Yem
[443]   Aklilu Yilma (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Chara language of Ethiopia
[439]   Aklilu Yilma, & Klaus Wedekind (2002) : Survey report on the Oromo language
[442]   Aklilu Yilma, & Klaus Wedekind (2002) : Sociolinguistic report of the survey of little-known languages of Ethiopia
[434]   Aklilu Yilma, & Ralph Siebert (1995) : Survey of Chara, Dime, Melo and Nayi
[444]   Aklilu Yilma, & Ralph Siebert (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Chara, Dime, Melo and Nayi languages of Ethiopia
[427]   Aklilu Yilma, Ralph Siebert & Kati Siebert (1993) : Survey of the Omotic languages “Sheko” and “Yem”
[440]   Aklilu Yilma, Ralph Siebert & Kati Siebert (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Omotic languages Sheko and Yem
[445]   Akoha, A. B. (1977) : Problème des tons en fòngbè: identification, combinaisons
[446]   Akoha, A. B. (1980) : Quelques éléments d’une grammaire du fongbe: nominal et syntagme nominal
[447]   Akoha, Joseph (2001) : Literacy and literature in indigenous languages in Benin and Burkina-Faso
[448]   Akouaou, A. (1976) : L’expression de la qualite en berbere: le verbe (parler de base, le Taselhit de Tiznit)
[24699]   Akpan, Ekaete Evangel (2006) : Assimilatory Processes in Ibibio Child Phonology
[449]   Akpanyung, O. A. (1951) : Guide to the writing of Ibibio
[450]   Akpanyung, O. A. (1977) : An Efik language handbook for teachers
[451]   Akrofi, C. A. (1931) : Twi kasa mmara [A Twi grammar book]
[452]   Akrofi, C. A. (1933) : Notes on Twi spelling in the new script
[455]   Akrofi, C. A. (1937) : Twi kasa mmara [A Twi grammar book]
[457]   Akrofi, C. A. (1943) : Twi kasa mmara [A Twi grammar book]
[456]   Akrofi, C. A. & Eugen Ludwig Rapp (1938) : A Twi spelling book
[458]   Akrofi, C. A. & G. L. Botchey (1965) : English-Twi-Ga dictionary
[453]   Akrofi, C. A. & John A. R. Watt (1933) : Some peculiarities of Twi grammar
[454]   Akrofi, C. A. & John A. R. Watt (1935) : Some points in Twi spelling
[459]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna (1966) : Distributsia i grammaticheskoe znachenie predkornevykh affiksov v suahili [Distribution ad grammatical meaning of sub-root affixes of infinitive in Swahili]
[460]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna (1973) : K voprosy o sisteme immenych klassov v yazyke kipare (dialekt asu) [On the question of the system of noun classes in Kipare (Asu dialect)]
[461]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna (1974) : Morphonematicheskii analiz suffixov proizvodhnykh form glagola v yazyke suahili
[462]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna (1977) : Imennye klassy yazyka kuria [Noun classes of Kuria]
[466]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna (1997) : Kategorii vida, vremeni i nakloneniia v iazykakh bantu [The categories of aspect, tense and mood in Bantu languages]
[464]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna & Irina Nikolaevna Toporova (1990) : Vvedenie v bantuistiku: imya, glagol
[465]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna & Irina Nikolaevna Toporova (1994) : Jazyk kuriia [Kuria grammar]
[463]   Aks?onova, Irina Stepanovna , Tatiana L?vovna Vetoshkina & Alfred Naumovich Zhurinskij (1984) : Klassy slov v jazykach Afriki
[467]   Akuetey, Caesar (1989) : Etude des énoncés équatifs, locatifs et possessifs en ewe : problèmes du verbe «être»
[24142]   Akuetey, Caesar (1998-99) : A Preliminary Study of Yevegbe: Animist Cult Language in Eweland
[24143]   Akuetey, Caesar A. (2003) : Le verbe zu en éwé ne marque pas par lui-même un changement d?état
[24144]   Akuetey, Caesar A. (1995) : Should le and li be considered as dialectal variants in the Ewe language?
[23830]   Akumbu, Pius Wuchu (1999) : Nominal phonological processes in Babanki
[468]   Akumbu, Pius Wuchu & Elizabeth Brye (2005) : A rapid appraisal language survey of Akum
[23748]   Alàbá, O. (1992) : Bilingualism as a source of humour in speech usage: contact between English and Yorùbá
[471]   Alagoa, Ebiegbere Joe & A. A. Derefaka (Ed) (2003) : The land and people of Rivers State: eastern Niger Delta
[469]   Alagoa, Ebiegbere Joe & Tekena N. Tamuno (Ed) (1989) : Land and people of Nigeria: Rivers State
[472]   Alake, Justina Imade (1999) : Vowel elision in Esan
[474]   Alalou, Ali (2003) : The pragmatics and syntax of deixis in Tamazight (Berber): the case of the morphemes ‘d’ and ‘nn’
[473]   Alalou, Ali & Patrick Farrel (1993) : Argument structure and causativization in Tamazigt Berber
[24955]   Alamin Mubarak, Suzan (2006) : An Initial Description of Laggori Noun Morphology and Noun Phrase
[475]   Alant, J. (1994) : Towards a linguistic definition of orality
[476]   Alapini, Julien (1950) : Le petit dahoméen: grammaire, vocabulaire, lexique en langue du Dahomey
[477]   Albarran, M. J. (1991) : Aspectos sintáctico-semânticos dos verbos locativos no português oral de Maputo
[23474]   Albaugh, Ericka Ann (2005) : The colonial image reversed: advocates of multilingual education in Africa (Cameroon, Senegal, Ghana)
[478]   Albert, Ethel M. (1964) : “Rhetoric”, “logic” and “poetics” in Burundi: culture patterning of speech behavior
[479]   Alberts, Mariëtta & Patricia N. Mtintsilana (1988) : Leksigrafiese ontleding van Afrikaanse en Afrikatele-leksikons
[480]   Albertyn, A. P. J. (1984) : Die ensiklopedie van name in Suidwes-Afrika
[481]   Albright, F. W. (1934) : The vocalisation of the Egyptian syllabic orthography
[23673]   Albro, Daniel M. (1998) : Nawdem-English dictionary with examples
[23674]   Albro, Daniel M. (1998) : Verb classes and verbal sufixation in Nawdem
[482]   Alcobert, J. M. (1975) : Essai d’initiation progressive à la langue lendu (Badha)
[484]   Alcock, J. L. (1994) : The genitive construction in Zulu
[485]   Alcock, J. L. (2000) : Indefiniteness in the Zulu noun phrase (NP)
[483]   Alcock, Janet (1994) : Origin and diffusion of Bantu languages (supplement)
[486]   Alcock, Katherine J. & Dumaris Ngorosho (2003) : Learning to spell a regularly spelled language is not a trivial task: patterns of errors in Kiswahili
[487]   Alcock, Katherine J. & Dumaris Ngorosho (2004) : Interaction between phonological and gramatical processing in single word production in Kiswahili
[488]   Aleko, Hilaire & Gilbert Puèch (1988) : Notes sur la langue ngové et les Ngubi
[489]   Alemayehu Abebe (1990) : Relative clauses in Chaha: a GB approach
[490]   Alemayehu Abebe (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Ometo dialect of Ethiopia
[491]   Alemayehu Abebe (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Mesketo language of Ethiopia
[492]   Alemayehu Abebe (2002) : Ometo dialect pilot survey report
[493]   Alemayehu Amanuel (2001) : Noun phrases in Anfillo
[494]   Alemayehu Daniel (2003) : The noun phrase in Hadiyya
[495]   Alemayehu Gurmu (1985) : The structure of simple sentences in Kistance
[496]   Alemayehu H. Giorgis (1982) : The morphological analysis of the pronouns in Gogat
[497]   Alemayehu Haile (1981) : Omotic and Kushitic verbal markers: a possible isogloss
[498]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : Ometo dialect survey: a pilot survey report
[499]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : Ometo dialect survey: second phase survey report
[500]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : A sketch of the Mesketo grammar
[501]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : [Survey of the Ometo area]
[502]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : [On Amharic and Oromo]
[503]   Alemayehu Haile (1994) : Malo: an unknown Ometo language
[504]   Alemayehu Haile (1994) : Some aspects of the phonology of Basketo
[505]   Alemgena Belete (2003) : Interrogative sentences in Oromo
[506]   Alemtsehay Reta (1988) : Kebena verb morphology: some inflections and derivations
[23480]   Alende, Régine K. T. (2000) : L’expression de la joie et de la peur en anglais et en lingala: essai d'analyse cognitive
[508]   Alenuma, Sidonia (2002) : The Dagaare-speaking communities of West Africa: a culture area profile
[509]   Alex, Inoma (1989) : A reconstruction of the segmental phonology of proto-Central Delta
[510]   Alexander, Neville (1989) : Language policy and national unity
[511]   Alexander, Neville (1989) : Language policy and national unity in South Africa/Azania
[512]   Alexander, Neville (1990) : The language question
[513]   Alexander, Neville (1990) : Education and the struggle for national liberation in South Africa
[514]   Alexander, Neville (1992) : Harmonising Nguni and Sotho
[515]   Alexander, Neville (1992) : Language planning from below
[516]   Alexander, Neville (1995) : Nation building and language in new South Africa
[517]   Alexander, Neville (1997) : Language policy and planning in the new South Africa
[518]   Alexander, Neville (2001) : Key issues in language policy for southern Africa
[519]   Alexander, Neville (2004) : The politics of language planning in post-apartheid South Africa
[23632]   Alexander, Neville (2001) : Majority and minority languages in South Africa
[520]   Alexandre, [Révérend] [Père] Gustave (1934) : Lexique français-möré
[521]   Alexandre, [Révérend] [Père] Gustave (1935) : Grammaire möré
[522]   Alexandre, [Révérend] [Père] Gustave (1935) : Dictionnaire möré-français
[523]   Alexandre, [Révérend] [Père] Gustave (1953) : La langue möré
[524]   Alexandre, Pierre (1955) : Manuel élémentaire de la langue bulu, sud-Cameroun
[525]   Alexandre, Pierre (1959) : Le bantu et ses limites
[526]   Alexandre, Pierre (1961) : Sur les possibilités expressives des langues africaines en matière de terminologie politique (exemples du Sud Cameroun)
[527]   Alexandre, Pierre (1962) : Sur la voyelle suffixielle du bulu
[528]   Alexandre, Pierre (1963) : Les problèmes linguistiques africaines vus de Paris
[529]   Alexandre, Pierre (1963) : Aperçu sommaire sur le pidgin A70 du Cameroun
[530]   Alexandre, Pierre (1965) : Proto-histoire du groupe beti-bulu-fang: essai de synthèse provisoire
[531]   Alexandre, Pierre (1966) : Système verbal et prédicatif du bulu (Cameroun)
[532]   Alexandre, Pierre (1966) : Préliminaire à une présentation des idéophones bulu
[533]   Alexandre, Pierre (1967) : Langues et langage en afrique noire
[534]   Alexandre, Pierre (1967) : Note sur la réduction du système des classes dans les langues véhiculaires a fonds bantu
[535]   Alexandre, Pierre (1968) : Le bantu et ses limites
[536]   Alexandre, Pierre (1968) : Some linguistic problems of nation-building in Negro Africa
[537]   Alexandre, Pierre (1969) : Sur certain aspects contradictoires de l’expansion nominale en bulu (Cameroun)
[538]   Alexandre, Pierre (1970) : Pre-initial elements in Bulu (A.74) nominals
[539]   Alexandre, Pierre (1971) : Multilingualism
[540]   Alexandre, Pierre (1971) : A few observations on language use among Cameroon elite families
[541]   Alexandre, Pierre (1971) : L’imperialisme du genre I en bulu (groupe bantu A70 - Cameroun)
[542]   Alexandre, Pierre (1972) : Languages and language in Black Africa
[543]   Alexandre, Pierre (1972) : An introduction to languages and language in Africa
[544]   Alexandre, Pierre (1981) : Les langues bantu: tableau d’ensemble; description sommaire de deux langues (swahili et bulu)
[545]   Alexandre, Pierre (1983) : Langue arabe et kiswahili
[546]   Alexandre, Pierre (1984) : Some problems of African onomastics: toponymy, anthroponymy and ethnonymy
[547]   Alexandre, Pierre (1985) : On the death of languages/A propos de la mort des langues
[548]   Alexandre, Pierre (1989) : La nébuleuse swahili
[23509]   Alexandre, Pierre (1964) : Aperçu sommaire sur le pidgin A70 du Cameroun
[549]   Alga, Lemma & Micha Wedekind (1995) : Boro wordlists
[550]   Alhassoumi-Sow, Salamatou (1994) : Le gaawoore, un parler peul de l’ouest du Niger
[551]   Alhassoumi-Sow, Salamatou (1999) : Synonymie, homonymie, polysémie: quelques cas en foulfoudé, en haoussa et en zarma
[23154]   Alhassoumi-Sow, Salamatou (2003) : Le gaawoore, parler des Peuls Gaawoobe (Niger occidentale)
[559]   Ali Amante (2003) : Some problems and achievements in the codification (patterns) of Afaan Oromo
[558]   Ali, Abdel-Khalig (1996) : A prosodic account of syncope and epenthesis in Sudanese Colloquial Arabic
[553]   Ali, Issa Hussein & Mohamed Said Gees (1980) : The Somali language in science context
[554]   Ali, Mohamed Nuuh & Linda Arvanites (1985) : The place of Jiiddu in Proto-Soomaali
[556]   Ali, Mohammed (1989) : Trends in Oromo lexicon and lexicography
[557]   Ali, Mohammed (1991) : Antonyms and some related problems in Oromo
[552]   Ali, Saeed & Yèro Sylla (1977) : Perceptual transparency and relativization: a case study in Fula
[555]   Ali, Salah Mohamed (1986) : The unity of the Somali language despite the barrier of regional language variants
[560]   Alicete, Tomé Charles , Marcos Conde Chato , Júlio Francisco Massavala , Miguel Ndapassoa Passo & Castigo Tenesse (1991) : Bukhu ya kupfundzisa kuona na kulemba malongero a cisena/Manuel de alfabetização em língua sena
[561]   Alicete, Tomé Charles , Marcos Conde Chato , Júlio Francisco Massavala , Miguel Ndapassoa Passo & Castigo Tenesse (1995) : Bukhu ya kupfundzisa kuona na kulemba malongero a cisena/Manuel de alfabetização em língua sena
[562]   Alidina, M. M. H. (1993) : The Persian factor in Kiswahili
[563]   Alidou, Dioula Ousseina (1995) : Evidence for foot structure in Hausa
[564]   Alidou, Dioula Ousseina (1997) : A phonological study of language games in six languages of Niger
[24863]   Alidou, Ousseina (1988) : Tasawaq d?In-Gall. Esquisse linguistique d?une langue dite ‘mixte?
[566]   Alimi, Modoupe M. & Sibonile Ellece (2004) : Course design and testing in an English programme
[565]   Alimi, Modupe (1991) : A study of the styles of the language of cartoons in Nigeria
[567]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1987) : Essai de description de la langue bidya du Guéra (Tchad): phonologie, grammaire
[568]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1987) : Les classes verbales en bidiya
[569]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1987) : Extensions figées et productives en bidiya
[570]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1988) : Transitivité et conjugaison à suffixes en bidiya
[23980]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1988) : Emprunts et intégration en bidiya
[25401]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (2008) : Contacts de langues et contacts de cultures dans les régions de l'Abou-Telfane et du Bahr Signakha (Guéra, Tchad)
[571]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1990) : Lexique bidya
[573]   Aliyi Shafi (2003) : Contact of Afaan Oromo with Arabic in eastern Hararghe
[574]   Alkali, M. Nur (1987) : On the study of the history of the Kanuri language
[575]   Alkali, Waziri Kashim (1998) : A reconstruction of socio-linguistic features of the Kanem-Borno empire
[23817]   Alkali, Ya Moram (1988) : The obstacles behind the development of Kanuri language in Borno
[13333]   Allamin, Jibrin (1994) : A comparative study of Kanuri and Hausa ideophones
[576]   Allan, Edward Jay (1974) : Tone in Dizi
[577]   Allan, Edward Jay (1975/76) : Inalienable possession in four Ethiopian languages
[578]   Allan, Edward Jay (1976) : Kullo
[579]   Allan, Edward Jay (1976) : Dizi
[582]   Allan, Edward Jay (1978) : The phonology of Dizi (Maji): a preliminary report
[23634]   Allan, Edward Jay (1973) : A grammar of Buem, the Lelemi language
[24484]   Allan, Edward Jay (1977 [1973]) : Buem
[24521]   Allan, Edward Jay (1980 [1974]) : Likpe
[580]   Allan, Edward Jay & Hazel May Relton (1977) : Language use and attitudes among employers of HSIU graduates in Addis Ababa
[581]   Allan, Keith (1978) : Nation, tribalism and national language: Nigeria’s case
[583]   Allan, Keith (1979) : Nation, tribalism and national language: the problem of choosing a national language in a mutlilingual nation like Nigeria
[584]   Allan, Keith (1983) : Anaphora, cataphora and topic focusing: functions of the object prefix in Swahili
[585]   Allan, Keith (1990) : Discourse stratagems in a Maasai story
[586]   Allaoua, Abdelmadjid (1993) : Les verbes de qualité et quelques remarques sur ler pronoms personnels en berbère
[587]   Allard, Gilbert (1978) : Cours de chougoulé 1
[588]   Allati, Abdelaziz (1999) : Toponymie et reconstruction linguistique en Afrique du nord et aux Iles Canaries
[25402]   Allati, Abdelaziz (2008) : Proto-berbère et proto-afro-asiatique: l'aspect
[605]   Allen, Andrew S. (1993) : Ewe verbs in derivation and periphrastic constructions
[602]   Allen, Christine Anne (1974) : Studies in the phonology of Sele, the language of Santrokofi
[24535]   Allen, Christine Anne (1980 [1973]) : Sele
[589]   Allen, Glover Morrill & Arthur Loveridge (1933) : Reports on the scientific results of an expedition to the southwestern highlands of Tanganyika Territory, II: mammals
[603]   Allen, James P. (1981) : The inflection of the verb in the Pyramid Texts
[604]   Allen, James P. (1986) : Essays on Egyptian grammar
[590]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1936) : Swahili examinations
[591]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1945) : Arabic script for students of Swahili
[592]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1945) : The name ‘Dar es Salaam’
[593]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1957-1978) : Manuscripts, papers, correspondences, etc.
[594]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1959) : The rapid spread of Swahili
[595]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1961) : The East African Swahili Committee
[596]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1961) : The elision of the subjective prefix and the use of negative questions in Swahili
[597]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1964) : A note on Dr Nyerere’s translation of Julius Caesar: preliminary thoughts on the value and importance of the translation
[598]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1965) : The case for developing Swahili
[599]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1967) : Swahili prosody
[600]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1967) : The Comoro Islands: a note on the names of languages
[601]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1968) : Arabic script for students of Swahili (amendment)
[24845]   Allison, Sean (2007) : Linguistic evidence for the islamization of the Makary Kotoko by the Kanuri
[606]   Allott, Anthony (1970) : Language and property: a universal vocabulary for the analysis and description of proprietary relationships
[607]   Allwood, Jens , Leif Grönkvist & A. P. Hendrikse (2003) : Developing a tagset and tagger for the African languages of South Africa, with special reference to Xhosa
[608]   Almada, Maria Dulce de Oliveira (1961) : Cabo Verde: contribuição para o estudo do dialecto falado no seu arquipélago
[609]   Almagor, Uri (1972) : Name-oxen and ox-names among the Dassanetch of southwest Ethiopia
[611]   Almeida, António de (1955) : Contribução para o estudo da toponímia dos Dembos (Angola)
[612]   Almeida, António de (1966) : Das etnonímias da Guiné Portuguesa do arquipélago de Cabo Verde e das ilhas de São Tomé e Príncipe
[610]   Almeida, António de & Ernst Oswald Johannes Westphal (19--) : Línguas não-bantas de Angola
[614]   Alo, E. (1973) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologie de la langue kaliko
[615]   Alo, Moses (1984) : A lexical study of educated Yoruba English
[616]   Alo, Moses (1989) : A prototype approach to the analysis of meanings of kinship terms in non-native English
[613]   Alo, Paulin Ogundipe (19--) : Étude phonetique et phonologique du cabe, un parler yoruba
[22643]   Alo, Paulin Ogundipe (1989) : Phonetic aspects of nasalization in Tsabe (Yoruba)
[22707]   Alo, Paulin Ogundipe (1990) : Interaction between segments and tone in Tsabe
[617]   Aloah, Peter King Paul (1990) : A study of Kasena personal names with special reference to the Paga traditional area
[23514]   Alobwede, Charles d'Epie (1998) : Banning Pidgin English in Cameroon
[618]   Alojaly, Ghoubeïd (1980) : Lexique touareg-français
[619]   Alone, [Major] John Philip Herbert Mackenzie & David E. Stokes (1946) : The Alone-Stokes short manual of the Amharic language (with vocabularies)
[620]   Alone, [Major] John Philip Herbert Mackenzie & David E. Stokes (1959) : The Alone-Stokes short manual of the Amharic language (with vocabularies)
[621]   Alonso, E. J. (1992) : Body metaphors in Delo
[622]   Aloys, (1---) : Vocabulaire kikumu-kifransa
[627]   Alsina, Alex (1997) : A theory of complex predicates: evidence from causatives in Bantu and Romance
[623]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1990) : The syntax of applicatives in Chichewa: problems for a theta theoretic asymmetry
[624]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1991) : Object extraction and accessability of thematic information
[625]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1993) : Object asymmetries in the Chichewa applicative construction
[626]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1994) : Bantu multiple objects: analyse and fallacies
[628]   Alterhenger-Smith, S. (1978) : Language planning and language policy in Tanzania during the German colonial period
[629]   Alton, Paula d? (1987) : Le Palor: esquisse phonologique et grammaticale d’une langue cangin du Sénégal suivi d’un lexique et de textes transcrits et traduits
[630]   Alverson, Hoyt S. (1994) : Semantics and experience: universal metaphors of time in English, Mandarin, Hindi and Sesotho
[631]   Alves, [Padre] Albano (1939) : Nações gramaticais da língua chisena
[632]   Alves, [Padre] Albano (1951) : Dicionário etimológico bundu-português, ilustrado com muitos milhares de exemplos entre os quais 2000 provérbios indígenas
[633]   Alves, [Padre] Albano (1957) : Dicionário português-chisena e chisena-português
[634]   Amadou, Sanni Wahab (19--) : Étude comparative des emprunts a l’anglais et du français en yoruba
[635]   Amahan, Ali (1983) : Abadou de Ghoujdama: peuplement et vie quotidienne dans un vilage du Haut-Atlas marocain. Etude socio-linguistique
[636]   Amali, Shamsudeen O. O. (1992) : The contribution of R. C. Abraham to Idoma studies
[637]   Amare, Getahun (1995) : Issues of time and place adverbs in Amharic
[24956]   Amargira, Adelino (2006) : Derivational Forms and the Nature of Modifiers in Tennet
[638]   Amatigue, Guirou (1987) : Aspects of Dogon sentence structure
[639]   Amayo, Airen (1975) : The structure of verbal constructions in Edo (Bini)
[640]   Amayo, Airen (1976) : A generative phonology of Edo (Bini)
[641]   Amayo, Airen (1980) : Tone in Nigerian English
[24515]   Amayo, Airen (1980 [1975]) : Edo
[642]   Ambali, Aggrey , Harvey Kabwazi , Lawrence Malekano , George Mwale , Davie Chimwaza , John Ingainga , Naoki Makimoto , Setsuko Nakayama , Masahide Yuma & Yukiko Kada (2001) : Relationship between local and scientific names of fishes in Lake Malawi/Nyasa
[643]   Ambaw Demissie (1990) : The phonology of Zay: a generative approach
[645]   Amborn, Hermann (1983) : Referenz und Abwehr: der sprachliche Niederschlag der gesellschaftlichen Sonderstellung von Lineage-Ältesten in der Burji-Konso Gruppe
[646]   Amborn, Hermann (1997) : The conceptualization of landscape in southern Ethiopian societies
[647]   Amborn, Hermann & Alexander Kellner (1999) : Burji vocabulary of cultural items: an insight into Burji culture (based on field notes of Helmut Straube)
[644]   Amborn, Hermann , Gunter Minker & Hans-Jürgen Sasse (1980) : Das Dullay: Materialen zu einer ostkuschitischen Sprache
[648]   Amboulou, C. (1998) : Le mbochi: langue bantu du Congo-Brazzaville (zone C, groupe C20)
[24915]   Ambouroue, Odette (2006) : De la tonalité des nominaux en orungu (B11b)
[25080]   Ambouroue, Odette (2007) : Eléments de description de l?orungu ; Langue bantu du Gabon (B11b)
[649]   Ambrose, Stanley Harmon (1982) : Archaeology and linguistic reconstructions of history in East Africa
[650]   Amedekey, E. Y. (1970) : The culture of Ghana: a bibliography
[651]   Ameka, Felix K. (1987) : A comparative analysis of linguistic routines in two languages: English and Ewe
[652]   Ameka, Felix K. (1990) : The grammatical packaging of experiencers in Ewe: a study in the semantics of syntax
[653]   Ameka, Felix K. (1991) : Ewe: its grammatical construction and illocutionary devices
[654]   Ameka, Felix K. (1992) : Focus constructions in Ewe and Akan: a comparative perspective
[655]   Ameka, Felix K. (1995) : The linguistic construction of space in Ewe
[656]   Ameka, Felix K. (1996) : Body parts in Ewe grammar
[657]   Ameka, Felix K. (1999) : The typology and semantics of complex nominal duplication in Ewe
[658]   Ameka, Felix K. (1999) : Spatial information packaging in Ewe and Likpe: a comparative perspective
[660]   Ameka, Felix K. (1999) : The progressive aspect in Likpe (Sekpele): implications for aspect and word order in Kwa
[661]   Ameka, Felix K. (2002) : Constituent order and grammatical relations in Ewe
[662]   Ameka, Felix K. (2002) : Cultural scripting of body parts for emotions: on ‘jealousy’ and related emotions in Ewe
[22647]   Ameka, Felix K. (2001) : Ideophones and the nature of the adjective word class in Ewe
[23524]   Ameka, Felix K. (2005) : Forms of secondary predication in serializating languages: on depictives in Ewe
[23809]   Ameka, Felix K. (2005) : Ewe serial verb constructions and their grammatical context
[24987]   Ameka, Felix K. (1998) : Particules énonciatives en Ewe
[25224]   Ameka, Felix K. (2008) : Aspect and modality in Ewe: a survey
[25237]   Ameka, Felix K. (2010) : Information Packaging Constructions in Kwa: Micro-variation and Typology
[659]   Ameka, Felix K. & Emmanuel Kweku Osam (Ed) (1999) : New directions in Ghanaian linguistics: essays in honour of M.E. Kropp Dakubu, Florence A. Dolphyne and Alan S. Duthie
[25220]   Ameka, Felix K. & Mary Esther Kropp Dakubu (2008) : Aspect and Modality in Kwa Languages
[25226]   Ameka, Felix K. & Mary Esther Kropp Dakubu (2008) : Imperfective Constructions: Progressive and Prospective in Ewe and Dangme
[24168]   Ameka, Felix. K. (2003) : Grammar and cultural practices: The grammaticalization of triadic communication in West African languages
[663]   Ames, David W. & Anthony V. King (1971) : Glossary of Hausa music and its social contexts
[664]   Amfani, A. H. (1995) : Double-determiner NP constructions in Hausa
[665]   Amfani, A. H. (1995) : The ‘grade’ as a functional element and re-interpretation of relations in the Hausa verbal component
[22653]   Amfani, A. H. (1990) : A glottochronology of four Benue-Congo languages in Zuruland
[666]   Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2001) : A relevance-theoretic study of some pragmatic markers in Akan
[667]   Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2005) : Modal marking in Akan: the case of anka
[24733]   Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2007) : Akan Demonstratives
[1213]   Amha, Azeb (1989) : Verb morphology in Bodi
[1214]   Amha, Azeb (1996) : Aspects of the verb in Ometo
[1215]   Amha, Azeb (1993) : The case system in Basketto
[1216]   Amha, Azeb (1994) : Ometo verb derivation: the case of Basketo, Male, Ko:rete and Kullo
[1217]   Amha, Azeb (1995) : Case in Basketto
[1218]   Amha, Azeb (1996) : Tone-accent and prosodic domains in Wolaitta
[1219]   Amha, Azeb (2001) : The Maale language
[22675]   Amha, Azeb (2001) : Ideophones and compound verbs in Wolaitta
[23484]   Amha, Azeb (1997) : The tone system of Maale
[23810]   Amha, Azeb & Gerrit Jan Dimmendaal (2005) : Verbal compunding in Wolaitta
[24759]   Amha, Azeb , Maarten Mous & Graziano Savà (2007) : Omotic and Cushitic Studies; Papers from the Fourth Cushitic Omotic Conference, Leiden, 10-12 April 2003
[24760]   Amidu, Assibi (2007) : Semantic Assignment Rules in Bantu Classes; A Reanalysis Based on Kiswahili
[668]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1980) : Locative marking and locative choice in Swahili and their semantic and grammatical implications
[669]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1982) : The myth of the infinitive class in Kiswahili
[670]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1982) : The elimination of number from an intra-linguistic analysis of Kiswahili gender and noun classes and its implications for class classification in Bantu
[671]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1983) : The great morpho-syntactic split and lexical shifts in Kiswahili
[672]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1985/89) : Cultural contact and language preservation: the case of Kiswahili
[673]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1993) : The case for a ‘progressive’ derivational affix in Kiswahili predicative items
[674]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1993) : Observations on some derivational affixes in Kiswahili
[675]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1994) : What is a class? A study of Kiswahili
[676]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1994) : A ‘progressive’ derivational verbid in Kiswahili predicative items?
[677]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1995) : Kiswahili: people, language, literature and lingua franca
[678]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1995) : Kiswahili, a continental language: how possible it is? ; part 1
[679]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1996) : Kiswahili, a continental language: how possible it is? ; part 2
[680]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1997) : Classes in Kiswahili: a study of their forms and implications
[681]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1997) : The problem of lexical cohesion and lexical structure in Bantu classes ; part 1
[682]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1998) : The problem of lexical cohesion and lexical structure in Bantu classes ; part 2
[683]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1998) : Exploring new horizons in Kiswahili class descriptions and linguistic theory
[684]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2001) : Argument and predicate relations in Kiswahili: a new analysis of transitiveness in Bantu
[685]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2004) : Kiswahili language description and translational grammars
[23147]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2004) : Reflexives and reflexivization in Kiswahili grammar
[686]   Amman, Joachim (1---) : Chibeleketo cha bandu Bamwera/Die Sprache der Mwera
[687]   Amoabeng, Kwaku (1986) : The English language in Ghana: a comprehensive, annotated bibliography
[688]   Amoako, Joe (1999) : Substrate theory revisited through Ghanaian Pidgin English
[689]   Amonoo, Reginald F. (1963) : Problems of Ghanaian lingue franche
[690]   Amonoo, Reginald F. (1989) : Language and nationhood: reflections on language situations with particular reference to Ghana
[691]   Amoran, Omoniyi (1979) : Aspects of Ogori phonology
[692]   Amoran, Omoniyi (1982) : Auxiliaries and time reference in Yoruba
[22984]   Amsalu, Aklilu (198-) : Amharic-English dictionary
[693]   Amshi, Musa Audu (1982) : Language use in the Borno state House of Assembly
[24087]   Amu, Misonu (1997) : Glossary of Ewe musical terms
[694]   Amuda, Atoye A. (1986) : Yoruba/English code-switching in Nigeria: aspects of its functions and form
[695]   Amuda, Atoye A. (1989) : Attitudes to code-switching: the case of Yoruba and English
[696]   Amuda, Atoye A. (1994) : Yoruba/English code-switching as a conversational stategy
[697]   Amutenya, A. P. (1996) : The work of the Oshindonga Curriculum Committee
[698]   Amuzu, Evershed Kwasi (1993) : Three-place predicates in Ewe
[699]   Amuzu, Koku (1993) : The role of English in education in the new South Africa
[700]   Amvela, Ze & Martin Samuel Eno-Belinga (1978) : Caractéristiques linguistiques du Bulu utilisé dans l’épopée vraie du Mvet
[701]   Amwele, R. (1996) : The Kolteno project and national languages
[702]   Anagbogu, Philip N. (1987) : A grammar of Igbo nominalizations
[703]   Anagbogu, Philip N. (1990) : The grammar of Igbo nominalizations
[704]   Anagbogu, Philip N. (1995) : The strong boundary condition for compounds: the Igbo perspective
[24133]   Anagbogu, Philip N. (2004) : The lexicographer?s burden: The case of Igwe?s (1999) Igbo-English Dictionary
[705]   Anaklet, G. P. (1980) : Description of derivational forms in Tumbuka
[706]   Anaman, B. B. (1926) : Nzima oni Elofure, buruku sanve (English and Nzima key book)
[707]   Anaman, B. B. (1927) : Standard Nzima
[708]   Anasiudu, B. N. (1987) : Nigerian English slang: coinage processes
[709]   Anbessa Teferra (1984) : Sidamo verb morphology: some inflections and derivations
[710]   Anbessa Teferra (1987) : Ballissha: women’s speech among the Sidama
[711]   Anbessa Teferra (1987) : Complement clauses in Sidamo: a transformational generative approach
[713]   Anbessa Teferra (1991) : A skecth of Shabo grammar
[714]   Anbessa Teferra (1994) : Phonological government in Sidaama
[715]   Anbessa Teferra (1995) : Brief phonology of Shabo (Mekeyir)
[716]   Anbessa Teferra (2000) : A grammar of Sidaama
[24823]   Anbessa Teferra (2007) : The structure of Sidaama nouns
[24761]   Anbessa Teferra, & Grover Hudson (2007) : Essentials of Amharic
[712]   Anbessa Teferra, & Peter Unseth (1989) : Towards a classification of Shabo
[9313]   Anciaux, L. (1----) : Le lingala véhiculaire
[717]   Andah, Bassey W. (1983) : The Bantu phenomenon: some unanswered questions of ethnolinguistics and ethnoarchaeology
[718]   Andeme Allogo, M.-F. (1991) : Morpho-syntaxe du ntumu, dialecte fang
[719]   Anders, H. D. (1934) : Hottentot place-names
[720]   Anders, H. D. (1934) : Foreign elements in the Xhosa language
[721]   Anders, H. D. (1934/35) : A note on a south-eastern Bushman dialect
[722]   Anders, H. D. (1937) : Marginal notes to Wikar’s journal (Van Riebeeck Vereniging XV, 1935)
[723]   Anders, H. D. (1937) : Observations on certain sound changes in Xhosa derivatives from Khoisan
[724]   Anders, H. D. (1937) : The clicks
[725]   Andersen, Torben (1981) : A grammar of Modo: a preliminary sketch
[726]   Andersen, Torben (1984) : Aspect and word order in Moru
[727]   Andersen, Torben (1986) : Tone splitting and vowel quantity: evidence from Lugbara
[728]   Andersen, Torben (1986) : Verbal inflexion in Moru
[729]   Andersen, Torben (1986) : The phonemic system of Madi
[731]   Andersen, Torben (1987) : The phonemic system of Agar Dinka
[732]   Andersen, Torben (1987) : An outline of Lulubo phonology
[733]   Andersen, Torben (1988) : Ergativity in Päri, a Nilotic OVS language
[734]   Andersen, Torben (1988) : Consonant alternation in the verbal morphology of Päri
[735]   Andersen, Torben (1988) : Downstep in Päri: the tone system of a Western Nilotic language
[736]   Andersen, Torben (1989) : The Päri vowel system with an internal reconstruction of its historical development
[737]   Andersen, Torben (1990) : Vowel length in western Nilotic languages
[738]   Andersen, Torben (1991) : Subject and topic in Dinka
[739]   Andersen, Torben (1992) : Aspects of Mabaan tonology
[740]   Andersen, Torben (1992/94) : Morphological stratification in Dinka: on the alternations of voice quality, vowel length and tone in the morphology of transitive verbal roots in a monosyllabic language
[741]   Andersen, Torben (1993) : Vowel quality alternation in Dinka verb inflection
[742]   Andersen, Torben (1993) : Aspects of Berta phonology
[743]   Andersen, Torben (1993) : Verbal roots and verbal inflection in Berta
[744]   Andersen, Torben (1994) : From aspect to tense in Lulubo: morphosyntactic and semantic restructuring in a Central Sudanic language
[745]   Andersen, Torben (1994) : Consonantal tones in Lugbara
[746]   Andersen, Torben (1995) : Absolutive and nominative in Berta
[747]   Andersen, Torben (1998) : Verb-coding in Madi relative clauses
[748]   Andersen, Torben (1999) : Vowel quality alternation in Mabaan and its western Nilotic history
[749]   Andersen, Torben (1999) : Anti-logophoricity and indirect mode in Mabaan
[750]   Andersen, Torben (1999) : Consonant alternation and verbal morphology in Mayak (northern Burun)
[751]   Andersen, Torben (1999) : Vowel harmony and vowel alternation in Mayak (western Nilotic)
[752]   Andersen, Torben (1999) : Anywa and Päri, I: a phonological and morphophonological comparison (review article)
[753]   Andersen, Torben (200-) : Layers of number inflection in Mabaan (western Nilotic)
[754]   Andersen, Torben (2000) : Anywa and Päri, II: a morphosyntactic comparison
[755]   Andersen, Torben (2000) : Number inflection in Mayak (northern Burun)
[756]   Andersen, Torben (2002) : Studies in western Nilotic languages
[757]   Andersen, Torben (2002) : Case inflection and nominal head marking in Dinka
[24643]   Andersen, Torben (2006) : Layers of number inflection in Mabaan (Western Nilotic)
[730]   Andersen, Torben & Didiers L. Goyvaerts (1986) : Reflexivity and logophoricity in Moru-Madi
[780]   Anderson, Coleen G. (1999) : ATR vowel harmony in Akposso
[779]   Anderson, David D. (1994) : Toponymie, Felsformationen und Bodentypen in der Region Shira (Bauchi State, Nordnigeria)
[761]   Anderson, Earl J. (1948) : A Kipsigis grammar
[760]   Anderson, George N. (1942) : Tentative studies in Ilamba grammar and phonetics
[762]   Anderson, George N. (1956) : Iramba exercises
[783]   Anderson, Heidi (2005) : Intelligibility testing (RTT) between Mendankwe and Nkwen
[782]   Anderson, Heidi & Susanne Krüger (2004) : A rapid appraisal (RA) survey of Kendem
[773]   Anderson, James Maltie (1981) : A dictionary of Gambian Wolof
[763]   Anderson, Joan (1973) : A Turkana grammar for beginners
[768]   Anderson, John (1979) : Serialisation, dependency and the syntax of possessives in Moru
[758]   Anderson, L. K. (1935) : The Bafia language: a preliminary statement
[766]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1977) : A phonology of Ngyemboon-Bamiléké
[767]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1979) : Verb structure
[769]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1980) : The noun class system of Amo
[770]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1980) : The noun classes of Ngyemboon-Bamileke
[772]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1981) : An autosegmental account of Bamiléké-Dschang tonology
[774]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1982) : From semi-vowels to aspiration to long consonants in Ngyemboon-Bamiléké
[775]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1983) : Tone and morpheme rules in Bamileke-Ngyemboon
[776]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1985) : Animate and inanimate pronominal systems in Ngyemboon-Bamileke
[781]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (2001) : Phonological characteristics of Eastern Grassfields languages
[22887]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1980) : A autosegmental account of Bamileke-Dschang tonology
[777]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (Ed) (1991) : Tone in five languages of Cameroon
[778]   Anderson, Stephen Craig & Bernard Comrie (Ed) (1991) : Tense and aspect in eight languages of Cameroon
[771]   Anderson, Stephen Craig & Jeanette Swackhamer (1981) : From consonants to downstep in Podoko
[764]   Anderson, Stephen R. (1976) : On the description of multiply articulated consonants
[765]   Anderson, Stephen R. (1976) : On the description of consonant gradation in Fula
[759]   Anderson, V. A. , W. F. McElroy & G. T. McKee (1939) : Dictionary of the Tshiluba language
[786]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1992) : Khoisanspråkens typologiska profil(er)
[788]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1993) : Khoisanspråk
[789]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1993) : Fattiga och rika i språkets värld
[791]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1997) : Seyeyi revisited: prospects for the future of a threatened language
[784]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar & Bo Ralph (1991) : Fanagalo: ett språk av sin tid
[785]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar & Tore Janson (1991) : Languages and language use among students at the University of Botswana
[787]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar & Tore Janson (1993) : Rich and poor languages in Botswana
[790]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar & Tore Janson (1997) : Languages in Botswana: language ecology in southern Africa
[792]   Andersson, Mikael , Annika Brännström & David Hjelm (1999) : Uppsats i språktypologi: iká
[793]   Andrade, Ernesto d? (1975) : Ordem das regras fonologicas (linguas de Angola e Moçambique)
[23792]   Andreassen, Helene Norgaard (2002) : Pronouns
[794]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (19--) : Unpublished grammatical and lexical materials on Oromo and Somali
[795]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1954) : Some problems of Somali orthography
[796]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1955) : The problem of vowel representation in the Isaaq dialect of Somali
[797]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1956) : Accentual patterns in verbal forms in the Isaaq dialect of Somali
[798]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1957) : Some preliminary observations on the Borana dialect of Galla
[799]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1957) : Is Somali a tone language?
[800]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1960) : My recent research into the Galla dialects
[801]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1960) : Pronominal and prepositional particles in northern Somali
[802]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1960) : The categories of number in noun forms in the Borana dialect of Galla
[803]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1961) : Notes on the substantive pronouns in Somali
[804]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1964) : The declensions of Somali nouns
[805]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1964) : The position of Galla in the Cushitic language group
[806]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1964) : Speech and writing dichotomy as the pattern of multilingualism in the Somali Republic
[809]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1968) : Inflectional characteristics of the so-called ‘weak verbs’ in Somali
[810]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1968) : The study of the Bedauye language: the present position and prospects
[811]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1968) : Reflections on the nature and social function of Somali proverbs
[812]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1969) : Some observations on hybrid verbs in Somali
[813]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1969) : Recent researches into the Somali language and literature
[814]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1969) : Somali modes of thought and communication
[815]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1970) : The role of tone in the Borana dialect of Galla
[816]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1971) : The role of broadcasting in the adaptation of the Somali language to modern needs
[817]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1972) : Allusive diction in Galla hymns in praise of Sheikh Hussein of Bale
[818]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1974) : Note on the linguistic situation of the Somali and Galla in Kenya
[819]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1974) : The introduction of a national orthography for Somali
[820]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1974) : Somalia introduces a new orthography
[821]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1974) : Indicator particles in Somali
[822]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1975) : The role of indicator particles in Somali
[823]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1975) : Verbs with vocalic mutation in Somali and their significance for Hamito-Semitic comparative studies
[824]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1976) : Introduction to written Oromo
[825]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1977) : Five years of written Somali: a report on progress and prospects
[826]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1978) : The development of a national orthography in Somalia and the modernization of the Somali language
[827]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1978) : The dichotomy between extensive and restricted verbal paradigms in Somali and its parallels in Oromo
[828]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1978) : Linguistic evidence of non-Semitic influence in the history of Ethiopian Semitic: lexical borrowing in Ge‘ez and other Ethiopian Semitic languages
[829]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1979) : The case system in Somali
[830]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1979) : The development of Somali as a national medium of education and literature
[831]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1979/80) : Language reform in Somalia and the modernization of the Somali vocabulary
[832]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1980) : Some observations on the present orthography for Oromo
[833]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1980) : The implementation of language planning in Somalia: a record of achievement
[834]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1980) : The use of Somali in mathematics and the sciences
[835]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1981) : Traditional media of communication in Somalia
[836]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1983) : Language reform in Somalia and the modernization of the Somali vocabulary
[837]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1984) : The role of accentual patterns in subject/object differentiation in Somali and its parallels in Paranilotic languages
[838]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1987) : Reinisch’s work on Somali and its significance today
[839]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1987) : In defence of improbable lemmas in Somali lexicography
[840]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1988) : Infills: nouns and verbs without lexical meaning in Somali poetry
[841]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1992) : Reflections on R. C. Abraham’s Somali-English dictionary
[842]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1992) : The evocative function of proper names in Somali poetic tropes
[843]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1994) : Onomastic synecdoche: the use of proper names of camels in Somali poetry
[808]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. & Muuse Haaji Ismaa?iil Galaal (1966) : The art of the verbal message in Somali society
[807]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. , Stefan Strelcyn & Joseph Tubiana (1966) : Somalia: the writing of Somali
[844]   Aneesa, Kassam (1984) : La geste de Rennarde - variations sur un conte gabbra: étude ethno-linguistique
[845]   Anene, Mallam B. I. (19--) : Hausa made easy in Ibo and English languages
[846]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre (1970) : La dérivation verbale dénominative dans les langues bantoues
[847]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre (1971) : Aspects de la phonétique et de la morphologie de l’ewondo
[851]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre & Jacques L. Vincke (1977) : Règles tonales ruwund
[849]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre & Wamushiya Ilunga Mukubi (1973) : Aspects de la grammaire générative et transformationelle de la langue akoose du Cameroun
[850]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre , Jaap J. Spa & Yengo dya Meeso (1974) : Interprétation générative du phénomèmen de l’emprut linguistique
[848]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre , Wamushiya Ilunga Mukubi & Jacques L. Vincke (1973) : Introduction to a theory of marking and transposition in language: a transformational anti-grammar of the Koose language of Cameroon
[852]   Angkaaraba Saanchi, James Nubabong (1980) : The nominal phrase in Dagaari
[853]   Angkaaraba Saanchi, James Nubabong (1992) : The Dagaaba dirge: a study of its structure and style
[854]   Angkaaraba Saanchi, James Nubabong (1997) : The vowel system of Dagaare
[23555]   Angkaaraba Saanchi, James Nubabong (2003) : Aspect and the Dagaare verb
[855]   Anglade, Pierre (1998) : Inventaire étymologique des termes créoles des caraïbes d’origine africaine
[856]   Angogo, Rachel Msimbi (1978) : Language and politics in South Africa
[857]   Angogo, Rachel Msimbi (1979) : Standard Kiswahili: its history and development
[860]   Angogo, Rachel Msimbi (1983) : Unity in diversity: a linguistic survey of the Abaluhyia of western Kenya
[858]   Angogo, Rachel Msimbi & Ian F. Hancock (1980) : English in Africa: emerging standards or diverging regionalism?
[861]   Angot, A. M. (1946) : Grammaire anjouanaise
[862]   Angoujard, Jean-Pierre (1980?) : Contribution à l’étude phonologique et morphologique de l’arabe tunisien
[863]   Angoujard, Jean-Pierre (1989) : (Dé)voisement en somali central
[864]   Angoujard, Jean-Pierre & Michel Denais (1989) : Le pluriel brisé en tigrigna
[865]   Angoujard, Jean-Pierre & Mohamed Moallin Hassan (1991) : Qualité vocalique, rythme et genre grammatical en somali
[866]   Angoundou, Jean Jacques (19--) : Incidence de la linguistique enonciative anglaise sur l’étude d’une langue non indo-européenne: le lingala
[867]   Angrand, Armand Pierre (192-) : Manuel français-ouolof
[1124]   Angrand, Armand Pierre (1943) : Manuel ouolof
[23357]   Angrand, Armand Pierre (1952) : Manuel français-ouolof
[23358]   Angrand, Armand Pierre (1940) : Manuel français-ouolof
[868]   Angula, Nahas (1984) : English as a medium of communication for Namibia: trends and possibilities
[869]   Angula, Nahas (1989) : Language policy for Namibia: SWAPO
[870]   Angulu, Elizabeth Mama (1985) : Componential analysis of Hausa verbs of motion: markedness and deixis
[871]   Ani, Salman H. al (1970) : Arabic phonology: an acoustic and physiological investigation
[872]   Ani, Salman H. al & Dilworth B. Parkinson (1996) : Arabic linguistics bibliography 1979-1995
[873]   Aniche, Godfrey C. (1982) : Standard Nigerian English and the educated user
[874]   Anim, E. T. (1993) : Multilingualism, broadcasting and development in Africa: the case of Ghana
[875]   Aning, Simon Kwasi (1998) : Nominal constructions in Akan
[876]   Anis, Azza Ibrahim (19--) : Langues et education au Soudan: éléments pour aborder la problematique de l’education linguistique
[877]   Ankei, Yuji (1986) : Nomenclatures comparées de mammifères dans deux langues bantoues: songola (D24) et ombo (C69)
[878]   Ankei, Yuji (1986) : Connaissance populaire du poisson chez les Songola et les Bwari: ethnoichtyologie comparée ds pêcheurs du fleuve Zaïre et du Lac Tanzganyika
[879]   Ankei, Yuji (1989) : Folk knowledge of fish among the Songola and the Bwari: comparative ethnoichtyology of the Luabala River and Lake Tanganyika fishermen
[880]   Ankei, Yuji (1990) : Cookbook of the Songola: an anthropological study on the technology of food preparation among a Bantu-speaking people of the Zaïre Forest
[881]   Ankermann, Bernhard (1927) : Koelle’s Mbe-Sprache
[882]   Annan, B. (1969) : The situation of Pidgin English in West Africa
[884]   Annett, Mary (1983) : L’expression de la localisation en langue mundani
[25368]   Annett, Mary (1987) : Exploring urban mother tongue literacy
[883]   Annett, Mary & Anna Kohler (1975) : Enquête dialectale fali
[888]   Anòká, G. M. K. (1979) : A pronouncing dictionary of Ìgbo place names
[885]   Anoka, Kemjika (1979) : Pronouncing dictionary of Igbo place names
[24649]   Anonby, Erik John (2007) : The labial flap in Mambay: Phonological rarity or fundamental element?
[24921]   Anonby, Erik John (2008) : Phonology and Morphology of Mambay (Niger-Congo, Adamawa)
[886]   Anonby, Erik John & Eric Johnson (2001) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Zaghawa (Beria) of Chad and Sudan
[25283]   Anonyme (1881) : Dictionnaire pongoué-français précédé des principes de la langue pongouée
[25319]   Anonymous (2010) : Yasa-French wordlist
[25339]   Anonymous (1990s) : Tocco wordlist
[24176]   Anonymous (David Sapir ?) (s.d.) : Greenberg’s list for Gusilay spoken at Tiounk Essil
[887]   Anozie, Sunday O. (Ed) (1973) : Language systems in Africa
[889]   Ansa, Stella A. (2004) : Language and planning national integration: the Nigerian perspective
[890]   Ansre, Gilbert (1961) : The tonal structure of Ewe
[891]   Ansre, Gilbert (1962) : Conversational Ewe
[892]   Ansre, Gilbert (1963) : Reduplication in Ewe
[893]   Ansre, Gilbert (1963) : The tones of Ewe verbals
[894]   Ansre, Gilbert (1964) : A study of the official language in Ghana
[895]   Ansre, Gilbert (1966) : The grammatical units of Ewe: a study of their structure, classes and systems
[896]   Ansre, Gilbert (1970) : Language policy for the promotion of national unity and understanding in West Africa
[897]   Ansre, Gilbert (1970) : Madina, three polyglots and some implications in Ghana
[898]   Ansre, Gilbert (1971) : Language standardisation in sub-Saharan Africa
[899]   Ansre, Gilbert (1971) : The influence of English on West African languages
[900]   Ansre, Gilbert (1974) : Language standardisation in sub-Saharan Africa
[901]   Ansre, Gilbert (1977) : Four rationalizations for maintaining European languages in education in Africa
[902]   Ansre, Gilbert (1978) : The use of indigenous languages in education in sub-Saharan Africa: presuppositions, lessons, prospects
[904]   Antinucci, Francesco (1980) : The syntax of indicator particles in Somali. Part 2: the constructions of interrogative, negative and negative-interrogative clauses
[905]   Antinucci, Francesco (1981) : Tipi di frasa
[903]   Antinucci, Francesco & Annarita Puglielli (1980) : The syntax of indicator particles in Somali: relative clause construction
[906]   Antinucci, Francesco & Annarita Puglielli (1984) : Relative clause constructions in Somali: a comparison between the northern and the coastal dialects
[907]   Antonissen, R. (1942) : Handleiding in het Afrikaans: een practisch overzicht
[908]   Anttila, Arto & Adams B. Bodomo (1996) : Tonal correspondences in Dagaare
[909]   Anttila, Arto & Adams B. Bodomo (1999) : Tonal polarity in Dagaare
[24742]   Anttila, Arto & Adams Bodomo (2009) : Prosodic Morphology in Dagaare
[910]   Antwi-Akowuah, Thomas (1996) : Lingala-English/English-Lingala dictionary and phrasebook
[911]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (1996) : Aspects of Igbo grammar
[912]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (1998) : Aspects of Igbo grammar: phonetics, phonology, morphology and the tonology of nouns
[24929]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2003) : Syllable structure and geminates in Tarifit Berber
[914]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (Ed) (2003) : Stress and tone: the African experience
[913]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (2003) : Gemination in the morphology of some African languages
[915]   Ao, B. (1991) : Kikongo nasal harmony and context-sensitive underspecification
[916]   Aoki, Paul K. (1974) : An observation of vowel contraction in Xhosa
[917]   Appiah, A. W. E. (1931) : A new script Fante primer
[918]   Appleby, L. L. (19--) : A Luluhya-English dictionary
[919]   Appleby, L. L. (1947) : A first Luyia grammar, with exercises
[920]   Appleby, L. L. (1961) : A first Luyia grammar, with exercises
[921]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1957) : Berber studies, I: Shilha
[922]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1958) : An outline of the structure of Shilha
[923]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1959) : Some phonological rules in Shilha
[924]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1963) : The structure of Kabyle
[925]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1963) : The structure of Shilha
[926]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1966) : Spoken Kabyle: a basic course
[927]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1970) : The Berber languages
[24569]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1955) : Shilha: A Descriptive Grammar With Vocabulary and Texts
[928]   Appleyard, David L. (1972) : /a-/ and /as-/ verb forms in Amharic
[929]   Appleyard, David L. (1975) : A descriptive outline of Kemant
[930]   Appleyard, David L. (1975) : The Semitic basis of the Amharic lexicon
[931]   Appleyard, David L. (1977) : A comparative approach to the Amharic lexicon
[932]   Appleyard, David L. (1978) : Linguistic evidence of non-Semitic influence in the history of Ethiopian Semitic: lexical borrowing in Ge‘ez and other Ethiopian Semitic languages
[933]   Appleyard, David L. (1982) : Prepositional particles in Somali and their cognates in other Cushitic languages
[934]   Appleyard, David L. (1984) : Internal classification of the Agaw languages: a comparative and historical phonology
[935]   Appleyard, David L. (1984) : The morphology of the negative verb in Agaw
[936]   Appleyard, David L. (1984) : Possessive pronoun suffixes in Somali and their cognates in other Cushitic languages
[937]   Appleyard, David L. (1986) : The radical extension system of the verb in Agaw
[938]   Appleyard, David L. (1986) : Agaw, Cushitic and Afroasiatic: the personal pronoun revisited
[939]   Appleyard, David L. (1987) : A grammatical sketch of Khamtanga
[940]   Appleyard, David L. (1987) : Reinisch’s work on Agau and its significance today
[941]   Appleyard, David L. (1988) : The Agaw languages: a comparative morphological perspective
[942]   Appleyard, David L. (1988) : Gender in the inflexion of the noun in Agaw
[943]   Appleyard, David L. (1988) : A definite article in Xamtanga
[944]   Appleyard, David L. (1989) : The relative verb in focus constructions: an Ethiopian ara feature
[945]   Appleyard, David L. (1990) : Prepositional particles in Somali and their cognates in other Cushitic languages
[946]   Appleyard, David L. (1991) : The role of tone in some Cushitic languages
[947]   Appleyard, David L. (1991) : The vowel system of Agaw: reconstruction and historical inferences
[948]   Appleyard, David L. (1992) : R. C. Abraham’s work on Amharic
[949]   Appleyard, David L. (1992) : Vocalic ablaut and aspect marking in the verb in Agaw
[950]   Appleyard, David L. (1994) : The languages of the Sudan (Nilo-Saharan)
[951]   Appleyard, David L. (1994) : The languages of Ethiopia, Eritrea, Somalia and Jibuti
[952]   Appleyard, David L. (1995) : Colloquial Amharic: a complete language discourse
[953]   Appleyard, David L. (1996) : Preparing a comparative Agaw dictionary
[954]   Appleyard, David L. (1996) : Kaïliña: a ‘new’ Agaw dialect and its implications for Agaw dialectology
[955]   Appleyard, David L. (1996) : The position of Agaw within Cushitic
[956]   Appleyard, David L. (1998) : Language death: the case of Qwarenya (Ethiopia)
[957]   Appleyard, David L. (1999) : Afroasiatic and the Nostratic hypothesis
[958]   Appleyard, David L. (2001) : The verb to say as a verb “recycling device” in Ethiopian languages
[959]   Appleyard, David L. (2003) : Berber overview
[24901]   Appleyard, David L. (2006) : A Comparative Dictionary of the Agaw Languages
[960]   Appoggi, (1933) : Glossario dei nomi e delle terminologi più in uso nei abitati dai touareg degli Azgher
[961]   Apronti, Eric Ofoe (1972) : Language and national integration in Ghana
[962]   Apronti, Eric Ofoe (1974) : Sociolinguistics and the question of national language: the case of Ghana
[24487]   Apronti, Eric Ofoe (1977 [1972]) : Dangme
[963]   Apuri, John Baptist (1990) : Funeral dirges among the Kasenas with special reference to Navrongo traditional area
[964]   Araby, S. A. el (1983) : Intermediate Egyptian Arabic: an intergrative approach
[965]   Arakin, V. D. (1963) : Maljgasskij yaazyk
[966]   Aramazani, Birusha (1975) : Description de la langue havu (bantu J 52): grammaire et lexique
[22529]   Aramazani, Birusha & Yvonne [Angenot] Bastin (1991) : Les réflexes du protobantou en havu, langue bantoue de la zone J.: le cas des Bahavu du Zaïre
[967]   Araña, Evangelina & Morris Swadesh (1967) : Dicionario analítico del mampruli
[968]   Arasanyin, Frank Ojo (1986) : Tense and aspect: a semantic approach to temporal codification in Yoruba
[970]   Arasanyin, Frank Ojo (1998) : Planning national language: the Hausa factor in language policy for Nigeria
[969]   Arasanyin, Olaoba (1995) : Utility, status and languages in competition in Middle Belt Nigeria
[971]   Arasanyin, Olaoba (1999) : Language, power and politics of exclusion in Nigeria
[972]   Arbeitman, Yoël L. (Ed) (1988) : Fucus: a Semitic/Afrasian gathering in remembrance of Albert Ehrman
[973]   Archangeli, Diana & Douglas Pulleyblank (1989) : Yoruba vowel harmony
[974]   Ard, Josh (1979) : A comparative and historical study of locative-based periphrastic verbal forms in Fula dialects
[975]   Ardener, Edwin W. (1954) : The kinship terminology of a group of southern Ibo
[976]   Ardener, Edwin W. (1956) : Coastal Bantu of the Cameroons
[977]   Ardener, Edwin W. (1968) : Documentary and linguistic evidence for the rise of the trading polities between Rio del Rey and Cameroons, 1500-1650
[25041]   Areghan, Gloria (1983) : L?ESAN d?UBIAJA : éléments de description d?une langue du groupe èdo (Bendel State, Nigeria)
[23654]   Aremu, J. Omotoso & Hans Wolff (1963) : Beginning Yoruba
[978]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1982) : Murle grammar
[979]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1988) : Names in the life cycles of the Murle
[980]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1989) : On comparing language relationships: a case study of Murle, Kacipo and Tirma
[981]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1991) : Aspects of language and society among the Murle of Sudan
[982]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1992) : Mice are men: language and society among the Murle of Sudan
[984]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1998) : Murle categorization
[983]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward , Nicky de Jong , Scott Randal & Peter Unseth (1997) : Interrogatives in Surmic languages and Greenberg’s universals
[985]   Arenzano, I. d? (1940) : Grammatica della lingua galla
[986]   Argaw, Makonnen (1984) : Matériaux pour l’étude de la prononciation traditionelle du guèze
[987]   Argaw, Makonnen & Gérard Philippson (1988) : Essai de description du parler maccha de la langue oromo
[988]   Argyle, W. John (19--) : Sheep by any other name would smell as sweet: Khoisan livestock terms and the Kalahari debate
[989]   Argyle, W. John (1986) : The extent and nature of Khoisan influence on Zulu
[990]   Argyle, W. John (1986) : On the medial clicks in Zulu
[991]   Argyle, W. John (1994/95) : Khoisan-southern Bantu livestock exchanges: reinterpreting the linguistic evidence (summary)
[992]   Argyle, W. John (1998) : Khoesan and the global connection: some etymologies
[993]   Aristar, Anthony Rodrigues (1994) : Binder-anaphors and the diachrony of case displacement
[994]   Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1983) : Le lamba de défalé: élément de description d’une langue gurunsi du Togo
[995]   Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1983) : Le lamba de défalé: essai de morphologie et de structure
[996]   Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1987) : Le lamba de défalé (langue gurunsi du Togo): phonologie et morphologie
[997]   Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1988) : Une type particulier de morphème relateur en lamba
[998]   Arkell, [Reverend] Anthony John (1930s) : Unpublished materials on Maba, Masalit, Aiki, Mimi/Mututu
[999]   Armah, Ayi Kwei (1985) : Our language problem
[1000]   Armbruster, Charles Hubert (1920) : Initia amharica. An introduction to spoken Amharic, 3: Amharic-English vocabulary
[1001]   Armbruster, Charles Hubert (1960) : Dongolese Nubian: a grammar
[1002]   Armbruster, Charles Hubert (1965) : Dongolese Nubian: a lexicon
[8951]   Armitage, Maria Teresa Vergani de Andrade (1983) : Analyse numérique des idéogrammes Tshokwe de l’Angola: expressions symboliques du nombre dans une culturelle traditionelle africaine
[1003]   Armor, Arthur (1---) : Notes on the grammar gramme of Sesotho
[1004]   Armstrong, Lillias Eveline (1934) : The phonetic structure of Somali
[1005]   Armstrong, Lillias Eveline (1940) : The phonetic and tonal structure of Kikuyu
[1006]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1962) : Glottochronology and African linguistics
[1007]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1963) : Vernacular languages and cultures in modern Africa
[1008]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1963) : The Idoma verb
[1009]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1963) : The subjunctive in Idoma
[1010]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1964) : The study of West African languages
[1011]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1964) : Notes on Etulo
[1012]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1964) : The use of linguistics and ethnographic data in the study of Idoma and Yoruba history
[1013]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1965) : Comparative wordlists of two dialects of Yoruba with Igala
[1014]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1967) : A comparative wordlist of five Igbo dialects
[1015]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1967) : The study of West African languages
[1016]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1968) : Language policies and language practices in West Africa
[1017]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1968) : Yala (Ikom): a terraced-level language with three tones
[1018]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1978) : The development of Fulani studies: a linguist’s view
[1019]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1979) : The consonant system of Akpa
[1020]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1981) : The Idomoid language sub-family of the eastern Kwa borderland
[1021]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1983) : The Idomoid languages of the Benue and Cross River valleys
[1022]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1985) : The tenth vowel in proto-Kwa
[1023]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1989) : Idomoid
[22759]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (Ed) (1986) : Orthographies of Nigerian languages
[1024]   Arnaud, L. (192-) : Latino-Chinyanja grammatica II
[1025]   Arnaud, L. (1922) : English grammar for Nyanja
[1026]   Arnaud, L. (1922) : Latino-Chinyanja grammatica
[1027]   Arnaut, Karel , Jo Verhoeven & Jan Blommaert (1998) : Historical, socio-cultural and phonetic notes on Bondoukou Kulango (Cote d’Ivoire)
[1029]   Arnold, Thierry (1980) : La conjugaison composée en rwanda
[23120]   Arnold, Thierry (1977) : Une spécificité de la grammaire du kinyarwanda: la conjugaison composée comme auxialisation du temps
[1030]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1956) : The middle voice in Fula
[1031]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1957) : Proverbial lore and word-play of the Fulani
[1032]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1958) : The classification of verbs in Tiv
[1033]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1960) : Some features of the nominal class systems of Fulani in Nigeria, Dahomey and Niger
[1034]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1961) : The subjunctive in Fula: a study of the relation between meaning and syntax
[1035]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1964) : Downstep in the Tiv verbal system
[1036]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1965) : Sentence intonation in the Gombe dialect of Fula
[1037]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1966) : Nominal groups in Fula
[1038]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1967) : Some reflections on the content of individual classes in Fula and Tiv
[1039]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1970) : The nominal and verbal systems of Fula
[1040]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1970) : 1st and 2nd person pronominal forms in Fula
[1041]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1974) : Some aspects of the study of Fula dialects
[1042]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1974) : Fula
[1043]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1992) : R. C. Abraham’s books on Tiv
[23731]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1965) : Fula dialects in the ‘Polyglotta Africana’
[24494]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1977 [1968]) : Fula
[24539]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1980 [1968]) : Tiv
[1044]   Arnould, [Révérend] [Père] Charles (1938) : Les noms au mossi
[1045]   Arnould, [Révérend] [Père] Charles (1949) : L’origine et le sens des prénoms en more
[1046]   Aroian, Lois Armine (1978) : Education, language and culture in modern Egypt: Dar al-’Ulum and its graduates (1872-1923)
[1047]   Aron, M. L. (1958) : An investigation of the nature and incidence of stuttering among a Bantu group of school-going children
[1048]   Aron, M. L. , S. Bauman & D. M. Whiting (1967) : Speech therapy in the Republic of South Africa: its development training and the organization of services
[1049]   Arosi, J. T. & James James Ranisi Jolobe (1948) : Xhosa grammatical terminology/Amazwi emigaqo yentetho yesi Xhosa
[1050]   Arpino, Ludovico d? (1938) : Vocabolario dall’italiano nelle versioni galla (oromo)-amara-dancala-somala
[1051]   Arslanian, G. T. (1983) : Russian-Arabic medical dictionary
[1052]   Arthur, I. (1975?) : The Bijago language (Orango dialect)
[1053]   Arthur, Jo (2004) : Language at the margins: the case of Somali in Liverpool
[1055]   Arua, Arua E. (2004) : Botswana English: some syntactic and lexical features
[1054]   Arua, Arua E. & Keoneng Magocha (2002) : Patterns of language use and language preference of some children and their parents in Botswana
[1056]   Arvanites, Linda (1976) : Kimbundu tones: tone patterns in two contexts
[1057]   Arvanites, Linda (1979) : Two developments in Bantu negation: comparative evidence
[24570]   Arvanites, Linda (1991) : The Glottalic Phonemes of Proto Eastern Cushitic
[1058]   Asamboa, Edenga (1986) : Phonologie et morphologie comparées d’une langue bantu et d’une langue non-bantu à classes: cas de lingombe et de mondunga
[1059]   Asamoa, E. A. (1955) : The problem of language in education in the Gold Coast
[1060]   Asangama, Natisa (1983) : Le budu, langue bantu du nord-est du Zaïre: esquisse phonologique et grammaticale
[1061]   Asangama, Natisa (1988) : Mabadiliko ya kifonetiki ya *D ya Kibantu katika Kiswahili Sanifu na Kiswahili cha Zaire
[1062]   Asano, M. (1999) : The problem of NC configurations and phonological opacity in Bantu languages
[1063]   Asfaw Amene (1993) : Relative clauses in Gumuz
[1064]   Ashenafi Tesfay (1989) : The noun phrase in Shinasha
[1065]   Ashenafi Tesfay, & Klaus Wedekind (1990) : Characteristics of Omotic tone: Shinasha (Borna)
[1066]   Ashenafi Tesfay, & Klaus Wedekind (1994) : Aspects of Omotic tonogenesis: Shinasha
[1068]   Ashkaba, John Abraha (1999) : Prerequisites for a Kunama-English dictionary
[1067]   Ashkaba, John Abraha & Richard J. Hayward (1999) : Illustrations of the IPA: Kunama
[1069]   Ashtiany, Julia (1993) : Media Arabic
[1070]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1935) : The ‘idea’ approach to Swahili
[1071]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1935) : The structure of a Bantu language, with special reference to Swahili; or form and function through Bantu eyes
[1072]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1937) : The e and o of Luganda and the o of Swahili
[1073]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1944) : Swahili grammar (including intonation)
[1074]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1945) : Notes on form and structure in Bantu speech
[1075]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1947) : Swahili grammar (including intonation)
[1076]   Ashton, Ethel O. , Enoch M. K. Mulira , E. G. M. Ndawula & Archibald Norman Tucker (1954) : A Luganda grammar
[1077]   Asinofu, J. (1976) : An attempt at a phonological analysis of the phonology and noun class system of Agoi
[1078]   Asinya, Osbert Esikpong (1987) : A reconstruction of the segmental phonology of Bakor (an Ekoid Bantu languge)
[22746]   Asinya, Osbert Esikpong (1985) : Elements of Nde phonology
[22747]   Asiwaju, A. I. (1979) : The Aja-speaking peoples of Nigeria
[1079]   Askale Lemma (1994) : Word formation in Girirra
[1080]   Askale Lemma (1998) : Verb formation in Girirra
[1081]   Asmeret Kidane Mariam (1983) : The morphonemics of noun and verb in Tigrigna
[1083]   Asmus, H. (1925) : Koptische Grammatik zum Gebrauch für Vorlesungen
[1084]   Asobele, S. J. Timothy (Ed) (1999) : Le français au Nigeria: une cartographie dynamique
[23861]   Asobo, Irene Swiri (1989) : The noun class system of Kole
[1085]   Asongwed, Tah (1975) : Bilingualism and biculturalism in united Cameroon: a myth in mirth
[1087]   Asongwed, Tah (1980) : Sentence negation in Ngamambo
[1086]   Asongwed, Tah & Larry Michael Hyman (1976) : Morphotonology of the Ngamambo noun
[1088]   Aspesi, Francesco (1987) : Remarque sur la suffixation chamito-sémitique
[1089]   Aspinion, Robert (19--) : Maroc 1/5000,000: carte linguistique
[1090]   Aspinion, Robert (1953) : Apprenons le berbère: initiation aux dialectes chleuhs
[1091]   Assebe Buli (1981) : Oromo substantives: some aspects of their morphology
[1092]   Assirelli, Oddone (1938) : Africa poliglotta
[1093]   Assirelli, Oddone (1945) : Il sistema pronominale nelle lingue etiopo-cuscitiche
[1094]   Assirelli, Oddone (1950) : L’Afrique polyglotte
[1095]   Assobeatisio, Bafau?ndey (1985) : Les formes et les temps verbaux en kibudu
[1096]   Astatke Abera (1989) : The phonology of Anywa: consonants
[1097]   Aster Tadesse (1981) : The syllable structure of Amharic and syllbification of medial consonant clusters and geminates
[1098]   Aster Zewdie (1981) : Kunama phonology
[1099]   Aster Zewdie (1983) : Gumuz phonology
[1100]   Aster Zewdie (1991) : Gumuz verb morphology
[23802]   Atindanbila, Samuel (2006) : The psychological implications of Frafra names (Ghana)
[1101]   Atindogbe, Gratien G. (1996) : Bankon (A40): éléments de phonologie, morphologie et tonologie
[23844]   Atindogbe, Gratien G. (1990) : Esquisse phonologique du bankon, dialecte lombe
[25328]   Atindogbé, Gratien G. (2011) : Encoding Ordinary Information through Emphatic Structure in Barombi
[25329]   Atindogbé, Gratien G.& Evelyn Fogwe Chibaka (2011) : Pronoun Serialisation in Kamtok: The Syntax-Semantic Interface
[25151]   Atintono, Samuel Awinkene & Francisca Adjei (2009) : A Comparative Study on the Metaphorical Uses of Eat Verbs '??u' In Ewe and ‘Di’ in Guren?
[1102]   Atiru, Robert S. (1978) : A phonological study of tone in Kasem
[1103]   Atkins, Guy (1950) : The parts of speech in Nyanja
[1104]   Atkins, Guy (1950) : Suggestions for an amended spelling and word division of Nyanja
[1105]   Atkins, Guy (1953) : The tonal structure of Portuguese loan words in Kimbundu
[1106]   Atkins, Guy (1954) : An outline of Hungu grammar
[1107]   Atkins, Guy (1954) : The structure of the disyllabic tense suffix in Cokwe
[1108]   Atkins, Guy (1955) : The one-word tenses in Cokwe
[1109]   Atkins, Guy (1955) : A demographic survey of the Kimbundu-Kongo language border in Angola
[1110]   Atkins, Guy (1961) : Notes on the concords and classes of Bantu numerals
[1111]   Atkinson, Ronald R. (1985) : ‘State’ formation and language change in westernmost Acholi in the eighteenth century
[1112]   Atoye, Raphael O. (1980) : Sociolinguistics of phonological interference in Yoruba-English
[25147]   Atoyebi, Joseph Dele (2009) : Apparent Grammatical Tones in Ò?K?
[22838]   Atoyebi, L. (1998) : The crucial question of the complex verb roots in Yoruba
[23868]   Atta, Samuel Ebongkome (1993) : The phonology of Lukundu (Bakundu)
[1113]   Attal, Pierre (1999) : La négation en égyptien ancienne
[1114]   Attas, Ali (1991) : Swahi’lî
[23826]   Attia, Lilian Mbi (2004) : Borrowing and standardization in Aghem
[1115]   Attobrah, K. A. Kumi (1973) : Ni Afrihili oluga: the African continental language
[1116]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1985) : Les emplois du curseur kóo en hawsa
[1117]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1996) : Aspect, détermination, modalité et diathèse en hawsa
[1118]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1998) : HAL ou l’ultime et le précoce en hawsa
[1119]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1998) : Nouvelles considérations sur les emplois de sáy en hawsa
[1120]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (2000) : L’opposition occurrence ouverte/occurrence fermée à travers le système aspectuel du hawsa
[24990]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1998) : Le système aspecto-modal du Hawsa
[1122]   Auber, Jacques (1958) : Français, Malgache, Bantus, Arabes, Turcs, Chinois, Canaques ... Parlons-nous une même langue? Essai de sémantique comparée
[23360]   Auber, Jacques (1961) : Vocabulaire malgache, polynésien, indonésien
[1121]   Auber, Jacques & Maurice Soulé (1957) : La langue malgache en 30 familles de mots: essai de regroupement systèmatique de thèmes de la langue malgache
[25150]   Aubry, Nicolas & Sidnei Barreto Nogueira (2009) : La tradition orale des communautés de candomblé Kétu comme source pour une étude diachronique : révèle-t-elle un stade antérieur du yorùbá ?
[1123]   Aucamp, G. (1932) : Woordeskat en woordherhaling
[1125]   Augustiny, Julius (1929) : Laut- und Formenlehre der Sukuma-Sprache
[22427]   Aurayieth, Abdulhamid (1982) : The phonology of the verb in Libyan Arabic
[1126]   Ausiku, Kashindi J. (2001) : Developing languages in Namibia: a brief insight
[1127]   Austen, Cheryl Lynn (1975) : Aspects of Bukusu syntax and phonology
[22525]   Austen, Cheryl Lynn (1974) : Anatomy of the tonal system of a Bantu language
[25152]   Avelar, Juanito , Sonia Cyrino & Charlotte Galves (2009) : Locative Inversion and Agreement Patterns: Parallelisms Between Brazilian Portuguese and Bantu Languages
[24984]   Avenne, Cécile van den (1998) : Le bambara dans la migration : identité et véhicularité
[1129]   Avenstrup, Roger (1991) : Language in education
[1133]   Avermaet, E. van (1945) : Les tons en kiluba-samba et le tambour-téléphone
[1135]   Avermaet, E. van (1955) : Langage rythmé des Baluba
[1134]   Avermaet, E. van & Benoît Mbuyà (1954) : Dictionnaire kiluba-français
[1130]   Avermaet, J. van (1941) : Over inladsche taal in het onderwijs
[1131]   Avermaet, J. van (1942) : Spraakkundige termen in het lomongo ; deel 1
[1132]   Avermaet, J. van (1943) : Spraakkundige termen in het lomongo ; deel 3
[25108]   Avezac, G. d? (1845) : Notice sur le pays et le peuple des Yébous en Afrique
[1136]   Avolonto, Aimé B. (1992) : De l’étude sémantico-syntaxique des marqueurs préverbaux à la structure de la phrase en fòngbè
[1137]   Avolonto, Aimé B. (1992) : Les particules modales en fongbe et la nature de INFL dans les phrases injoctives
[1138]   Avolonto, Aimé B. (1993) : Arguments pour une projection injonctive: les particulares modales du fongbè
[1139]   Avolonto, Aimé B. (1995) : Pour une approche minimaliste des verbes à objets inhérents en fongbe
[1140]   Awad, Maher (1996) : On the function of the complementation na in Bolanci
[24851]   Awagana, Ari (2007) : L?extension verbale en Buduma
[25371]   Awagana, Ari (2003) : La pluralité verbale en buduma
[6132]   Awagana, Elhadji Ari (2002) : Grammatik des Buduma: Phonologie, Morphologie, Syntax
[23885]   Awah, Valerie Nahjella (1997) : Wh-movement in Mungaka: a generative approach
[1141]   Awambeng, Elizabeth Ncheafor (1991) : A generative phonology of Nkwen
[1142]   Awambeng, Elizabeth Ncheafor (2002) : Tonal processes in Nkwen: an autosegmental perspective
[1144]   Awde, Nicholas (1987) : A Hausa reader
[1145]   Awde, Nicholas (1996) : Hausa-English/English-Hausa dictionary
[23777]   Awde, Nicholas (2000) : Swahili-English/English-Swahili dictionary
[1146]   Awde, Nicholas & others (Ed) (1999) : Somali-English, English-Somali dictionary and phrasebook
[1143]   Awde, Nicholas , Babura Ahmad Sa?idu & Barau Malam (1987) : 21st century Hausa: an English-Hausa classified wordlist
[1147]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (1979) : Nominal classes and nominal concord in Kasem
[1148]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (1992) : Light and heavy vowels in Kasem
[1149]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (2000) : Criteria for the identification of the Kasem verb
[23011]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (1990) : Kasem tones and orthography
[23547]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (2003) : Criteria for noun classification in Kasem
[23954]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (1993) : Kasem studies, 1: phonetics and phonology
[1162]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1964) : The phonology and morpho-phonemics of Yoruba
[1163]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1967) : Studies in the syntax of the Standard Yoruba verb
[1164]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1967) : Vowel and consonant harmony in Yoruba
[1165]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1967) : Two views on vowel harmony in Yoruba ; part 2
[1166]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1970) : High-tone-junction-contracting verbs in Yoruba
[1167]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1971) : ‘Splitting verbs’ in Yoruba
[1168]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1972) : The morphophonemics of Owon Afa
[1169]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1973) : The modifying serial construction: a critique
[1170]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1975) : On the subject concord prefix in Yoruba
[1171]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1978) : Essentials of Yoruba grammar
[1172]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1983) : Iyopo faweli: amojufo ara fonoloji Yoruba
[1173]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1987) : Towards a typology of vowel coalescence
[1175]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1992) : Issues in the syntax of standard Yoruba focus constructions
[1176]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1992) : Aspects of contemporary standard Yoruba in dialectological perspective
[1178]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1996) : Grading sentence patterns and structures in Yoruba and related languages
[23641]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1971) : Peace Corps Yoruba course
[23746]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1992) : Lexical expansion in Yorùbá: techniques and principles
[23816]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1971) : The phonology of Yerwa Kanuri
[1174]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (Ed) (1990) : Yoruba metalanguage
[1177]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé & Francis O. Oyebade (1995) : Denasalization in Yoruba: a non-linear approach
[23651]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé & others (1969) : Introductory Kanuri / Introduction au kanouri
[1150]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1973) : The role and status of Yoruba language in the formal school system of western Nigeria
[1151]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1975) : The Yoruba language and the formal school system: a study of colonial language policy in Nigeria 1882-1952
[1152]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1976) : Mother tongue education in West Africa: a historical background
[1153]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1978) : Yoruba language in education
[1154]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1981) : Yoruba teaching in Nigerian schools, 1960-1980
[1155]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1982) : The teaching of African languages [Foundations of education in Africa]
[1156]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1995) : Determining language in education policy: the dilemma in Africa
[23657]   Awoniyi, Timothy Adedeji (1976) : The place of Yoruba in the formal school system of Nigeria: a historical survey, 1800-1882
[1157]   Awonusi, Victor O. (1982) : Linguistic interaction in a bilingual society: the case of western Nigeria
[1158]   Awonusi, Victor O. (1985) : Sociolinguistic variation in Nigerian (Lagos) English
[1159]   Awonusi, Victor O. (1985) : Issues in language planning: an examination of the continued role of English as Nigeria’s lingua franca
[1160]   Awonusi, Victor O. (1990) : Coming of age: English in Nigeria
[1161]   Awonusi, Victor O. (1998) : Nigerian English in political telemarketing
[1179]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1974) : Studies in the syntax and semantics of Yoruba nominalizations
[1180]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1974) : Yoruba gerundive structures and the notion of ‘target structures’
[1181]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1981) : Nominal compound formation in Yoruba ideophones
[1182]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1983) : On the development of the verb-infinitive phrase in Yorùbá
[1183]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1984) : On the semantic fields of Yoruba ideophones
[1184]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1986) : Reduplication and the status of ideophones in Yoruba
[1185]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1988) : Complex predicates and verb serialization
[1186]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1988) : Perspectives on verb serialization
[1187]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1991) : The tense system of Yoruba
[1188]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1995) : The role of functional categories in syntax: the Yoruba case
[1189]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1997) : Object positions in Yoruba
[1190]   Awute, Koffi Kondo (1982) : The contrastive analysis of Ewe an English
[1191]   Axmed Axmed, Jaamar (1978) : Naxawaha af Soomaaliga
[1192]   Ayafor, Isaiah Munang (2001) : Colonial bilingual heritage and post-colonial myths in Cameroon’s school system
[23853]   Ayafor, Vera Mapi Fozoh (2002) : The structural phonology of Cirambo
[1193]   Ayalew Mitiku Birru (1991) : The phonology of Aari
[1195]   Ayda Demissie (2003) : Acquisition of Amharic phonemes by children up to the age of the three
[1196]   Ayele Bekerie (1997) : Ethiopic, an African writing system: its history and principles
[1197]   Ayi, Olabiyi Babalola (1996) : Yoruba-English/English-Yoruba dictionary
[1198]   Ayinlola, A. A. (1983) : Some phonological processes in selected Yoruba dialects: Ijumu, Yagba anbd Oyo
[1199]   Aymemi, Antonio (1928) : Diccionario español-bubi
[22748]   Ayodele, A. M. (1986) : Uro phonology
[1200]   Ayodele, Samuel O. (1982) : Nigerian primary school teachers’ mastery of English language pronunciation
[1201]   Ayodele, Samuel O. (1983) : A description of the varieties of Nigerian English for pedagogic purposes
[22749]   Ayoola, O. J. (1986) : Daja phonology
[1203]   Ayotte, Michael & Charlene Ayotte (2002) : Rapid appraisal and lexicostatistical analysis surveys of Atong, Ambele and Menka (Widikum-Menka Subdivision, Momo Division, North-West Province)
[1204]   Ayotte, Michael & Charlene Ayotte (2002) : Rapid appraisal and lexicostatistical analysis survey of Manta
[1205]   Ayotte, Michael & Charlene Ayotte (2002) : Rapid appraisal and lexicostatistical analysis surveys of Dama, Mono, Pam, Ndai and Oblo
[1206]   Ayotte, Michael & Charlene Ayotte (2002) : Sociolinguistic language survey of Ngwe (Fontem, Alou and Wabane Subdivisions, Lebialem Division, South West Province)
[1202]   Ayotte, Michael & Melinda Lamberty (2002) : Intelligibility testing of Bafia among Lefa speakers
[1207]   Ayotte, Michael & Melinda Lamberty (2002) : Rapid appraisal sociolinguistic survey among NGEMBA cluster of languages: Mankon, Bambili, Nkwen, Pinyin and Awing
[1208]   Ayukachale, Peter Egbe (1976) : The noun class system in “Ngunaya” Ejagam
[1209]   Ayuninjam, Funwi F. (1996) : A study of Mbili noun morphology
[1210]   Ayuninjam, Funwi F. (1998) : A reference grammar of Mbili
[24571]   Ayuninjam, Funwi F. (1994) : Mbili: A Linguistic Analysis
[23832]   Ayu?nwi, N. Neba (1997) : Tone in the Bafut noun phrase
[23941]   Ayu?nwi, N. Neba (1996) : Aspects of a generative phonology of Pinyi
[1211]   Ayyub, Abd al Rahman M. (1952) : The verbal system in a dialect of Nubian
[1212]   Ayyub, Abd al Rahman M. (1968) : The verbal system in a dialect of Nubian (being a description of the verbal function in the structures called “relatio” and “relatio adjunct”, as spoken in the Halfa district)
[1220]   Azer, H. A. (1985) : The expression of negation in Egyptian colloquial Arabic (ECA)
[23828]   Azieshi, Gisele (1994) : Phonologie structurale de l’awing
[1222]   Aziza, Rose O. (2004) : Negation in southwestern Edoid: the case of Urhobo
[22418]   Aziza, Rose O. (2003) : Threatened languages and cultures: the case of Urhobo
[23705]   Aziza, Rose O. (2003) : Tonal alternations in the Urhobo noun phrase
[24130]   Aziza, Rose O. (2002) : Nasality in Urhobo: An Autosegmental Perspective
[24646]   Aziza, Rose O. (2006) : An overview of the tone system of Urhobo
[24131]   Aziza, Rose O. & Don C. Utulu (2006) : Loanword phonology: English in Urhobo and Yorùbá
[1221]   Aziza, Rose O. & Emmanuel ?Nolue Emenanjo (Ed) (1993) : Teaching Nigerian languages: experiences from the Delta
[1223]   Azuike, MacPherson N. (1984) : Style, context and the written text: a linguistic examination of written English in Nigeria today
[22750]   Azunda, U. A. (1987) : A contrastive study of affirmation and negation in Ikwere (Igwuruta)
[22433]   Ba, Amadou Racine (1978) : The use of national languages in the school system of Mauritania
[1224]   Ba, Oumar (1968) : Glossaire des mots mandingues passés en pulaar
[1225]   Ba, Oumar (1968) : Vocabulaire de base : introduction à l?étude du poular du Fouta sénégalais
[1226]   Ba, Oumar (1968) : Le franc-parler toucouleur
[1227]   Ba, Oumar (1972) : Glossaire des mots étrangers passés en pulaar
[1228]   Ba, Oumar (1980) : La terminologie géographique du poular
[24566]   Ba, Oumar (1968) : Petit lexique peul-français de la faune et de la flore du fouta Toro
[24567]   Ba, Oumar (1968) : Petit vocabulaire de la langue peul parlée au fouta Toro
[1231]   Baaitse, Montlenyane & Ahmed el Amin (1992) : Setswana: time for a revolution
[25060]   Babaev, Kyrill V. (2008) : Reconstructing Proto-Benue-Congo person marking I: Proto-Bantoid
[25204]   Babaev, Kyrill V. (2010) : Reconstructing Proto-Benue-Congo person marking II: Proto-Benue-Congo
[25205]   Babaev, Kyrill V. (2010) : ? ????????????? ?????? ??????????? ? ???????? ??? [On the Reconstruction of Personal Pronouns in Proto-Kwa]
[25340]   Babaev, Kyrill V. (2011) : On the reconstruction of some tense/aspect markers in Proto-Mande
[25345]   Babaev, Kyrill V. (2011) : Niger-Congo reconstruction project and the perspectives of Niger-Congo comparative studies
[22553]   Babalola, Emmanuel Taiwo (2005) : The nominal group modifier and qualifier structures in some American and Nigerian English-medium magazines
[1234]   Babalola, Emmanuel Taiwo & Akinmade Timothy Akande (2002) : Some linguistic problems of Yoruba learners of English in Nigeria
[1232]   Babalola, Solomon Adebaye Q. (1975) : The role of Nigerian languages and literatures in fostering national cultural identity
[1233]   Babalola, Solomon Adebaye Q. (1985) : West African languages in education: the literacy dimension
[22840]   Babalola, Solomon Adebaye Q. (1966) : The content and form of Yorùbá Ìjálá
[1235]   Bach, E. (1970) : Is Amharic an SOV language?
[1236]   Bachmann, Armin R. (1987) : Doppelreflexe von Proto-Bantu *p in den Sprachen der Zone C
[1237]   Bachmann, Armin R. (1988) : Zum “Fortis/Lenis-Kontrast” in den nordwestlichen Bantusprachen
[1238]   Bachmann, Armin R. (1989) : Zum Fortis/Lenis-Kontrast in den nordwestlichen Bantusprachen
[1239]   Backer, W. (1969) : Die samestelling van ’n woordeskattoets vir Engelssprekende dowe kinders
[23293]   Bacon, D. (1991) : Moroccan Arabic phrasebook
[1240]   Badameli-Kassan, Balaïbaou (1996) : Système verbal et énonciation en kabiyè (Togo)
[1241]   Badameli-Kassan, Balaïbaou (2000) : De l’influence du ton du consecutif dans les formes de l’aoriste en kabiye
[1242]   Badawi, Ahmad Zaki (1981) : Dictionary of social sciences: English-French-Arabic
[1243]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1979) : L’élision des voyelles orales du yoruba
[1244]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1981) : Tons et intonation en Yoruba
[1245]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1986) : A phonetico-semantic analysis of verb+noun contraction in Yoruba
[1246]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1989) : An experimental study of tone-marking in Bura
[1247]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1989) : A lexical analysis of media language in Nigeria during the second republic
[1248]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1990) : Aspects of Yoruba tone: the interaction of pitch, amplitude and tone
[1249]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1990) : Sex-based teacher classroom-behaviour in sub-Saharan Africa: a case study of Borno secondary schools (Nigeria)
[1250]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1991) : On the functional load of tone in Kanuri
[1251]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1995) : Backdrop declination in Kanuri
[23148]   Bader, Christian (2004) : Les noms de personnes chez les Somali
[1252]   Bader, Yousef Farhan (1983) : Vowel sandhi and syllable structure in Kabyle Berber
[1253]   Bader, Yousef Farhan (1984) : Topics in Kabyle Berber phonology and morphology
[1254]   Bader, Yousef Farhan (1985) : Schwa in Berber: a non linear analysis
[1256]   Bader, Yousef Farhan (1989) : Consonant sandhi phenomena and syllable structure in Kabyle Berber
[1255]   Bader, Yousef Farhan & Michael J. Kenstowicz (1987) : Syllable and case in Kabylie Berber
[1257]   Badger, George P. (1986) : An English-Arabic lexicon
[1258]   Badie, Manglibè Joseph (19--) : Contribution a une étude morphosyntaxique du n’cam: parler du sous-groupe Gurma des langues Gur (Nord-Togo)
[1259]   Badreddine, B. (1977) : Le parler de Kairouanville: étude phonologique et phonétique
[5398]   Badry, Fatima (1983) : Acquisition of lexical derivational rules in Moroccan Arabic: implications for the development of standard Arabic as a second language through literacy
[1260]   Badry, N. el (1990) : Arabic lexicography in northern Africa, with special reference to Egypt
[1261]   Baerts, M. & autres (1997) : Paroles et cultures bantoues: mélanges en hommage à F. M. Rodegem
[1262]   Baertsch, (2001) : Morphological and syntactic aspects of negation in Lamnso
[1263]   Baeteman, Joseph (1923) : Grammaire amarigna
[1264]   Baeteman, Joseph (1929) : Dictionnaire amarigna-français, suivi d’un vocabulaire français-amarigna
[1265]   Bafia, Anna (2000) : English within the context of native languages: contrastive interpretation of grammatical errors found in student’s dissertations
[1266]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1970) : Aspects of nominalisation in Hausa
[1267]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1971) : Lexicalist hypothesis and Hausa
[1268]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1972) : Dangantakar Hausa de harsunan Afrika [The relationship of Hausa with the tongues of Africa]
[1269]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1972) : NP complementation in Hausa
[1270]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1976) : Subordinate adverbial clauses in Hausa
[1272]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1977) : Reanalysing the Hausa causative morpheme
[1273]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1977) : Causatives in Hausa
[1274]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1978/84) : Yaren guddiranci
[1276]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1987) : Hausa subordinate adverbial clauses: syntax and semantics
[1271]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad , William Ronald Leben & Faye McNair Knox (1976) : Manual of Hausa idioms
[1275]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad , William Ronald Leben & Faye McNair Knox (1979) : Manual of Hausa idioms
[1277]   Bagein, R. P. (1951) : Grammaire kirundi à l’usage des commençants
[22474]   Baggioni, Daniel (1997) : Dictionnaire créole réunionnais/français
[1278]   Baggioni, Daniel & Didier de Robillard (1990) : Île Maurice, une francophonie paradoxale
[1279]   Bagwasi, Mompoloki M. (2002) : A historical development of a Botswana variety of English
[1280]   Bagwasi, Mompoloki M. (2004) : The functional distribution of Setswana and English in Botswana
[1281]   Bagwell, Rosalind , Stephen Bagwell & David Faris (1992) : Enquête sociolinguistique de la langue bidiyo de la prefecture du Guera, Tchad
[1282]   Bagwell, Rosalind , Stephen Bagwell & David Faris (1992) : Enquête sociolinguistique de la langue mawer (motun) de la prefecture du Moyen Chari, Tchad
[1283]   Bah, A. (1974) : Étude morphologie du fulakunda
[1284]   Bah, O. S. (1974) : Étude du système de la conjugaison pular
[25200]   Bah, Oumar (2009) : Saggitorde Oumar Bah [Dictionnaire pular]
[22644]   Bahloul, Raja Mallek (1996) : Negation in French and Tunesian Arabic
[1285]   Bahru Lilaga (1982) : The morphophonemics of nouns and verbs in Enor
[1286]   Bahru Zergaw Gizaw (1999) : English-Amharic-Oromoo phrase book and dictionary for travellers
[1287]   Bahuchet, Serge (197-) : Les pygmées Aka et Baka: contribution de l’ethnolinguistique a l’histoire des populations forestieres d’Afrique centrale
[1289]   Bahuchet, Serge (1985) : Les pygmées Aka et la forêt centrafricaine: éthnologie écologique
[1288]   Bahuchet, Serge (Ed) (1979) : Pygmées de Centrafrique: études ethnologiques, historiques et linguistiques sur les “Ba.Mbenga” (aka/baka) du nord-ouest du bassin congolais
[23724]   Bahuchet, Serge & Gérard Philippson (1998) : Les plantes d’origine américaine en Afrique bantoue: une approche linguistique
[1290]   Bahuchet, Serge & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1986) : Linguistique et histoire des pygmées de l’ouest du bassin congolais
[1291]   Bai-Sheka, Abou (1987) : Le fonctionnement du système des classes de lexèmes en temne
[1292]   Bai-Sheka, Abou (1991) : Prédication non verbale en temne
[25390]   Bai-Sheka, Abou (1981) : Le système nominal du temne
[1293]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1938) : Línguas de Angola: elementos de gramática ganguela, segundo os estudos do lecomte
[1294]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1939) : Dicionário ganguela-português: lingua falada nas regioes do Cobango, Nhemba e Luchaze, provincia de Angola
[1295]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1939) : Elementos de gramática ganguela: idioma falado na região do Cubango província de Angola
[1296]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1939) : O kimbundu sem mestre
[1297]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1940) : O kimbundu pratico ou guia de conversação em portugues-kimbundu: idioma falado nas regioes de Luanda e de Malange
[23483]   Bailey, Jan (1999) : An acoustic analysis of the monophthongal vowels of some male speakers of South African English
[1298]   Bailey, Richard Anthony (1976) : Copi phonology and morphotonology
[1302]   Bailey, Richard Anthony (1987) : A critical evaluation of Proto-Bantu lexical reconstructions
[1303]   Bailey, Richard Anthony (1995) : Issues in the phonology and orthography of Chopi (ciCopi S 61)
[1304]   Bailey, Richard Anthony (1995) : The Bantu languages of South Africa: towards a sociohistorical perspective
[1300]   Bailey, Richard W. (1984) : Notes on South African English
[1301]   Bailey, Richard W. (1985) : South African English slang: form, function and origins
[1299]   Bailey, Richard W. & Manfred Görlach (1982) : English as a world language
[1305]   Bailleul, Charles (1973) : Lexique bambara-français, syllabique et tonal
[1306]   Bailleul, Charles (1976) : Cours pratique bambara. Partie III: types de phrases
[1307]   Bailleul, Charles (1977) : Cours pratique bambara. Parties I-II
[1308]   Bailleul, Charles (1981) : Petit dictionnaire bambara-français, français-bambara
[1309]   Bailleul, Charles (1996) : Dictionnaire bambara-français
[1310]   Bailleul, Charles (1998) : Dictionnaire français-bambara
[24192]   Bailleul, Charles (1986) : Sens originel des postpositions en bambara
[1311]   Baines, John (1985) : Color terminology and color classification: ancient Egyptian color terminology and polychromy
[1312]   Baird, Kathryn (1984) : The noun phrase in Mundani
[1313]   Bairu, Tefla (1987) : Some remarks on numerical idioms recurring in Ethiopian history
[1314]   Baj, G. (1---) : Linguistic guide on Madi language
[1315]   Baka, Jean (2000) : L’adjectif en bantu
[23238]   Baka, Jean (2005) : Pourquoi une forme de type *-pái “nouveau” en protobantou?
[1316]   Bakalla, M. (1975) : Bibliography of Arabic linguistics
[1317]   Bakalla, M. (1983) : Arabic linguistics: an introduction and bibliography
[1318]   Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (1997) : Morphologie du lokonda
[1319]   Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (2001) : Equisse du parler lohangó
[23407]   Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (2004) : Notes descriptives sur le lontomb’e njale
[1320]   Bakare, Clement A. (1971) : The development of materials for speech audiometry in Yoruba
[1321]   Bakare, Clement A. (1974) : Toneme perception in the Yoruba language
[1322]   Bakare, Clement A. (1995) : Discrimination and identification of Yoruba tones: perception experiments and acoustic analysis
[1323]   Bakari, Mohamed (1985) : The morphophonology of the Kenyan Swahili dialects
[1324]   Bakatumana, Ntumba (1986) : Les réflexes dans les phonèmes proto-bantu en kinyakasenga
[1335]   Baker, Mark C. (1988) : Theta theory and the syntax of applicatives in Chichewa
[1336]   Baker, Mark C. (1990) : Elements of a typology of applicatives in Bantu
[1339]   Baker, Mark C. (1992) : Thematic conditions on syntactic structures: evidence from locative applicatives
[23511]   Baker, Mark C. (2005) : On verb-initial and verb-final word orders in Lokaa
[1341]   Baker, Mark C. & Osumuyimen Thompson Stewart (2001) : Unaccusativity and the adjective/verb distinction: Èdó evidence
[1342]   Baker, Mark C. & Osumuyimen Thompson Stewart (2001) : Verb movement, objects and serialization
[1325]   Baker, Philip (1969) : The language situation in Mauritius with special reference to Mauritian Creole
[1326]   Baker, Philip (1972) : Kreol: a description of Mauritian Creole
[1327]   Baker, Philip (1976) : Towards a social history of Mauritian Creole
[1329]   Baker, Philip (1982) : The contribution of non-francophone immigrants to the lexicon of Mauritian Creole
[1331]   Baker, Philip (1984) : Agglutinated French articles in Creole French
[1333]   Baker, Philip (1987) : Universals, substrata and the Indian Ocean creoles
[1337]   Baker, Philip (1990) : Kreol: a description of Mauritian Creole
[1340]   Baker, Philip (1993) : Assessing the African contribution to French-based creoles
[1338]   Baker, Philip & Anand Syea (1991) : On the copula in Mauritian Creole: past and present
[1328]   Baker, Philip & Chris Corne (1982) : Isle de France creole: affinities and origins
[1332]   Baker, Philip & Premnath Ramnah (1985) : Mauritian Bhojpuri: an Indo-Aryan language spoken in a predominantly creolophone society
[1334]   Baker, Philip & Vinesh Y. Hookoomsing (1987) : Diksyoner kreol morisyen
[1330]   Baker, Stephen B. (1983) : Some thoughts on English language teaching in Zambia
[1343]   Bakhressa, Salim K. (1992?) : Kamusi ya maana na matumizi
[1344]   Bakir, Abd el Mohsen (1983) : Notes on Late Egyptian grammar: a Semitic approach
[1345]   Bakir, Abd el Mohsen (1984) : Notes on Middle Egyptian grammar
[1346]   Bal, Willy (1962) : Prénoms portugais en kikongo
[1347]   Bal, Willy (1974) : O destino de palavras de origem portuguesa num dialecto quicongo
[1348]   Bal, Willy (1975) : A propos de mots d’órigine portugaise en Afrique noire
[1349]   Balau, João Lopes (19--) : Vocabulário de português-macua
[1350]   Baldauf jnr, Richard B. & Robert B. Kaplan (Ed) (2004) : Language planning and policy in Africa, I: Botswana, Malawi, Mozambique, and South Africa
[1353]   Baldé, A. B. (1974) : Réduction syllabique et dégradation du système d’alternance en pular du Fouta Djallon
[1351]   Balde, Amadou (2002) : Les politiques educatives et linguistiques appliquées en Guinée et leurs implications dans la didactique de la langue française
[1354]   Baldé, O. P. (1975) : Les transformations passive et négative du pular
[1352]   Baldeh, Anja (2001) : Nominalderivation im Wolof
[1355]   Baldi, Sergio (1975) : Systematic Hausa bibliography
[1356]   Baldi, Sergio (1976) : A contribution to the Swahili maritime terminology
[1357]   Baldi, Sergio (1977) : Systematic Hausa bibliography
[1358]   Baldi, Sergio (1978) : On Hausa bibliography
[1359]   Baldi, Sergio (1982) : Les emprunts arabes en swahili et haoussa
[1360]   Baldi, Sergio (1985) : Liste préliminaire des mots haoussa considérés fautivement d’origine arabe dans les dictionnaires
[1361]   Baldi, Sergio (1988) : A first ethnolinguistic comparison of Arabic loanwords common to Hausa and Swahili
[1362]   Baldi, Sergio (1989) : On semantics of Arabic loan words in Hausa
[1363]   Baldi, Sergio (1989) : I prestiti portoghesi in Swahili
[1364]   Baldi, Sergio (1990) : Premier essai d’évaluation des emprunts arabes en haoussa
[1365]   Baldi, Sergio (1990) : Some remarks on Arabic loan words in Hausa
[1366]   Baldi, Sergio (1992) : Arabic loanwords in Hausa via Kanuri and Fulfulde
[1367]   Baldi, Sergio (1995) : On Arabic loans in Hausa and Kanuri
[1368]   Baldi, Sergio (1995) : Sur la création d’un banque des emprunts arabes dans le cadre de la base de donées lexicales et dialectologiques sahelo-saharienne gérée par Mariama
[23446]   Baldi, Sergio (1999) : Ancient and new arabic loans in Chadic
[24846]   Baldi, Sergio (2007) : Les emprunts arabes en dangaleat
[24958]   Baldi, Sergio (2006) : Arabic Loanwords Entered in African Languages through Kanuri
[1369]   Baldi, Sergio (Ed) (1997) : Langues et contacts de langues en zone sahélo-saharienne: 3ème table ronde du réseau de diffusion lexicale (colloque internazionale, Napoli, 12-15 settembre, 1994)
[25051]   Baldi, Sergio & Mahmoud Adam (2005) : Dagbani basic and cultural vocabulary
[1370]   Baleke, M. (1979) : Étude géolinguistique des dialectes yaka (phonologie et morphologie)
[1371]   Balembo-Mfumu (1977) : Étude morphologique de la dérivation en laari H16f
[24196]   Balenghien, Etienne (1987-88) : A propos de l'alphabet du bambara au Mali
[24223]   Balenghien, Etienne (1984) : A propos de la syntaxe du bambara
[1372]   Balep, Lydie Ngo (19--) : Essai d’analyse contrastive de la determination nominale en français et en bakaa
[1373]   Balibatsu, Maniragaba (2000) : Le potentiel ontologique des langues bantu face à l’ontologie classique
[1374]   Ballah, D. (1993) : Étude phonologique du mbay
[1375]   Ballard, John A. (1971) : Historical inferences from the linguistic geography of the Nigerian Middle Belt
[23113]   Ballarin, Hélène (1999) : L’analyse du texte en langue nawdm
[1376]   Ballenghien, E. (1967) : Le système verbo-prédicatif sonike: parler de Nioro du Sahel
[1377]   Balme, F. N. (1934) : Caprivi field notes and native names
[1378]   Balmer, William Turnbull & F. C. F. Grant (1929) : A grammar of the Fante-Akan language
[1379]   Balouki, Tetwehaaki (1995) : Lexique bilingue de l’enseignement des 1er et 2e degrés du Togo
[1380]   Balouki, Tetwehaaki (1998) : Manuel trilingue de cours de langues kabiye-ewe-français
[23786]   Bals, Berit-Anne & Helene Norgaard Andreassen (2002) : Reduplication in progressive verb forms in Zina Kotoko
[1381]   Balsan, François (1959) : Nouvelle approche de Bushmen au Kalahari
[1382]   Baltazani, Mary (2002) : Case, tone, and intonation in Maa
[1384]   Bamba, Mory (1993) : L’alphabétisation des adultes en Côte d’Ivoire: les facteurs des abandons de cours
[1383]   Bamba, Moussa (1992) : De l’interaction entre tons et accents
[1385]   Bambara, Eloi (1980) : Contribution à l’étude phonologique du bisa (étude synchronique); dialecte de Garango (Haute-Volta)
[1386]   Bambara, Eloi (1981) : Les catégories grammaticales en bisa, dialecte de Garango (Haute-Volta)
[1387]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1961) : The nominal group in Yoruba and a comparison with the English nominal group
[1388]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1963) : A study of the structures and classes in the grammar of modern Yoruba
[1389]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1963) : The structure of the Yoruba predicator
[1390]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1964) : Verb-nominal collocation in Yoruba: a problem of syntactic analysis
[1391]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1965) : Assimilation and contraction in Yoruba
[1392]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1965) : Linguistics and the secondary school teacher
[1393]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1965) : Yoruba orthography: a linguistic appraisal with suggestions for reform
[1394]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1965/66) : Nominal classes in Mbe
[1395]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1966) : A grammar of Yoruba
[1396]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1966) : The assimilated low tone in Yoruba
[1397]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1966/67) : Verbal classes in Mbe
[1398]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1967) : Notes on the phonology of Mbe
[1399]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1967) : A short Yoruba grammar
[1400]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1967) : Tense/aspect forms in Mbe
[1401]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1967) : Language teaching in Nigeria: a linguistic viewpoint
[1402]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1967) : Two views on vowel harmony in Yoruba ; part 1
[1403]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1968) : The form of Yoruba proverbs
[1404]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1969) : The relationship of the vernacular and English throughout the primary and secondary school
[1406]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1969) : Yoruba
[1407]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1969) : Yoruba studies today
[1408]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1970) : Word play in Yoruba poetry
[1409]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1971) : Nasal harmony in Mbe
[1410]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1971) : The verb-infinitive phrase in Yoruba
[1411]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1971) : The English language in Nigeria
[1413]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1973) : Language and society in Nigeria
[1414]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1973) : The modifying serial construction: a reply
[1415]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1973) : Linguistics in a developing country
[1416]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1973) : Linguistics and language education: problems and prospects
[1417]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1973) : Linguistics teaching in Nigeria
[1418]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1974) : On serial verbs and verbal status
[1420]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1975) : Relative clauses and nominalized sentences in Yoruba
[1422]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1976) : Are Yoruba adverbs really nouns?
[1424]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1978) : Models of communication in multilingual states
[1426]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1980) : Questions and roles: the example of Yoruba
[1427]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1980) : Pronouns, concord and pronominalization
[1428]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1981) : On devising, reforming and harmonising orthographies of African languages
[1429]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1981) : Regional languages in Nigeria: Hausa and Yoruba
[1432]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Standard Nigerian English: issues of identification
[1433]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Languages in contact: Yoruba and English in Nigeria
[1434]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Constituents of Yoruba studies
[1435]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Lexical matching in Yoruba poetry
[1436]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Local languages development: policy and practice
[1437]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : African languages and national development: actual and potential
[1438]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Issues in the analysis of serial verb constructions
[1439]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1983) : Education in indigenous languages: the West African model of language education
[1440]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1983) : When is language planning not planning?
[1441]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1983) : On timeless sentences in Yoruba
[1442]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1984) : Mother-tongue medium and scholastic attainment: the Nigerian experience
[1443]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1985) : Negation and serial verbal construction types in Yoruba
[1444]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1985) : Barriers to effective education in West African languages
[1445]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1986) : Yoruba: a language in transition
[1446]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1986) : Reported speech in Yoruba
[1447]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1987) : A guide to terminology in African language education
[1448]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1987) : When is language planning not planning?
[1449]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1990) : Fonólójì àti gírámà yorùbá
[1450]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1990) : Language and the national question in Nigeria
[1451]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1991) : Language and the nation: the language question in sub-Saharan Africa
[1452]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1992) : Speaking in tongues: implications of multilingualism for language policy in Nigeria
[1453]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1993) : Deprived, endangered and dying languages
[1454]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1994) : Nigeria’s choice (the thorny questions facing a nation of 400 languages as it seeks a common medium of communication)
[1456]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1995) : English in the Nigerian environment
[1457]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1995) : Vowel deletion and vowel coalescence: a problem in Yoruba phonology
[1459]   Bamgbose, Ayo (2000) : Language planning in West Africa
[22419]   Bamgbose, Ayo (2003) : Urban multilingualism in Nigeria: a tale of two cities
[23146]   Bamgbose, Ayo (2005) : Mother-tongue education: lessons from the Yoruba experience
[23745]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1992) : Corpus planning in Yorùbá: the radio as a case study
[23752]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1992) : Relativization or nominalization: a case of structure versus meaning
[24119]   Bamgbose, Ayo (2000-01) : Coreferentiality and Focus in Textual Cohesion: Evidence from Yoruba
[24167]   Bamgbose, Ayo (2000-01) : New Directions in West African Language Studies
[25142]   Bamgbose, Ayo (2009) : Yoruba Language: The Diaspora as a Challenge to the Homeland
[1405]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1969) : Report of the Yoruba Orthography Committee
[1412]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1972) : The Yoruba verb phrase: papers of the seminar on the Yorba verb phrase, Ibadan, 1-2 April, 1971
[1421]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1976) : Mother tongue education: the West African experience
[1423]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1977/80) : Language in education in Nigeria: proceedings of the Kaduna Language Symposium, October 31st - november 4th, 1977
[1430]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1982) : Yoruba metalanguage
[1431]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1982) : Orthographies of Nigerian languages
[1458]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (2000) : Sociolinguistics in West Africa
[1419]   Bamgbose, Ayo & Robert Gelston Armstrong (1974) : Mathematical concepts in Yoruba
[1455]   Bamgbose, Ayo , Ayo Banjo & Andrew Thomas (Ed) (1995) : New Englishes: a West African perspective
[1460]   Bamigboye, G. A. (1987) : A study of the noun phrase of Ayere
[23628]   Bamiro, Edmund O. (1995) : Syntactic variation in West African English
[1461]   Bamisaye, T. O. (1984) : Aspects of Oka phonology
[1883]   Bámisilè, Rémí (1994) : Justification for the survival of vowel coalescence as a phonological process in Yorùbá
[1462]   Bampembe, Sangadji (1981) : Réflexes du proto-bantu en ndengese
[1463]   Bancel, Pierre (1986) : Étude comparée des noms de mammifères dans les langues du groupe bantou A70
[1464]   Bancel, Pierre (1988) : Double reflexes in Bantu A.70 languages
[1465]   Bancel, Pierre (1989) : Ébène: un emprunt de l’égyptien ancien à une langue négro-africaine de 3ème millénaire av. J.-C. ; partie 1
[1466]   Bancel, Pierre (1989) : Ébène: un emprunt de l’égyptien ancien à une langue négro-africaine de 3ème millénaire av. J.-C. ; partie 2
[1467]   Bancel, Pierre (1991) : The three-way vowel harmony in Nènì (Bantu A.44, Cameroon)
[1468]   Banda, Felix (1992) : A lexical-semantic and syntactic-grammatical analysis of Zambian English: towards a ‘meaning-to-grammar hypothesis’ of classroom second language instruction
[1469]   Banda, Felix (1998) : The classification of languages in Zambia and Malawi
[1470]   Banda, Felix (2000) : The dilemma of the mother tongue: prospects for bilingual education in South Africa
[1471]   Banda, Felix (2004) : A survey of literacy practices in Black and Coloured communities in South Africa: towards a pedagogy of multiliteracies
[1915]   Banda, Felix (2005) : Analysing social identity in casual Zambian/English conversation: a systemic functional linguistic approach
[1472]   Bangamwabo, François-Xavier (1985) : L’expression de l’organisation de l’espace rwandais: les déictiques locatifs
[23879]   Bangha, George F. (2003) : The Mmen noun phrase
[1473]   Bangs, G. & Arthur Loveridge (1933) : Reports on the scientific results of an expedition to the southwestern highlands of Tanganyika Territory, III: birds
[1474]   Banholzer, W. & Fr. Bernardo Kohnen (1922) : Shilluk Wörterbuch
[1476]   Banjo, Ayo (1969) : A contrastive study of aspects of the syntactic and lexical rules of English and Yoruba
[1477]   Banjo, Ayo (1970) : A historical view of the English language in Nigeria
[1478]   Banjo, Ayo (1970) : The English language and the Nigerian environment
[1479]   Banjo, Ayo (1971) : Standards of correctness in Nigerian English
[1480]   Banjo, Ayo (1971) : Towards a definition of ‘Standard Nigerian Spoken English’
[1481]   Banjo, Ayo (1974) : Sentence negation in Yoruba
[1482]   Banjo, Ayo (1975) : Language policy in Nigeria
[1483]   Banjo, Ayo (1976) : The university and standardization of the English language
[1487]   Banjo, Ayo (1986) : The influence of English on the Yoruba language
[1488]   Banjo, Ayo (1986) : Varieties of English in a multilingual setting in Nigeria
[1489]   Banjo, Ayo (1995) : On codifying Nigerian English research so far
[1490]   Banjo, Ayo (1995) : On language use and modernity in Nigeria
[1491]   Banjo, Ayo (1996) : Making a virtue of necessity: an overview of the English language in Nigeria
[1492]   Banjo, Ayo (2000) : English in West Africa
[1486]   Banjo, Ayo (Ed) (1985) : Orthographies of Nigerian languages
[1484]   Banjo, Ayo & others (Ed) (1981) : West African studies in modern language teaching and research
[1485]   Banjo, Ayo & Peter Young (1982) : On editing a second-language dictionary: the proposed dictionary of West African English (DWAE)
[1475]   Banjo, S. Ayodele (1935) : The teaching of Yoruba in the secondary school of Nigeria
[1493]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1992) : La dérivation verbale en chaha
[1494]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1994) : On prefix-necessitating stems in Chaha
[1495]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1996) : Sonorant alternations in Chaha
[1496]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1996) : Sur l’alternance inaccusative vs inergative en chaha
[1497]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1996) : On the absence of AgrS: evidence from Ethiopian Semitic languages
[1498]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1997) : The sound system of Chaha
[1499]   Banksira, Degif Petros (2000) : Sound mutations: the morphophonology of Chaha
[1500]   Bannerman, Charles James (1944) : Ga wiemo mligblamo wolo ni tsoo wiemoi komekomei anitsumo - klenklen 1/A Ga grammar of function (stage 1), adapted from the Fante grammar of function
[1501]   Bannerman, Charles James (1945) : Ga wiemo mligblamo wolo ni tsoo wiemoi komekomei anitsumo - klenklen 2/A Ga grammar of function (stage 2), adapted from the Fante grammar of function
[1502]   Bannerman, Charles James (1948) : Ga grammar of function
[1503]   Bannerman, Charles James (1968) : Ga grammar of function
[1504]   Banoum, Bertrade B. Ngo-Ngijol (2004) : Bantu gender revisited through an analysis of Basaá categories: a typological perspective
[1505]   Banti, Giorgio (1984) : Possessive affixes in the Somali area
[1506]   Banti, Giorgio (1984) : The morphology of the nominative case in Somali
[1507]   Banti, Giorgio (1986) : Reflections on derivation from prefix-conjugated verbs in Somali
[1508]   Banti, Giorgio (1987) : Evidence for a second type of suffix conjugation in Cushitic
[1509]   Banti, Giorgio (1988) : “Adjectives” in East Cushitic
[1510]   Banti, Giorgio (1988) : Two Cushitic systems: Somali and Oromo nouns
[1511]   Banti, Giorgio (1991) : Invariable verbal paradigms in some Omo-Tana languages
[1512]   Banti, Giorgio (1991/92) : Some concord-less verbal paradigms in Omo-Tana
[1514]   Banti, Giorgio (1993) : Noterelle sui sistemi di numerali nell’Africa nord-orientale
[1516]   Banti, Giorgio (1998) : Saho
[1517]   Banti, Giorgio (2000) : Notes on Somali camel terminology
[1513]   Banti, Giorgio (Ed) (1992) : Proceedings of the second international symposium on Cushitic and Omotic languages, Turin, 16-18 November, 1989
[1515]   Banti, Giorgio & Klaus Wedekind (1994) : [Something on Cushitic and Omotic languages]
[1518]   Baptista, Marlyse (1994) : On the nature of “pa” in Capeverdean Creole and its possible source
[1519]   Baptista, Marlyse (1995) : On the nature of pro-drop in Capeverdean Creole
[1520]   Baptista, Marlyse (2003) : The syntax of Cape Verdean Creole: the Sotavento varieties
[1521]   Bara, Souley (19--) : Étude descriptive du vocabulaire juridique hausa
[1522]   Barakat, Jamal (1982) : Dictionary of diplomatic terminology: English-Arabic with an Arabic glossary
[1523]   Barake, Bassam (1985) : Dictionnaire de linguistique: français-arabe, avec un index alphabetique des termes arabes
[1524]   Baranov, Z. (1984) : Arabic-Russian dictionary
[1525]   Barbag-Stoll, Anna (1975) : Some aspects of semantic shifts in English loanwords in West African Pidgin English
[1526]   Barbag-Stoll, Anna (1976) : The role of the English language in the development of African nationalism
[1527]   Barbag-Stoll, Anna (1978) : Nigerian Pidgin English as a medium of literary expression
[1528]   Barbag-Stoll, Anna (1983) : Social and linguistic history of Nigerian Pidgin English as spoken by the Yoruba, with special reference to the English-derived lexicon
[1529]   Barbara, Giuseppe (1935) : Arabo e berbero nel linguaggio italosiculo
[1530]   Barbeau, D. (1972) : Le pidgin english comme moyen d’expression littéraire chez les romanciers du Nigeria
[1531]   Barber, Karin (1984) : Yoruba don un so 1: a beginner’s course in Yoruba
[1532]   Barber, Karin & P. de Moraes Farias (Ed) (1989) : Discourse and its disguises: the interpretation of African oral texts
[1533]   Barbera, Giuseppe Maria (1939/40) : Dizionario maltese-arabo-italiano, con una grammatica comparata arabo-maltese
[1534]   Barbosa, Adriano (1973) : Dicionário não publicado quioco-português
[1535]   Barbosa, Adriano (1989) : Dicionário cokwe-português
[1536]   Barcelo, Carmen (1990) : ¿Galgos o podencos? Sobre la supuesta berberizacion del pais valenciano en los siglos VIII y IX
[1537]   Bargery, George Percival (19--) : Unpublished Hausa grammar and vocabulary notes
[1538]   Bargery, George Percival (1924) : A Hausa phrase book
[1540]   Bargery, George Percival (1934) : A Hausa-English dictionary, and English-Hausa vocabulary
[1539]   Bargery, George Percival & J. Lloyd (1925) : A note on pronunciation of Hausa
[24189]   Bari, Abdulayi (1985) : Nòrònnaw -ma, -man, -lama bamanankan na. [Suffixes -ma, -man, -lama dans la langue bambara]
[24197]   Bari, Abdulayi (1987-88) : Nyn?r? /mán/ sintin. [L'étymologie du préfixe mán.]
[1541]   Bariki, Ozidi (2004) : La traduction universitaire au Nigéria: constitution et pédagogisation
[1542]   Barillot, Xavier (19--) : Morphophonologie gabaritique et information consonantique latente en somali et dans les langues est-couchitiques
[1543]   Barillot, Xavier (1997) : Alternances “voyelle-zéro” et gémination consonantique en somali
[1544]   Barker, Peter (1986) : Peoples, languages and religion in northern Ghana
[1548]   Barkhuizen, Gary P. (2002) : Language-in-education policy: students’ perceptions of the status and role of Xhosa and English
[1549]   Barkhuizen, Gary P. & Ute Knoch (2005) : Missing Afrikaans: ‘linguistic longing’ among Afrikaans-speaking immigrants in New Zealand
[1545]   Barkhuizen, Gary P. & Vivian de Klerk (2000) : The role of Xhosa in an Eastern Cape army camp
[1546]   Barkhuizen, Gary P. & Vivian de Klerk (2000) : Language contact and ethnolinguistic identity in an Eastern Cape army camp
[1547]   Barkhuizen, Gary P. & Vivian de Klerk (2002) : The role of Xhosa in a South African prison: 'The situation is leading you'
[1550]   Barlow, Arthur Ruffell (1927) : The use of the copula with the Kikuyu verb
[1551]   Barlow, Arthur Ruffell (1951) : Studies in Kikuyu grammar and idioms
[1552]   Barlow, Arthur Ruffell (Ed) (1975) : English-Kikuyu dictionary
[1553]   Barmou, Salifou (1995) : La catégorie nominale en hausa: comparaison avec le français
[1555]   Barnard, Alan (1976) : Khoisan classification
[1556]   Barnard, Alan (1978) : The kin terminology system of the Nharo Bushmen
[1557]   Barnard, Alan (1978) : A further note on Khoisan classification
[1558]   Barnard, Alan (1980) : Khoesan southern Africa as a cultural area
[1559]   Barnard, Alan (1980) : Convergent structures in Nama and Dutch-Afrikaans kinship terminologies
[1560]   Barnard, Alan (1980) : Kin terminology systems of the Khoe-speaking peoples
[1561]   Barnard, Alan (1985) : A Nharo wordlist, with notes on grammar
[1563]   Barnard, Alan (1988) : Kinship, language and production: a conjectural history of Khoisan social structure
[1565]   Barnard, Alan (1992) : Hunters and herders of southern Africa: a comparative ethnography of the Khoisan peoples
[1554]   Barnard, G. L. & others (1956) : Report on the use of English in Gold Coast
[1562]   Barnard, R. (1987) : Die situatief in Noord-Sotho
[1564]   Barnard, R. (1988) : Relationship between situative and relative in Northern Sotho
[1567]   Barnes, Bertram Herbert (1931) : Relationships in Mashonaland
[1568]   Barnes, Bertram Herbert (1932) : A vocabulary of the dialects of Mashonaland in the new orthography
[1569]   Barnes, Bertram Herbert (1934) : The progress of the new Shona orthography
[1566]   Barnes, Bertram Herbert & Clement Martyn Doke (1929) : The pronunciation of the Bemba language
[1572]   Barnes, L. A. (1990) : Family bilingualism: a review of the literature
[1570]   Barnes, S. V. (1949) : Afrikaanse spreekwoorde: gesegdes en ander uitdrukkings
[1571]   Barnes, S. V. (1952) : ’n Tentatiewe kernwoordeskat in Afrikaans
[1573]   Barney, J. (1934) : Notes on the Bangala language
[1574]   Barnouw, Adrian J. (1934) : Language and race relations in South Africa
[24524]   Barnwell, Katharine (1980) : Mbembe
[1575]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1966) : Notes on the Mbembe clause system: a preliminary analysis
[1576]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1966) : Reading and writing Mbembe
[1577]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1969) : The noun class system in Mbembe
[1578]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1969) : A grammatical description of Mbembe (Adun dialect), a Cross-River language
[1579]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1974) : Mbembe
[1580]   Baroja, Julio Caro (1955) : Estudios saharianos
[1581]   Barr, L. I. (19--) : Manuscript outline of morphology of Lugbara
[1582]   Barr, L. I. (1965) : A course in Lugbara
[1583]   Barrena, Natalio (1957) : Gramatica annobonesa
[1584]   Barreteau, Daniel (1977) : Le mofu-gudur, langue tchadique du Nord-Cameroun
[1586]   Barreteau, Daniel (1978) : La transcription d’un texte mofu-gudur: problèmes linguistiques
[1587]   Barreteau, Daniel (1978) : Essai de transcription phonologique d’un texte mofu-gudur
[1590]   Barreteau, Daniel (1978) : Structure du lexème verbal en mofu-gudur
[1592]   Barreteau, Daniel (1983) : Phonemique et prosodie en higi
[1593]   Barreteau, Daniel (1983) : Description du mofu-gudur (langue de la famille tchadique parlée au Cameroun)
[1597]   Barreteau, Daniel (1987) : Du vocalisme en tchadique
[1598]   Barreteau, Daniel (1988) : Description du mofu-gudur (langue de la famille tchadique parlée au Cameroun)
[1599]   Barreteau, Daniel (1988) : La transitivité en mofu-gudur
[1609]   Barreteau, Daniel (1995) : Vowel and tonal variations within the consonantal framework of the verbal stem in Central Chadic languages
[1610]   Barreteau, Daniel (1995) : Multilingualisme en Niger
[22592]   Barreteau, Daniel (1978) : Aspects de la morphologie nominal en mofu-gadar
[23974]   Barreteau, Daniel (1987) : Une essai de classification lexicostatistique des langues de la famille tchadique parlées au Cameroun
[1585]   Barreteau, Daniel (Ed) (1978) : Inventaire des études linguistiques sur les pays d’Afrique noire d’expression française et sur Madagaskar
[1596]   Barreteau, Daniel (Ed) (1987) : Langues et cultures dans le bassin du lac Tchad: journées d’études les 4 et 5 septembre 1984
[1612]   Barreteau, Daniel & André Brunet (2000) : Dictionnaire mada
[1606]   Barreteau, Daniel & Charlotte von Graffenried (Ed) (1993) : Datation et chronologie dans le bassin du lac Tchad/Dating and chronology in the Lake Chad Basin: séminaire de réseau Méga-Tchad, ORSTOM Bondy, 11 et 12 septembre 1989
[1611]   Barreteau, Daniel & Gérard Kedrebeogo (1997) : Inventaire et dynamique des langues au Burkina Faso
[1603]   Barreteau, Daniel & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1990) : Relations interethniques et culture matérielle dans le bassin du lac Tchad: actes du IIIème colloque MEGA-TCHAD, 11-12 septembre 1986
[23976]   Barreteau, Daniel & Henry Tourneux (Ed) (1988) : Le milieu et les hommes ; recherches comparatives et historiques dans le bassin du Lac Tchad: actes du 2ème colloque Méga-Tchad, ORSTOM Bondy, le 3 et 4 octobre 1985
[1591]   Barreteau, Daniel & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1982) : La verbe en sibine
[1604]   Barreteau, Daniel & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1990) : Les verbes monoradicaux dans les langues tchadiques
[1607]   Barreteau, Daniel & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1993) : Calculs lexicostatistiques et glottochronologiques sur les langues tchadiques
[1601]   Barreteau, Daniel & Keith H. Beavon (1989) : Les categories grammaticales en koozime, langue bantu parlée au sud-est du Cameroun
[23982]   Barreteau, Daniel & Liliane Sorin-Barreteau (1988) : La poterie chez les Mofu-Gudur: des gestes, des formes et des mots
[1605]   Barreteau, Daniel & Michel Dieu (1991) : Linguistique et développement rizicole dans le nord du Cameroun
[1613]   Barreteau, Daniel & Michel Dieu (2000) : Situation et dynamique des langues
[1588]   Barreteau, Daniel & Paul Newman (1978) : Les langues tchadiques
[1600]   Barreteau, Daniel & Robert Hedinger (Ed) (1989) : Description de langues camerounaises
[1595]   Barreteau, Daniel & Yves le Bléis (1987) : Lexèmes et thèmes verbaux en mafa
[1602]   Barreteau, Daniel & Yves le Bléis (1990) : Lexique mafa, langue de la famille tchadique parlée au Cameroun
[1589]   Barreteau, Daniel & Yves Moñino (1978) : Les langues oubanguiennes
[1608]   Barreteau, Daniel , Evelyne Ngantchui & Terri R. Scruggs (1993) : Bibliographie des langues camerounaises
[1594]   Barreteau, Daniel , Roland J. L. Breton & Michel Dieu (1984) : Les langues
[1616]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1985) : The syntax and interpretation of the relative clause construction in Swahili
[1617]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1985) : o epenthesis: a positional treatment of Swahili pronominal clitics
[1618]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1987) : Phonological allomorphy in Swahili: on the form of inanimate pronominal clitics
[1619]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1988) : NP switch in inalienable possession constructions in Swahili
[1621]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1995) : Subject and object markers as agreement and pronoun incorporation in Swahili
[1620]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] & Michael Rochemont (1992/94) : On the syntax of possessor raising in Swahili
[1614]   Barrett, Anthony J. (1988) : English-Turkana dictionary
[1615]   Barrett, Anthony J. (1990) : Turkana-English dictionary
[1622]   Barrie, E. (1996) : Teaching grammar of Pular
[25135]   Barro, Ketandi , Soungalo Coulibaly & Hannes Wiesmann (2004) : Dictionnaire toussian-français, français-toussian
[1625]   Barry, A. K. (1990) : Étude de la synonymie et de la paronymie en Fouta Djallon
[1624]   Barry, Abdoulaye (1987) : The Joola languages: subgrouping and reconstruction
[24195]   Barry, Abdoulaye (1986) : Les jeux de mots en langue bamanan. Remarques linguistiques et pédagogiques
[1626]   Barry, Abou-Dardaye (2000) : Les emprunts du peul à l’anglais
[1623]   Barry, E. (1937) : An elementary Somali grammar
[1627]   Barshi, Immanuel & Doris L. Payne (1996) : The interpretation of ‘possesser raising’ in a Maasai dialect
[23021]   Barshi, Immanuel & Doris L. Payne (1998) : Argument structure and Maasai possessive interpretation: implications for language learning
[1629]   Bartels, Eric (1984) : Experimental syntax and discourse analysis
[23114]   Bartels, Eric (1983) : Le ton en tchokossi: des réflections préliminaires
[1628]   Bartels, Francis Lodowic & J. A. Annobil (1948) : Mfantse nkasafua dwumadzi/A Fante grammar of function
[23109]   Bartels, Susan E. (1983) : Assimilation de la hauteur vocalique dans les formes impératives en tchokossi
[1630]   Bartens, Angela (1995) : Die Iberoromanisch-basierten Kreolsprachen: Ansätze der linguistischen Beschreibung
[1631]   Bartens, Angela (1999) : Notes on componential diffusion in the genesis of the Kabuverdianu cluster
[1632]   Bartens, Angela (2000) : Ideophones and sound symbolism in Atlantic Creoles
[1634]   Barthe, Albert (1952) : Manuel elementaire de conversation touaregue
[1636]   Barton, H. D. (1980) : Language use among Ilala residents
[1635]   Barton, Juxon (1921) : Turkana grammatical notes and vocabulary
[1637]   Barwani-Sheikh, Sauda & Eleonore Adwiraah (1990) : Die deutschsprachigen Swahili-Lehrbücher: ein Überblick
[1638]   Barwani-Sheikh, Sauda & Ridder Samson (1994) : Sprichwörter und ihr Gebrauch
[1639]   Barwani-Sheikh, Sauda , Ludwig Gerhardt & Ridder Samson (1994) : Arbeitsvokabular Deutsch-Swahili
[1640]   Basema, David Milton (1996) : Child code switching between typologically different languages, Lusoga and English: a case study
[24957]   Bashir, Abeer (2006) : Morphophonemic Alternations in Jumjum Number Formation
[1641]   Basimolodi, Outlule Mother (2001) : A review of Botswana’s language policy in education and its effect on minority languages and national development
[1642]   Bassari, Ebia (1974) : Lexique français-kabyè
[24044]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2006) : Description du jóola Banjal (Sénégal)
[24762]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2007) : Morphosyntaxe du jóola banjal ; Langue atlantique du Sénégal
[25026]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2009) : Propriétés d'encodage et de comportement des constructions ditransitives en jóola banjal
[1643]   Basset, André (1923) : Note de linguistique berbère
[1644]   Basset, André (1925) : Le nom de la “porte” en berbère
[1645]   Basset, André (1925) : Le nom du coq en berbère
[1647]   Basset, André (1928) : Sur quelques termes berbères concernant la basse-cour
[1648]   Basset, André (1929) : Études de géographie linguistique en Kabylie
[1649]   Basset, André (1929) : La langue berbère; morphologie; le verbe; étude de thèmes
[1650]   Basset, André (1931/34) : Présentation de cartes linguistiques berbères ; partie 1
[1651]   Basset, André (1932) : Note sur l’état d’annexion en berbère
[1652]   Basset, André (1932) : Note sur le genre dans le nom et dans verbe en berbère
[1653]   Basset, André (1933) : Note sur l’élément démonstratif en berbère
[1654]   Basset, André (1933) : Note sur les parlers zenaga
[1655]   Basset, André (1934) : Notes sur les parlers touaregs du Soudan
[1656]   Basset, André (1934) : Le système grammatical du berbère
[1657]   Basset, André (1934) : Parlers touaregs du Soudan et du Niger ; partie 1
[1658]   Basset, André (1934/35) : Autour d’une racibe berbère
[1659]   Basset, André (1934/37) : Autour de e en Kabylie, phénomènes secondaires
[1660]   Basset, André (1934/37) : Entretien sur la détermination et l’indétermination: berbère
[1661]   Basset, André (1934/37) : Berbere inigi ‘temoin’
[1662]   Basset, André (1934/37) : Présentation de cartes linguistiques berbères ; partie 2
[1663]   Basset, André (1934?) : L’alternance vocalique dans la morphologie berbère
[1664]   Basset, André (1935) : Parlers touaregs du Soudan et du Niger ; partie 2
[1665]   Basset, André (1935) : La parente linguistique et le berbere
[1666]   Basset, André (1935) : Principes d’enquete linguistique apelliques au berbere
[1667]   Basset, André (1935) : Probleme verbal dans le parler berbere de Siwa
[1668]   Basset, André (1935/45) : Siwa et Aoudjila: probleme verbal berbere
[1669]   Basset, André (1936) : Atlas linguistique des parlers berbères, Algérie, territoires du nord, I: Equidés, Algiers
[1670]   Basset, André (1936) : Situation actuelle des parlers berbères dans le département d’Oran
[1671]   Basset, André (1936) : Siwa, Aoudjila et Imeghran a propos d’un rapprochement
[1672]   Basset, André (1937) : À propos d’un dérivé à nasale berbere
[1673]   Basset, André (1937) : Les sours berbèrophones du Gourara
[1675]   Basset, André (1937/40) : Au sujet de berbère (t)ahyam(t)/(t)ahham(t) ‘tente, maison’
[1676]   Basset, André (1937/40) : Formations accidentelles en berbère
[1677]   Basset, André (1937/40) : Un pluriel devenu singulier en berbère
[1678]   Basset, André (1938) : L’avenir de la langue berbère dans l’Afrique du Nord
[1679]   Basset, André (1938) : Le nom de l’étable en Kabylie et la flexion du participe
[1680]   Basset, André (1938) : Note sur les parlers rifains du Zerhoun
[1681]   Basset, André (1938) : À propos de l’article de Schuchardt sur la rupture d’hiatus en berbère
[1682]   Basset, André (1938) : Présentation des premières cartes d’un atlas linguistique - en cours de réalisation - des parlers du Sahara et du Soudan
[1683]   Basset, André (1939) : Aires phonétiques homogènes et non-homogènes
[1684]   Basset, André (1939) : Atlas linguistique des parlers berbères, Algérie, territoires du nord, II: Bovins, Algiers
[1685]   Basset, André (1939/41) : Six notes de linguistique berbère
[1686]   Basset, André (1940) : Quatre études de linguistiques berbère
[1687]   Basset, André (1941) : La langue berbère dans les territoires du Sud
[1688]   Basset, André (1942) : Études de géographie linguistique dans le Sud Marocain
[1689]   Basset, André (1942) : Sur le pluriel nominal berbère
[1690]   Basset, André (1943/45) : Voyelle initiale du nom berbere
[1691]   Basset, André (1943/45) : Sur la structure et la terminologie du verbe berbere
[1692]   Basset, André (1943/45) : Apparence et realite en berber
[1693]   Basset, André (1945) : À propos du parler berbère de Ghadamès
[1694]   Basset, André (1945) : Sur la voyelle initiale en berbère
[1695]   Basset, André (1945/48) : Etymologies berbères
[1696]   Basset, André (1945/48) : Entretien sur la mise à part, faits berbères
[1697]   Basset, André (1945/48) : Le système phonologique du berbère
[1698]   Basset, André (1945/48) : Berbere isnin ‘tous les deux’
[1699]   Basset, André (1945/48) : Sur la proposition indépendante et la proposition relative en berbère
[1700]   Basset, André (1945/48) : La proposition sans verbe en berbère
[1701]   Basset, André (1947) : Le P. de Foucauld et les études touarègues
[1702]   Basset, André (1947?) : Tidma, terme kabyle pour designer les femmes
[1703]   Basset, André (1948) : Écritures libyque et touarègue
[1704]   Basset, André (1948) : Le berbère à l’Ecole Nationale des Langues Orientales Vivantes
[1705]   Basset, André (1948) : De nouveau à propos du nom de l’Île de Fer
[1706]   Basset, André (1948) : La langue berbère au Sahara
[1707]   Basset, André (1948) : Sur la toponymie berbère et specialement sur la toponymie Chaouia Aït Frah
[1709]   Basset, André (1948/51) : Determination et indetermination du nom en berbere
[1710]   Basset, André (1948/51) : Reduction de diphtongue et constance de la voyelle initiale en berbere
[1711]   Basset, André (1948/51) : Sur une singularite des parler berberes du sud marocain
[1712]   Basset, André (1948/51) : Sur le participe berbére
[1713]   Basset, André (1949) : Quelques considérations sur la langue berbère
[1715]   Basset, André (1949) : Cartes usuelles et cartes scientifiques
[1716]   Basset, André (1949) : Sur une notation berbere de G. F. Lyons
[1717]   Basset, André (1950) : Les parlers berberes
[1718]   Basset, André (1950) : Sur l’anticipation en berbere
[1719]   Basset, André (1950) : Sur une confusion de verbes dans le dictionnaire du P. de Foucauld
[1720]   Basset, André (1951/54) : Notules berbères Aït Sadden
[1721]   Basset, André (1951/54) : Sur berbère Aït Sadden it(t)h ‘parce que’ et la formation du système conjonctif
[1722]   Basset, André (1951/54) : Sur l’evolution actuelle du preterif negatif en berbère
[1723]   Basset, André (1951/54) : Sur un theme berbere d’aoriste intensif insolite
[1724]   Basset, André (1951/54) : Noms de parente en berbère
[1725]   Basset, André (1952) : La langue berbère
[1726]   Basset, André (1952) : La place du dictionnaire touareg-français du P. de Foucauld dans les études berbères
[1727]   Basset, André (1952) : Sur la metrique berbère
[1728]   Basset, André (1954) : ‘Maintenant’ en berbère
[1729]   Basset, André (1954) : Sur le participe dans le parler berbère d’Ait Sadden
[1730]   Basset, André (1954/57) : ‘n’ devant complement de nom en berbère
[1731]   Basset, André (1955) : ‘Apres midi’ en berbère
[1732]   Basset, André (1955) : Sur le verbe berbère signifiant “vivre”
[1733]   Basset, André (1959) : Articles de dialectologie berbère
[1708]   Basset, André & André Picard (1948) : Éléments de grammaire berbère (Kabylie-Irjen)
[1714]   Basset, André & André Picard (1949) : Sur berbère yir ‘mauvais’ chez les Irjen
[1674]   Basset, André & J. Crouzet (1937) : Cours de berbère: parlers de la kabylie
[1646]   Basset, Henri (1925) : La population berbère: origines, langue, moeurs, religion
[1734]   Bassett, [Reverend] Udy (192-) : Everyday Swahili phrases and vocabulary
[1735]   Bassett, [Reverend] Udy (1928) : Everyday Swahili phrases and vocabulary
[1736]   Bassett, [Reverend] Udy (1937) : Everyday Swahili phrases and vocabulary
[1737]   Bassi, Marco (1988) : On the Borana calendrical system: a preliminary field report
[13083]   Basso Marques, João (1947) : Familiaridade idiomática entre Cobianas e Cassangas
[24074]   Basso Marques, João (1947) : Aspectos do problema da semelhança da língua dos papéis, manjacos e brames
[23591]   Bastin, Rene (1971) : Observations sur le role phonologique de la hauteur en rundi
[1738]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1970) : Un mot pour “jeune fille” en bantou
[1739]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1971) : Les substantifs à suffixe thématique
[1740]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1975) : Bibliographie bantoue sélective
[1741]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1975) : “Même” dans les langues bantoues
[1742]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1977) : Les mots pour “tout” et “seul” dans les langues bantoues
[1743]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1978) : Les langues bantoues
[1745]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1979) : Statistique grammaticale et classification des langues bantoues
[1746]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1980) : Statistique grammaticale et innovations en bantoue
[1747]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : Essai de classification de quatre-vingts langues bantoues par la statistique grammaticale
[1748]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : La finale verbale ‘-ide’ et l’imbrication en bantoue
[1750]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : L’adjectif
[1751]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : Les formes pronominales: connectifs possessifs, demonstratifs, numéraux, interrogatifs, substitutifs, ‘tout / seul / même / autre’
[1752]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1985) : Les relations sémantiques dans les langues bantoues
[1753]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1986) : Les suffixes causatifs dans les langues bantoues
[1755]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1989) : El prefijo locativo de la clase 18 y la expresión del progresivo presento en Bantu
[1756]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1989) : Les déverbatifs bantous en -e
[1757]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1994) : Reconstruction formelle et sémantique de la dénomination de quelques mammifères en bantou
[1758]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1994) : Essai d’analyse des formatifs de type -a- en bantou central
[1760]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1997) : Réflexions diachroniques à propos de quelques thèmes pour “sang” en bantou
[1761]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1998) : Les themes pour ‘os’ en bantou: perspectives diachroniques
[1764]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (2003) : The interlacustrine group (Zone J)
[24916]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (2006) : Un PV i?- à la première personne du singulier en bantou
[1762]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] & Pascale Piron (1999) : Classifications lexicostatistiques: bantou, bantou et bantoïde. De l’intérêt des “groupes flottants”
[1744]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez & Bernard de Halleux (1979) : Statistique lexicale et grammaticale pour la classification historique des langues bantoues
[1749]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez & Bernard de Halleux (1983) : Classification lexicostatistique des langues bantoues (214 relevés)
[1754]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez & Bernard de Halleux (1989) : Position lexicostatistique du bantu G42 swahili
[1763]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez & Michael Mann (1999) : Continuity and divergence in the Bantu languages: perspectives from a lexicostatistic study
[1759]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez , Bernard de Halleux & Colette Marchal-Nasse (1994) : Lexicostatistique appliquée à la zone B du bantu
[1765]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez , Kankawa Evariste Mumba & Thilo C. Schadeberg (2003) : Reconstructions lexicales bantoues 3 = Bantu lexical reconstructions 3
[1766]   Batchati, Bawubadi (1984) : Culture Kabiye à travers ses proverbes
[1767]   Batchati, Bawubadi (1997) : Culture Kabiye à travers ses proverbes
[23836]   Bate, Beatrice Bessem (1987) : The noun class system of Bakweri
[1769]   Bates-Mims, Merelyn B. (1986) : Chez les noirs: a comparative-historical analysis of pidgin and creole languages
[1768]   Bates, George Latimer & Silas Franklin Johnson (1926) : Handbook of Bulu, with Bulu-English vocabulary
[24868]   Bathily, Abdoulaye & Claude Meillassoux (1976) : Lexique Soninké (Sarakolé) - Français
[1770]   Batibo, Herman M. (1976) : A new approach to Sukuma tone
[1771]   Batibo, Herman M. (1977) : Le kesukuma, langue bantou de Tanzanie: phonologie et morphologie
[1772]   Batibo, Herman M. (1977) : La fonction expressive des phonèmes en kesukuma
[1773]   Batibo, Herman M. (1981) : Some hypotheses on the origin of tonal displacement in Kisukuma: a study based on comparative Bantu tonology
[1774]   Batibo, Herman M. (1983) : Phonetics and the traditional Sukuma orthography
[1775]   Batibo, Herman M. (1985) : Le kesukuma (langue bantou de Tanzanie): phonologie, morphologie
[1776]   Batibo, Herman M. (1985) : Some linguistic contributions to the cultural history of the people of the Great Lakes
[1777]   Batibo, Herman M. (1986) : Autosegmental phonology and the Bantu tone systems
[1778]   Batibo, Herman M. (1987) : The challenge of linguistics in language development: the case of Kiswahili in Tanzania
[1779]   Batibo, Herman M. (1987) : Le statut morphosyntaxique du referent sujet en langues bantu
[1780]   Batibo, Herman M. (1988) : Root affixation rules in Zairean Swahili as evidence of earlier Bantu rules
[1781]   Batibo, Herman M. (1989) : The position of Kiswahili among the lingua francas of Africa
[1782]   Batibo, Herman M. (1989) : Les parlers ruraux de Zanzibar: “dialectes” swahili? Premiers résultats d’une enquête lexicostatistique
[1783]   Batibo, Herman M. (1989) : Evolution et dialectalisation du swahili standard
[1784]   Batibo, Herman M. (1989) : Algumas considerações fundamentais sobre a concepção da ortografia de línguas bantu
[1785]   Batibo, Herman M. (1990) : Vowel length: the forgotten distinctive feature in Swahili?
[1786]   Batibo, Herman M. (1990) : English language teaching and learning in Tanzanian primary schools
[1787]   Batibo, Herman M. (1991) : The tone structure of the Sukuma nominal forms
[1788]   Batibo, Herman M. (1991) : The two-directional tone melody spread in Sukuma
[1789]   Batibo, Herman M. (1992) : Term development in Tanzania
[1791]   Batibo, Herman M. (1992) : The fate of ethnic languages in Tanzania
[1792]   Batibo, Herman M. (1992) : Morphological and semantic regularity in lexical expansion process: the case of nominal derivation in Kiswahili
[1793]   Batibo, Herman M. (1992) : The peopling of Busukuma: a linguistic account
[1794]   Batibo, Herman M. (1994) : Does Kiswahili have diphtongs: interpreting foreign sounds in African languages
[1796]   Batibo, Herman M. (1995) : The growth of Kiswahili as language of education and administration in Tanzania
[1797]   Batibo, Herman M. (1996) : Loanword clusters nativization rules in Tswana and Swahili: a comparative study
[1798]   Batibo, Herman M. (1996) : The role of language in the discovery of cultural history: reconstructing Setswana speakers’ cultural past
[1799]   Batibo, Herman M. (1997) : The fate of the minority languages of Botswana
[1801]   Batibo, Herman M. (1997) : The Khoesan languages of Botswana
[1802]   Batibo, Herman M. (1997) : Double allegiance between nationalism and western modernization in language choice: the case of Botswana and Tanzania
[1804]   Batibo, Herman M. (1998) : Botswana
[1805]   Batibo, Herman M. (1998) : The fate of the Khoesan languages of Botswana
[1806]   Batibo, Herman M. (1998) : A lexicostatistical survey of the Bantu language of Botswana
[1807]   Batibo, Herman M. (1998) : The Proto-Bantu cultural vocabulary in southern Bantu: the case of Setswana
[1809]   Batibo, Herman M. (1999) : A lexicostatistical survey of the Setswana dialects spoken in Botswana
[1810]   Batibo, Herman M. (1999) : Report on the International Basarwa Languages Workshop held at the University of Botswana, 14th to 16th January 1999
[1811]   Batibo, Herman M. (1999) : The grammaticalization process in Setswana
[1812]   Batibo, Herman M. (2000) : The state of spirantization in Sukuma-Nyamwezi: a historical account
[1815]   Batibo, Herman M. (2000) : The linguistic situation of Tanzania
[1817]   Batibo, Herman M. (2001) : The empowerment of minority languages for education and development
[1819]   Batibo, Herman M. (2002) : The evolution of the Kiswahili syllable structure
[1820]   Batibo, Herman M. (2004) : Setswana: an under-exploited national resource?
[1821]   Batibo, Herman M. (2004) : The role of the external setting in language shift process: the case of Nama-speaking Ovaherero in Tshabong
[1822]   Batibo, Herman M. (2005) : Language decline and death in Africa: causes, consequences, and challenges
[1816]   Batibo, Herman M. & Birgit Smieja (Ed) (2000) : Botswana: the future of the minority languages
[1808]   Batibo, Herman M. & D. Mae (1999) : The tone pattern of Setswana nominal forms
[1790]   Batibo, Herman M. & Franz Rottland (1992) : The minimality condition in Swahili word forms
[1795]   Batibo, Herman M. & Franz Rottland (1994) : The markedness principle and Swahili syllable structure
[1818]   Batibo, Herman M. & Franz Rottland (2001) : The adoption of Datooga loanwords in Sukuma and its historical implications
[1814]   Batibo, Herman M. & Joseph Tsonope (2000) : Language vitality among the Nama of Tshabong
[1813]   Batibo, Herman M. & Joseph Tsonope (Ed) (2000) : The state of Khoesan languages in Botswana
[1800]   Batibo, Herman M. , Joyce Thambole Mathangwane & Naledi M. Mosaka (1997) : Prospects for sociolinguistic research undertaking in Botswana: priorities and strategies
[1803]   Batibo, Herman M. , Naledi M. Mosaka & James [Motlhagolela] Moilwa (1997) : The historical implications of the linguistic relationship between Makua and Sotho
[1823]   Battenburg, John (1999) : The gradual death of the Berber language in Tunisia
[1825]   Bature, Abdullahi (1990) : Prosodic constituency and Hausa verbs
[1826]   Baucom, Kenneth L. (1970) : More on the indigenous languages of SWA
[1827]   Baucom, Kenneth L. (1972) : The Wambo languages of South West Africa and Angola
[1829]   Baucom, Kenneth L. (1974) : Proto-Central-Khoisan
[1830]   Baucom, Kenneth L. (1975) : The phonology of proto-Wambo
[1828]   Baucom, Kenneth L. & P. P. P. Nambundunga (1974) : Pocket oshiNdonga dictionary
[1831]   Baudelaire, H. (1944) : La numération de 1 à 10 dans les dialectes habé de Garoua, Guider-Poli et Rey-Bouba
[1832]   Baudet, Guibert (1947) : Eléments de grammaire kinande, suivis d’un vocabulaire kinande-français et français-kinande
[23527]   Baudin, Noël (1966) : Grammaire yoruba
[1833]   Bauman, S. & M. L. Aron (1960) : Research needs in speech pathology in South Africa
[1834]   Baumann, Hermann , Richard C. Thurnwald & Diedrich Westermann (1948) : Les peuples et les civilisations de l’Afrique, suivi de les langues et l’éducation
[1835]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1964) : ’n Klank- en vormleerstudie van Songa
[1836]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1966) : The locative in Tsonga
[1837]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1967) : Introductory remarks on the copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 1
[1838]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1968) : The copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 2
[1839]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1969) : The phonetics and diachronical phonology of Xironga
[1840]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1969) : The copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 3
[1841]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1969) : Klankveranderinge wat plaasvind wanneer deverbatiewe in klas 9 in Venda gevorm word
[1842]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1970) : Introduction to the grammar of Xironga
[1843]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1970) : ’n Klassifikasie van die Tsongadialekte van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika
[1844]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1972) : Notes on Xiluleke of Mhinga ; part 1
[1845]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1973) : Notes on Xiluleke of Mhinga ; part 2
[1846]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1974) : Introduction to the speech sounds and speech sound changes of Tsonga
[1847]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1975) : Notes on Xiluleke of Mhinga ; parts 3-4
[1849]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (198-) : Tentative orthography of Fwe (as spoken in the Caprivi)
[1850]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (198-) : Tentative orthography of Subiya (as spoken in the Caprivi)
[1851]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1981) : Notes on Tsonga noun classes 1a and 5a
[1852]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1981) : Tsonga phonetics and sound changes
[1853]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1985) : Pre-Tsonga noun class prefixes and verb suffixes
[1854]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1987) : Analytical Tsonga grammar
[1856]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1992) : The Tsonga rule
[1857]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1997) : Languages of the Eastern Caprivi
[1848]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (Ed) (1978) : Proceedings of the 2nd African languages congress of UNISA/Tweede Afrikatale-kongres van UNISA
[1855]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (Ed) (1987) : African languages (honours): only study guide for BLANGO-Q
[24572]   Baumbach, Jean Marie (1997) : A Brief Linguistic Sketch of Wodaabe Fulfulde Including Consonant Alternation
[1858]   Baumer, Michel (1975) : Noms vernaculaires soudanais utiles à l’écologiste
[1860]   Bausi, Alessandro & Mauro Tosco (1997) : Afroasiatica neapolitana: contributi presentati all’8° incontro di linguistica afroasiatica (camito-semitica), Napoli 25-26 Gennaio 1996
[24392]   Bautista, Andreliz , Hamadou Boukari & Moussa G. (1991) : Dictionnaire de fulfulde ; trainee?s book
[1862]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1981) : Lango: some morphological changes in verb paradigm
[1863]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1982) : Aspects of morphological and syntactic divergence in Lango and Acholi
[1864]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1983) : Morphological and syntactic divergence in Lango and Acholi
[1865]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1989) : The ki-verb construction in Acholi: grammaticalization of a resultative morpheme
[1866]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1995) : The obligation modality in western Nilotic languages
[1867]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1996) : Body parts in Acholi: alienable and inalienable distinctions and extended uses
[1861]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] & Michael [Paul] Noonan (1979) : Vowel harmony in Lango
[1868]   Bawman, E. (1949) : Gramática lomué
[1870]   Baxter, Alan S. (2002) : ‘Semicreolization?’ - The restructured Portuguese of the Tongas of Sao Tome: a consequence of L1 acquisition in a special contact situation
[1869]   Baxter, Paul T. W. (1990) : Oromo blessings and greetings
[1871]   Baye Yimam (1981) : Oromo substantives: some aspects of their morphology
[1872]   Baye Yimam (1986) : The phrase structures of Ethiopian Oromo
[1873]   Baye Yimam (1987) : Relative clauses in Oromo
[1874]   Baye Yimam (1988) : Towards a definition of the nominal specifiers in Amharic
[1875]   Baye Yimam (1988) : The subject of infinitives in Oromo
[1876]   Baye Yimam (1988) : Focus in Oromo
[1877]   Baye Yimam (1990) : The structure of Zayse NPs
[1878]   Baye Yimam (1993/94) : YäAmarenya säwasew [Grammar of Amharic]
[1879]   Baye Yimam (1994) : Some aspects of Zergulla morphology
[1880]   Baye Yimam (1997) : The pragmatics of greetings, felicitation and condolence expressions in four Ethiopian languages
[1881]   Baye Yimam (1999) : Root reductions and extensions in Amharic
[1882]   Bayisa-ba-Nkaniku (1975) : Étude comparative des formes pronominales en français et en manyaanga
[1229]   Ba?albaki, Munir (1979) : Al-Mawrid: a modern Arabic-English dictionary
[1230]   Ba?albaki, Rohi (1994) : Modern Arabic-English dictionary
[1884]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1974?) : Éléments de grammaire mbudza: phonologie et morphologie
[1885]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1978) : Pronom de liaison en bantu: le cas du kinande (D.42)
[1886]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1982) : Le kinande, langue bantue de l’est du Congo (D 42): phonologie et morphologie
[1887]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1983) : Synthématique du verbe nande (D 42)
[1888]   Beach, Douglas Martyn (1924) : The science of tonetics and its application to Bantu languages
[1889]   Beach, Douglas Martyn (1932) : The phonetics of the Hottentot language
[1890]   Beach, Douglas Martyn (1938) : The phonetics of the Hottentot language
[1891]   Beacham jnr, Charles Gordon (1968) : The phonology and morphology of Yom
[24573]   Beachy, Marvin Dean (2005) : An Overview of Central Dizin Phonology and Morphology
[1892]   Beam, Mary S. & A. Elizabeth Cridland (1970) : Uduk-English dictionary
[25121]   Beapami, R.P. , R. Chatfield , G. Kouarata & A. Waldschmidt (2000) : Dictionnaire mbochi-français
[1893]   Beardsley, R. Brock & Carol M. Eastman (1971) : Markers, pauses and code switching in bilingual Tanzanian speech
[1895]   Bearth, Thomas (1969) : Phrase et discours en toura
[1896]   Bearth, Thomas (1971) : L’énoncé toura (Côte d’Ivoire)
[1898]   Bearth, Thomas (1986) : L’articulation du temps et de l’aspect dans le discours toura
[1899]   Bearth, Thomas (1993) : Satztyp und Situation in einigen Sprachen Westafrikas
[1900]   Bearth, Thomas (1994) : Wortstellung, Topik und Fokus
[1901]   Bearth, Thomas (1994) : Sein und Nichtsein/Kuwa na kutokuwa
[1903]   Bearth, Thomas (1995) : Nominal periphrasis and the origin of the predicative marker in Mande languages: an alternative view
[1904]   Bearth, Thomas (1997) : Inferential and counter-inferential grammatical markers in Swahili dialogue
[1905]   Bearth, Thomas (1998) : Toura
[1906]   Bearth, Thomas (1999) : The contribution of African linguistics towards a general theory of focus: update and critical review
[1907]   Bearth, Thomas (2003) : Syntax
[22930]   Bearth, Thomas (1987/88) : La logique des focalisations: le cas du toura
[22957]   Bearth, Thomas (1982) : Diversité fonctionelle dans la phrase toura
[22962]   Bearth, Thomas (1968) : Étude instrumentale des tons du toura (Côte d’Ivoire)
[24540]   Bearth, Thomas (1980 [1973]) : Toura
[24986]   Bearth, Thomas (1998) : Procédés de cohésion dans le discours
[1897]   Bearth, Thomas & Christa Link (1980) : The tone puzzle of Wobé
[22966]   Bearth, Thomas & Christa Link (1978) : Les tons du wobé: étude fonctionelle
[1894]   Bearth, Thomas & Hugo Zemp (1967) : The phonology of Dan (Santa)
[1902]   Bearth, Thomas , Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig , Beat Sottas & Edgar Suter (Ed) (1994) : Perspektiven afrikanistischer Forschung: Beiträge zur Linguistik, Ethnologie, Geschichte, Philosophie und Literatur, X. Afrikanistentag, Zürich, 23.-25. Sept. 1993
[1908]   Beaton, Arthur Charles (1968) : A grammar of the Fur language
[1909]   Beattie, John H. M. (1957) : Nyoro personal names
[1910]   Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa (1996/97) : Exploration of the semantic difference between the two negative markers ha- and (-)si(-) in Swahili
[1911]   Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa (1999) : Formatives of tense, aspect, mood and negation in the verbal construction of standard Swahili
[1912]   Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa , Derek Nurse & Sarah Rose (2004) : Pronominal object marking in Bantu
[1914]   Beaumont, J.-C. (1987) : L’emprunt en arabe marocain: facteurs sociolinguistiques d’integration
[1913]   Beaumont, J.-C. & A. Mikoun (1986) : Cas d’emprunt syntaxique en arabe marocain
[1916]   Beavon, Keith H. (1979) : Studies in the discourse grammar of Konzime, a Bantu language of Cameroon
[1917]   Beavon, Keith H. (198-) : The relative clause in Koozime
[1918]   Beavon, Keith H. (198-) : Provisional description of the segmental phonemes and noun classes of the Mpyémó language (Bìjúgí dialect)
[1919]   Beavon, Keith H. (1983) : A phonology of Konzime
[1920]   Beavon, Keith H. (1983) : Expressions of location in Koozime
[1921]   Beavon, Keith H. (1983) : Cours d’initiation à l’orthographe de la langue koozime
[1922]   Beavon, Keith H. (1984) : A partial typology of Konzime (Bantu) discourse
[1923]   Beavon, Keith H. (1984) : Tone and intonation in Konzime
[1924]   Beavon, Keith H. (1985) : Two relativization strategies in Koozime discourse
[1925]   Beavon, Keith H. (1986) : Anaphora, pronouns and reference in Konzime
[1928]   Beavon, Keith H. (1991) : Koozime verbal system
[22881]   Beavon, Keith H. (1977) : Phonological analysis of the Konsime language (dialect of Lomié)
[25398]   Beavon, Keith H. (2003) : Njyem-French-English Lexicon
[1926]   Beavon, Keith H. & Ann Elisabeth Johnson (1989) : Sociolinguistic survey among the Bekwel
[1927]   Beavon, Keith H. & Ann Elisabeth Johnson (1989) : Sociolinguistic survey among the Mpyemo
[23680]   Beavon, Keith H. & Mary Beavon (1996) : Lexique kóonzime-français
[23334]   Bebey, Moukodi C. (1981) : Étude du système verbo-temporel français-douala: étude linguistique constrastive, le mode indicatif
[1930]   Bechaus-Gerst, Marianne (1984/85) : Sprachliche und historische Rekonstruktionen in Bereich des Nubischen unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des Nilnubischen
[1931]   Bechaus-Gerst, Marianne (1985) : “Du bist, was du hast” - Zur Entstehung neuer Personalpronomen im Tu Bedawie (Beja)
[1935]   Bechaus-Gerst, Marianne (1989) : “Nile-Nubian” reconsidered
[1936]   Bechaus-Gerst, Marianne (1991/92) : The Beja and the camel: camel-related lexicon in tu bedawie
[1937]   Bechaus-Gerst, Marianne (1996) : Sprachwandel durch Sprachkontakt am Beispiel des Nubischen im Niltal: Möglichkeiten und Grenzen einer diachronen Soziolinguistik
[1938]   Bechaus-Gerst, Marianne (2000) : A study of Beja place-names
[25403]   Bechaus-Gerst, Marianne (2008) : The Classification of Cushitic and Omotic: a Critique
[1934]   Bechaus-Gerst, Marianne (Ed) (1989) : Nubier und Kuschiten im Niltal: Sprach- und Kulturkontakte im “no man’s land”
[1933]   Bechaus-Gerst, Marianne & Fritz Serzisko (Ed) (1988) : Cushitic Omotic: papers from the international symposium on Cushitic and Omotic languages, Cologne, January 6-9, 1986
[1932]   Bechaus-Gerst, Marianne & Heike Behrend (1985) : “Libyans” - “Nubians”: mutations of an ethnonym
[1929]   Becher, Jutta (1991) : Untersuchungen zu den Verbalweiterungen des Wolof
[23324]   Becher, Jutta (2002) : Verbalextensionen in den atlantischen Sprachen
[23326]   Becher, Jutta (2003) : Experiencer constructions in Wolof
[23327]   Becher, Jutta (2005) : Ditransitive Verben und ihre Objekte im Wolof: Positionsregeln und Kombinierbarkeit
[24381]   Becher, Jutta (2001) : Untersuchungen zum Sprachwandel im Wolof aus diachroner und synchroner Perspektive
[1939]   Bechon, S. (2000) : Description de la langue sangu, langue bantu du sud-ouest de la Tanzanie
[1941]   Beck, Anke (1995) : Language and nation in Namibia: the fallacies of the Modernization Theory
[1942]   Beck, Anke (1995) : Language policy and the politics of languages in Namibia
[1950]   Beck, Rose Marie (2001) : Texte auf Textilien in Ostafrika: Sprichwörlichkeit als Eigenschaft ambiger Kommunikaiton
[1952]   Beck, Rose Marie (2003) : Perceptions of gender in Swahili language and society
[1948]   Beck, Rose Marie , Lutz Diegner , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (2000) : Swahili Forum VII
[1949]   Beck, Rose Marie , Lutz Diegner , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (2001) : Swahili Forum VIII
[1951]   Beck, Rose Marie , Lutz Diegner , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (2002) : Swahili Forum IX
[1940]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1994) : Swahili Forum I
[1943]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1995) : Swahili Forum II
[1944]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1996) : Swahili Forum III
[1946]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1998) : Swahili Forum V
[1947]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider & Werner Gräbner (Ed) (1999) : Swahili Forum VI
[1945]   Beck, Rose Marie , Thomas Geider , Werner Gräbner & Bernd Heine (1997) : Swahili Forum IV
[1956]   Becker-Donner, Etta (1940) : Die Sprache der Mano
[1957]   Becker-Donner, Etta (1944) : Über zwei Kruvölkerstämme: Kran und Grebo
[1958]   Becker-Donner, Etta (1965) : Die Sprache der Mano
[1953]   Becker, Lee A. (1979) : Once more on the nature of downdrift
[1954]   Becker, Lee A. & David Phineas Bhukanda Massamba (1980) : Ci-Ruri tonology (a preliminary view)
[1955]   Becker, U.-H. (1984) : Nation durch Sprache: eine Herausforderung für Namibia
[1960]   Beckett, Elvira (1974) : A linguistic analysis of Gurma
[1959]   Beckett, H. W. (1951) : Handbook of Kiluba
[1961]   Beckman, Jill N. (1993) : Feature organization and the strong domain hypothesis in Zulu [labial] phonology
[1962]   Beckman, Jill N. (1995) : Shona height harmony: markedness and positional identity
[1963]   Beckman, Jill N. (1997) : Positional faithfulness, positional neutralization and Shona vowel harmony
[1964]   Beckman, Jill N. (2001) : Partial copying and emergent unmarkedness in Igbo reduplication
[1965]   Beckmann, Frank (1991) : Vowel harmony in Krongo: an autosegmental description
[2338]   Bécuwe, Jacques (1981) : Les langues gur de Côte d’Ivoire: nomenclature et bibliographie
[2339]   Bécuwe, Jacques (1982) : Éléments de phonologie et de grammaire du lobiri (parler de Bouna, Côte d’Ivoire)
[1966]   Bedore, Lisa M. , Laurence B. Leonard & Jack Gandour (1994) : The substitution of a click for sibilants: a case study
[1967]   Bedou-Jondoh, Edina Ayaba Elemawusi (1980) : Some aspects of the predicate phrase in Gegbe
[22909]   Bedrosian, Patricia L. (1996/97) : The Mboshi noun class system
[1968]   Beecher, Leonard James & Gladys S. B. Beecher (1935) : A Kikuyu-English dictionary, with a general introduction to the phonetics, orthography and spelling of Kikuyu
[1969]   Beek, Walter E. A. van (1977) : Color terms in Kapsiki
[1970]   Beeton, D. R. (1968) : Some aspects of English usage in South Africa
[1971]   Beeton, D. R. & Helen Dorner (1975) : A dictionary of English usage in southern Africa
[1972]   Begne, Leopold Prosper (1980) : The phonology of Bikele, a Cameroonian language
[1973]   Begos, Nettabai (2000) : Beginner’s course in Blin language
[1974]   Beguinot, Francesco (1924) : Il berbero Nefûsi di Fassâto: grammatica, testi raccolti dalla viva voce, vocabolarietti
[1975]   Beguinot, Francesco (1924) : Sul trattamento delle consonanti b, v, f, in berbero
[1976]   Beguinot, Francesco (1924) : A proposito di una voce libica citata da Erodoto
[1977]   Beguinot, Francesco (1925) : Saggio di fonetica del berbero Nefusi di Fassato
[1978]   Beguinot, Francesco (1927) : Appunti di epigrafica libica
[1979]   Beguinot, Francesco (1928) : Sugli ‘Atapartesi di Edoroto e sul nome berbero del Grande Atlante
[1980]   Beguinot, Francesco (1929) : Note di epigrafia libica
[1981]   Beguinot, Francesco (1930) : Per gli studi di toponomastica libico-berbera
[1982]   Beguinot, Francesco (1931) : Gli studi di linguistica berbera
[1983]   Beguinot, Francesco (1931) : Il berbere Nefusi di Fassato
[1984]   Beguinot, Francesco (1932) : Proposition en vue d’éditer un dictionnaire comparé des dialectes de la langue berbère
[1985]   Beguinot, Francesco (1932) : Le iscrizioni rupestri in caraterri tifinagh
[1986]   Beguinot, Francesco (1935) : Studi linguistici nel Fezzan
[1987]   Beguinot, Francesco (1938) : Di alcune parole dellinguaggi nord-africani derivate del latino
[1988]   Beguinot, Francesco (1939/40) : L’unita linguistica semito-camitica
[1989]   Beguinot, Francesco (1943) : Alcune etimologie et questioni fonetiche magrebine
[1990]   Beguinot, Francesco (1949) : Di alcune inscrizioni in caratteri latini e in lingua sconoscuta trovate in Tripolitania
[1991]   Beguinot, Francesco (1950) : Gli studi sull’epigrafia libica e sulle iscrizione Tuareg in Italia nell’ultimo quarentennio
[1992]   Behaghel, Anne (1988) : Lexique
[1993]   Behailu Abbebe (1986) : A brief morphological study of nouns, verbs and the structure of simple sentences in Gumuz
[1994]   Behnk, Frida (1928) : Über die Beziehungen des ägyptischen zu den hamitischen Sprachen
[1995]   Behnk, Frida (1930) : Grammatik der Texte aus El-Amarna
[1996]   Behnstedt, P. & M. Woidich (1985/94) : Die ägyptisch-arabischen Dialekte
[1997]   Behrens, Peter (1981) : C-Group-Sprache - Nubisch - Tu Bedawiye: ein sprachliches Sequenzmodell und seine geschichtlichen Implikationen
[23696]   Behrs, Jan & others (1980) : Learning Chichewa: teacher’s manual
[1998]   Beidelman, Thomas Owen (1964) : Some Kaguru trees and plants: terms, names and uses
[1999]   Beidelman, Thomas Owen (1974) : Kaguru names and naming
[2000]   Beinlich, H. & M. Saleh (1989) : Corpus der hieroglyphischen Inschriften aus dem Grab des Tutanchamon, II: Konkordanz der Nummersystem des “Journal d’Entree” des Ägyptischen Museum Kairo
[2001]   Beitz, S. (1992) : Die Problematik endoglossicher Sprachpolitik im subsaharischen Afrika am Beispiel des Bildungswesens in Botswana
[2002]   Beitz, S. & Rainer Vossen (1994) : A trilingual model as an answer to educational problems? In search for adequate media of instruction for the pupils of Botswana
[2003]   Bekale Seyoum (1989) : The case system in Wolayta (generative approach)
[2004]   Bekker, Ian (2004) : Using historical data to explain language attitudes: a South African case study
[23355]   Belaid, Boudris (1993) : Tamawalt usegmi: vocabulaire de l’éducation français-tamazight
[2005]   Belay Tefera (2001) : The structure of the verb phrase in Ennemor
[2006]   Beletu Redda (1982) : A graphemic analysis of the writing system of Amharic
[2014]   Bell, Alan (1972) : The development of syllabic nasals in the Bantu noun class prefixes mu-, mi- and ma-
[23414]   Bell, Arthur (2001) : Origins of negative concord in Afrikaans
[23424]   Bell, Arthur (2003) : Gemination, degemination, and moraic structure in Wolof
[2021]   Bell, Arthur & Paul Washburn (Ed) (2001) : Khoisan: syntax, phonetics, phonology and contact
[2009]   Bell, Christopher Richard Vincent (1953) : The Somali language
[2008]   Bell, Christopher Richard Vincent & George Wynn Brereton Huntingford (1942) : Kiswahili
[2010]   Bell, G. W. (1953) : Some examples of Arabic slang used in the Sudan
[2007]   Bell, H. Idris & Walter Ewing Crum (1925) : A Greek-Coptic glossary
[2011]   Bell, Herman (1968) : The tone system of Mahas Nubian
[2012]   Bell, Herman (1970) : Place names in the Belly of Stones
[2013]   Bell, Herman (1970) : The phonology of Nobíín Nubian
[2015]   Bell, Herman (1973) : An extinct Nubian language in Kordofan
[2016]   Bell, Herman (1975) : Documentary evidence on the Haraza Nubian language
[2017]   Bell, Herman (1975) : A data bank of Sudanese languages
[2019]   Bell, Herman (1998) : The Nuba Mountains: who spoke what in 1976?
[24959]   Bell, Herman (2006) : Birgid Nubian: Recording a Nearly Extinct Language
[2018]   Bell, Lanny David (1976) : Interpreters and Egyptianized Nubians in ancient Egyptian foreign policy: aspects of the history of Egypt and Nubia
[23638]   Bellama, David & others (1983) : An introduction to Cameroonian Pidgin: student’s book
[25332]   Belliard, François (2005) : Instruments, chants et performances musicales chez les Kwakum de l’arrondissement de Doume (Est-Cameroun). Etude ethnolinguistique de la conception musicale d’une population de langue bantoue A91.
[25333]   Belliard, François (2007) : Parlons kwàkúm. Langue bantu de l’est Cameroun : langue et culture.
[2022]   Bello, Oluwaseun R. (2001) : Discovering the link between language and society
[2023]   Bellon, Immanuel (1955) : Twi lessons for beginners, including grammatical guide and numerous idioms and phrases
[2024]   Bellon, Immanuel (1965) : Twi lessons for beginners, including a grammatical guide and numerous idioms and phrases
[2025]   Bellusci, David Christian (1991) : Serialization patterns in Shona verbal morphology
[2026]   Bellusci, David Christian (1993) : Bantu: from SOV to SVO
[22641]   Belnap, R. Kirk (1993) : The meaning of deflected/strict agreement variation in Cairene Arabic
[2027]   Belnap, R. Kirk & Niloofar Haeri (Ed) (1997) : Structuralist studies in Arabic linguistics: Charles A. Ferguson’s papers, 1954-1994
[2028]   Belot, [Père] J. B. (1929) : Vocabulaire arabe-français à l’usage étudiants
[2029]   Belova, Anna Grigorievna (1988) : The position of Himyaritic within the South Semitic group of Semitic languages (Yemenite-Ethiopian isoglosses)
[2030]   Belova, Anna Grigorievna (1996) : Einige jemenitisch-afrikanische Isoglossen
[2031]   Beltran, Luis (1967) : Les medios modernos de comunicación social en Africa
[2032]   Beltran, Luis (1967) : Comunicación social y desarrollo: la comunicación social en los nuevos países africanos
[2033]   Bemile, Sebastian K. (1994) : Multilingualism in Ghana
[2034]   Bemon-Musubao, B. (1971) : Éléments de grammaire mbudza: phonologie et morphologie
[2035]   Benabdi, Linda Caroline (1980) : Arabization in Algeria: processes and problems
[2036]   Bender, C. J. (1922) : Die Volksdichtung der Wakweli: Sprichwörter, Fabeln und Märchen, Parabeln, Rätsel und Lieder
[2037]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1966) : Notes on lexical correlations in some Ethiopian languages
[2038]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1968) : Analysis of a Barya word list
[2039]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1968) : Amharic verb morphology: a generative approach
[2040]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1968) : Remarks on the glotto-chronology of northern Ethiopian Semitic languages
[2041]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1971) : The languages of Ethiopia: a new lexicostatistical classification and some problems of diffusion
[2043]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1972) : Addenda to guide to Ethiopian language nomenclature
[2044]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1972) : Loanwords in Amharic newspapers
[2045]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1974) : Mutual intelligibility within Sidamo
[2046]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1974) : The role of phonological innovations in the subgrouping of Ethiopian languages
[2047]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1975) : Omotic: a new Afroasiatic language family
[2048]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1975) : The Ethiopian Nilo-Saharans
[2049]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1975) : Towards a lexicostatistic classification of Ethiopian languages
[2050]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1975) : The beginnings of ethnohistory in western Wellegga: the Mao problem
[2053]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1976) : Nilo-Saharan overview
[2054]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1976) : Non-Semitic languages: Nilosaharan
[2058]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1977) : The Surma language group: a preliminary report
[2060]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1978) : Consonant co-occurence restriction in Afro-Asiatic verb roots
[2061]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1979) : Gumuz: a sketch of grammar and lexicon
[2062]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1979) : The eastern edge of the Sahel: Ethiopian Nilo-Sahelians
[2064]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1981) : Some Nilo-Saharan isoglosses
[2066]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1981) : The Meroitic problem
[2067]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1982) : Livestock and linguistics in north and east African ethnohistory
[2068]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1983) : The eastern Jebel languages
[2069]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1983) : Majang phonology and morphology
[2070]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1983) : Remnant languages of Ethiopia and Sudan
[2071]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1983) : Proto-Koman phonology and lexicon
[2073]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1985) : Gumuz, Koman, Mao and Omotic
[2074]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : Ethiopian language policies 1974-1981
[2075]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : A possible Cushomotic isomorph
[2076]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : Asymmetrical case correspondences in Ethio-Semitic
[2077]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : A note on the copula and genitive in Oromo
[2078]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1987) : First steps towards Proto-Omotic
[2079]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1987) : Some possible African creoles
[2080]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1988) : Proto-Omotic phonology and lexicon
[2082]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1989) : Nilo-Saharan pronouns/demonstratives
[2083]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1989) : Berta lexicon
[2084]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1989) : The eastern Jebel languages
[2085]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1990) : The limits of Omotic
[2086]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1990) : A survey of Omotic grammemes
[2087]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1990) : Coming and going in Afrasian
[2088]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1990) : Gender in Omotic
[2090]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1991) : Sub-classification of Nilo-Saharan
[2091]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1992) : Classification génétique des langues nilo-saharienne
[2092]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1992) : Central Sudanic segmental and lexical reconstruction
[2093]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1994) : Aroid (South Omotic) lexicon
[2094]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1994) : Comparative Aroid (South Omotic): syntax and morphosyntax
[2095]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1994) : The mystery languages of Ethiopia
[2096]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : Kunama
[2097]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : The limits of Omotic revisited
[2098]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : Saharan and Nilo-Saharan verb paradigms: typological and genetic resemblances?
[2100]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : Nilo-Saharan ’95
[2101]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : Genetic sub-grouping of East Sudanic
[2102]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : The Nilo-Saharan languages: a comparative essay
[2103]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1997) : Nilo-Saharan phonology
[2104]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1997) : Upside-down Afrasian
[2105]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1997) : The eastern Jebel languages of Sudan, I: phonology
[2106]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1997) : The Nilo-Saharan languages: a comparative essay
[2107]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1998) : The eastern Jebel languages of Sudan, II: comparative lexicon
[2108]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2000) : Nilo-Saharan
[2109]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2000) : Comparative morphology of the Omotic languages
[2110]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2000) : Roland Stevenson’s Nyimang and Dinik lexicon
[2111]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2001) : English-Kunama lexicon
[2112]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2003) : Omotic lexicon and phonology
[2113]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2003) : Northeast Africa: a case study in genetic and areal linguistics
[2115]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2003) : The Omotic lexicon
[2116]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2005) : The East Sudanic languages: lexicon and morphology
[25404]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2008) : Proto-Cushitic Lexical Innovations
[2052]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (Ed) (1976) : The non-Semitic languages of Ethiopia
[2065]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (Ed) (1981) : Peoples and cultures of the Ethio-Sudan borderlands
[2072]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (Ed) (1983) : Nilo-Saharan language studies
[2081]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (Ed) (1989) : Topics in Nilo-Saharan linguistics
[2089]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (Ed) (1991) : Proceedings of the 4th Nilo-Saharan linguistics colloquium, Bayreuth, August 2-4, 1989
[2055]   Bender, Marvin Lionel & Eteffa Mulugeta (1976) : Two Cushitic languages, 1: Galla
[2059]   Bender, Marvin Lionel & Fulass Hailu (1978) : Amharic verb morphology: a generative approach
[2063]   Bender, Marvin Lionel & Malik Agaar Ayre (1980) : Preliminary Gaam-English-Gaam dictionary (Ingessana)
[2042]   Bender, Marvin Lionel & Robert L. Cooper (1971) : Mutual intelligibility within Sidamo
[2099]   Bender, Marvin Lionel & Thomas J. Hinnebusch (Ed) (1996) : Proceedings of the 6th international Nilo-Saharan linguistics conference, Santa Monica 1995, March 27-29
[2056]   Bender, Marvin Lionel , Fulass Hailu & Roger Cowley (1976) : Two Ethio-Semitic languages: Giiz, Tigrinya
[2114]   Bender, Marvin Lionel , Gábor Takács & David L. Appleyard (Ed) (2003) : Selected comparative-historical Afrasian linguistic studies, in memory of Igor M. Diakonoff
[2051]   Bender, Marvin Lionel , J. Donald Bowen , Robert L. Cooper & Charles A. Ferguson (Ed) (1976) : Language in Ethiopia
[2057]   Bender, Marvin Lionel , Sydney W. Head & Roger Cowley (1976) : The Ethiopian writing system
[2117]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (1995) : Aspects de la morphologie verbale du berbère (kabyle)
[2118]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (1998) : La palatalisation en somali
[2119]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (1998) : Aspects apophoniques de la vocalisation du verbe berbère (kabyle)
[2120]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (200-) : Trois figures de la structure interne des gabarits: activité morphologique du niveau squelettal des representations phonologiques en berbere, somali, bedja
[2122]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (2003) : The internal structure of the determiner in Beja
[2123]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (2003) : La rôle morphologique du squelette: une analyse du déterminant en bédja
[2121]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina & Patricia Cabredo Hofherr (2003) : The genitive in Somali
[2126]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1965) : The Grusi sub-group of the Gur languages
[2127]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1965) : Problems in the analysis of sentences and clauses in Bimoba
[2129]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1968) : Verb clusters in Izi
[2131]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1969) : Yakurr syllable patterns
[2133]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1971) : Niger-Kongo, Gur
[2137]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1974) : Izi
[2138]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1986) : Niger-Congo today
[2142]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1991) : Language standardization and current S.I.L. research
[2136]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (Ed) (1974) : Ten Nigerian tone systems
[2139]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (Ed) (1987) : The Niger-Kordofanian-Congo language family
[2141]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (Ed) (1989) : The Niger-Congo languages: a classification and description of Africa’s largest language family
[2128]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor & Inge Meier (1967) : Some contrasting features of the Izi verbal system
[2130]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor & Klaus W. Spreda (1969) : Fortis articulation: a feature of the present continuous verb in Agbo
[2132]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor & Mona J. Perrin (1971) : A note on labialization in Mambila
[2135]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Donna Skitch & Esther Cresmann (1973) : Duka sentence, clause and phrase
[2140]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Elizabeth J. Olsen & Ann R. White (1989) : Dogon
[2134]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Esther Cresmann & Donna Skitch (1971) : The nominal phrase in Duka
[2125]   Bendor-Samuel, Pamela M. (1965) : Phonemic interpretation problems in some West African languages
[22426]   Benhallam, Abderrafi (1980) : Syllable structure and rule types in Arabic
[2143]   Benhazera, Maurice (1933) : Les Touaregs, les Tifinars berbères et l’origine de l’ecriture
[24743]   Benítez-Torres, Carlos M. (2009) : Inflectional vs. Derivational Morphology in Tagdal: A Mixed Language
[2144]   Benjamin, Jean (1994) : Language and the struggle for racial equality in the development of a non-racial southern African nation
[23598]   Benjamin, Martin & Ann [Joyce] Biersteker (2001) : The Kamusi Project edit engine: a tool for collaborative lexicography
[2145]   Benkhallouq, Bassou (1987) : Les structures focalisées en berbère, un parler d’Azilal: approche fonctionnelle
[2146]   Benkirane, Thami (1998) : Western Arabic (Morocco)
[2147]   Benmamoun, Elabbas (2001) : Language identities in Morocco in a historical context
[2148]   Benmamoun, Elabbas (2003) : Agreement parallelism between sentences and noun phrases: a historical sketch
[2163]   Bennett, Michael Eric (1978) : Stratificational approaches to Amharic phonology
[22432]   Bennett, Michael Eric (1986) : Aspects of the simple clause in Malagasy: a stratificational approach
[2149]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1967) : Dahl’s law in Thagicu
[2150]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1968) : An eight vowel in Thagicu
[2151]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1969) : A comparative study of four Thagicû verbal systems
[2152]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1970) : The problem of class in Kikuyu
[2153]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1970) : Sesotho-Lozi: a clue to the evolution of multi-level tonal systems
[2154]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1973) : Identification, classification and Bantu linguistics
[2155]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1973) : Heny vs Givon - Pardon, may I cut in?
[2156]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1973) : A phonological history of N.E. Victoria Bantu
[2157]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1974) : Tone and the Nilotic case system
[2158]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1976) : Some problems of Bantu lexicostatistics
[2164]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1981) : Proto-Thagicu lexical reconstructions
[2165]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1983) : Patterns in linguistic geography and the Bantu origins controversy
[2166]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1983) : Adamawa-Eastern: problems and prospects
[2168]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1986) : Suggestions for the transcription of 7-vowel Bantu languages
[2169]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1986) : Grammar in the lexicon: two Bantu cases
[2161]   Bennett, Patrick R. & Jan P. Sterk (1977) : South Central Niger-Congo: a reclassification
[2167]   Bennett, Patrick R. , Ann [Joyce] Biersteker , Waithira [Lucy] Gikonyo , Susan Hershberg , Joel Kamande , Carolyn Harford [Perez] & Martha Swearingen (1985) : Gîkûyû nî kîoigire: a first course in Kikuyu
[2159]   Bennett, Tina L. (1976) : Tonally irregular verbs in Chishona
[2162]   Bennett, Tina L. (1977) : Interrogatives
[2160]   Bennett, Tina L. & Larry Michael Hyman (1976) : Bibliography of Bantu tone studies
[2170]   Bennie, William Govan (1931) : A practical orthography for Xhosa
[2171]   Bennie, William Govan (1937) : Notes on the new Xhosa orthography
[2172]   Bennie, William Govan (1939) : A grammar of Xhosa for the Xhosa-speaking
[2173]   Benoist, Jean-Paul (1969) : Grammaire gouro (groupe mandé, Côte d’Ivoire)
[23260]   Benoist, Jean-Paul (1977) : Dictionnaire gouro-français
[2174]   Benoit, Fernand (1930) : Recherches sur les bebèrophones
[2175]   Benson, C. W. (1953) : A checklist of the birds of Nyasaland
[2178]   Benson, Carolyn J. (2000) : The primary bilingual education experiment in Mozambique, 1993 to 1997
[2177]   Benson, Thomas Godfrey (1964) : A century of Bantu lexicography
[2176]   Benson, Thomas Godfrey (Ed) (1964) : Kikuyu-English dictionary
[2179]   Bentinck, Julie (1978) : Étude phonologique du niaboua
[22931]   Bentinck, Julie (1980) : Un suffixe mystérieux en niaboua
[22954]   Bentinck, Julie (1975) : Le niaboua, langue sans consones nasales?
[22964]   Bentinck, Julie (1980) : Les propositions séquentielles en niaboua: propositions dépendantes ou indépendentas?
[2180]   Bentley, Anne (1967) : A book of words for the Bushmen: survival depends on adaptation to the modern world
[2181]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1995) : The syntactic effects of animacy in Bantu languages
[2182]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1997) : Variation in Bantu verbal agreement
[2183]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1998) : The marking of grammatical relations in Swahili
[2184]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1999) : Head-marking vs dependent-marking in Swahili, Kikuyu and Chichewa
[23608]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1995) : Animacy and pronominal systems in Bantu
[2185]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (2001) : Chichewa
[2187]   Bentolila, Alain (1970) : Les systèmes verbaux créoles: comparaisons avec les langues africaines
[2186]   Bentolila, Fernand (1969) : Les modalites d’orientation du proces en berbère ; partie 1
[2188]   Bentolila, Fernand (1970) : Les modalites d’orientation du proces en berbère ; partie 2
[2189]   Bentolila, Fernand (1979) : Les valeurs modales en berbère (parler des Aït Seghrouchen d’Oum Jeniba, Maroc central)
[2190]   Bentolila, Fernand (1981) : Grammaire fonctionelle d’un parler berbère: Aït Seghrouchen d’Oum Jeniba (Maroc)
[2191]   Bentolila, Fernand (2001) : Ya-t-il un thématiseur en berbère?
[2192]   Benyam Abbebe (1988) : The phonology of Rayyo Oramo
[2193]   Benzian, A. (1992) : Kontrastive Phonetik Deutsch/Französisch/Modernes Hocharabisch/Tlemcen-Arabisch (Algerien)
[2194]   Benzing, Brigitta (1969) : Beiträge zur Tonstruktur von Nomen, Pronomen und Verbum im Dagbanne (Nordghana)
[2195]   Berchem, Jörg (1989/90) : Sprachbeziehungen im Bereich des Kulturwortschatzes zwischen den Bantusprachen und dem Malagasy
[2196]   Berchem, Jörg (1991) : Referenzgrammatik des Somali
[2197]   Berg, A. S. (1994) : Taalafwykings van ’n proefgroep Noord-Sothoskoolleerlinge van Mamelodi
[24207]   Bergelson, Mira (1991) : La dérivation des constructions verbales et la catégorie transitivité/intransitivité en bambara
[2198]   Berger, Paul (1937/38) : Die mit B. -île gebildeten Perfektstämme in den Bantusprachen
[2199]   Berger, Paul (1938) : Die südlichste Nilotensprache Ostafrikas: Überblick über die vorläufigen Ergebnisse meiner linguistischen Forschungsreise 1934-36 in das abflusslose Gebiet Ostafrikas, I: Datoga
[2200]   Berger, Paul (1938) : Die südlichsten Hamitensprachen Ostafrikas: Überblick über die vorläufigen Ergebnisse meiner linguistischen Forschungsreise 1934-36 in das abflusslose Gebiet Ostafrikas, II: die Iraku-Gruppe
[2201]   Berger, Paul (1943) : Überlieferung der Kindiga mit sprachlichen Notizen
[2202]   Berghe, Pierre van den (1967/68) : European languages and Black mandarins
[2203]   Berghe, Pierre van den (1968) : Language and ‘nationalism’ in South Africa
[2208]   Bergman, Elizabeth M. (2002) : Spoken Sudanese Arabic: grammar, dialogues and glossary
[2204]   Bergman, Richard K. (1966) : Writing Igede
[2205]   Bergman, Richard K. (1968) : Vowel sandhi in Igede and other African languages
[2207]   Bergman, Richard K. (1971) : Vowel sandhi and word division in Igede
[23052]   Bergman, Richard K. (1981) : An outline of Igede grammar
[23614]   Bergman, Richard K. (1979) : John Adimah’s explanation of Igede orthography
[23615]   Bergman, Richard K. (1984) : Introducing a new alphabet for the Igede language
[24500]   Bergman, Richard K. (1977 [1973]) : Igede
[2206]   Bergman, Richard K. , Ian Gray & Claire Gray (1969) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Tampulma
[2209]   Bergsträsser, Gotthelf (1928) : Einführung in die semitischen Sprachen
[2210]   Bergsträsser, Gotthelf (1983) : Introduction to the Semitic languages
[2211]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1983) : Wh-questions and island constraints in Kikuyu: a reanalysis
[2212]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1985) : A typology of empty categories for Kikuyu and Swahili
[2213]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1987) : Focus in Kikuyu and universal grammar
[2214]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1987) : The position and properties of in situ and right-moved questions in Kikuyu
[2215]   Berhanu Hailu, Dereje Sisay & Klaus Wedekind (1995) : Khamir: the people [’ximra] and their language [xim‘t’anga]
[2216]   Berhanu Hailu, Dereje Sisay & Klaus Wedekind (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey report of the Khamir language of Ethiopia
[2217]   Berhanu Mathews (1986) : An analysis of Kambata proverbs
[2218]   Berjaoui, Nasser (1999) : A study of the “ghous” in Morocco
[2219]   Berjaoui, Nasser (2000) : Moroccan Arabic secret languages
[2220]   Berjaoui, Nasser (2000) : A grammar of Moroccan Arabic
[24869]   Bernard Yves, & Mary White-Kaba (1994) : Dictionnaire Zarma-Français (suivi d'une flore du Niger en Zarma)
[2221]   Bernard, H. Russell , George Ngong Mbeh & W. Penn Handwerker (1995) : The tone problem
[2222]   Bernarder, Elisabeth (1969) : Swahili
[2223]   Bernhardt, Adolf , Petrus Schmid & Jan Gaerdes (1970) : Versuch einer Deutung von Nama-Farmnamen im Bezirk Maltahöhe
[2224]   Bernini, Giuliano & Vermondo Brugnatelli (Ed) (1987) : Atti della 4a giornata di studi camito-semitici e indoeuropei, Bergamo, Istituto Universitario, 29, novembre 1985
[2225]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham (1990) : The integration of English loans in Shona: social correlates and linguistic consequences
[2227]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham (1998) : Runyakitara: Uganda’s ‘new’ language
[2228]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham (2001) : English in South Africa: expansion and nativization in concert
[23684]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham (2000) : Using alternative sources for advanced literacy skills: some Shona examples
[2226]   Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham & Carol Myers-Scotton (1993) : English loans in Shona: consequences for linguistic systems
[2229]   Bernus, E. (1980) : Vocabulaire relatif auc téchniques d’adoption par les animaux en milieu touareg (Niger)
[2250]   Berry, Elaine (1972) : The sentence structure of Yakurr
[2251]   Berry, Elaine (1974) : Yakurr
[2230]   Berry, Jack (1951) : The pronunciation of Ewe
[2231]   Berry, Jack (1951) : The pronunciation of Ga
[2232]   Berry, Jack (1952) : Structural affinities of the Volta River languages and their significance for linguistic classification
[2233]   Berry, Jack (1955) : Some notes on the phonology of the Nzema and Ahanta dialects
[2234]   Berry, Jack (1955) : Consonant mutation in Nzema
[2235]   Berry, Jack (1957) : Vowel harmony in Twi
[2236]   Berry, Jack (1957) : Some notes on the pronunciation of the Krobo dialect of Adangme
[2238]   Berry, Jack (1958) : Nominal classes in Hu-Limba
[2239]   Berry, Jack (1958) : The place-names of Ghana: problems of standardization in an African country
[2240]   Berry, Jack (1959) : The origins of Krio vocabulary
[2241]   Berry, Jack (1960) : An English-Twi-Asante-Fante dictionary
[2242]   Berry, Jack (1960) : Some preliminary notes on Ada personal nomenclature
[2243]   Berry, Jack (1961) : English loanwords and adaptations in Sierra Leone Krio
[2244]   Berry, Jack (1963) : Travaux du groupe d’étude des langues kwa
[2246]   Berry, Jack (1967) : African languages and linguistics
[2247]   Berry, Jack (1970) : A note on Krio tones
[2248]   Berry, Jack (1971) : Pidgins and creoles in Africa
[2249]   Berry, Jack (1971) : Tone and intonation in Sierra Leone Krio
[24341]   Berry, Jack (1959) : The structure of the noun in Kisi
[24342]   Berry, Jack (1959) : A Short Phonetic Study of Sherbro (Bolom)
[24343]   Berry, Jack (1960) : A note on Voice and Aspect in Hu-Limba
[23644]   Berry, Jack & Agnes Akosua Aidoo (1975) : An introduction to Akan
[2237]   Berry, Jack & Gordon Innes (1957) : Notes on the phonetics of the Grebo language of Liberia
[2245]   Berry, Jack & Joseph Harold Greenberg (1966) : Sociolinguistic research in Africa
[2252]   Bersselaar, Dmitri van den (1997) : Creating ‘Union Igbo’: missionaries and the Igbo language
[2253]   Bersselaar, Dmitri van den (2000) : The language of Igbo ethnic nationalism
[2254]   Bertelsmann, Werner (1979) : Die deutsche Sprachgruppe Südwest-Afrikas in Politik und Recht seit 1915
[2255]   Berthelette, Carol & John Berthelette (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Blé language
[2256]   Berthelette, Carol & John Berthelette (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Bwamu language
[2262]   Berthelette, Carol & John Berthelette (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Tiéfo language
[2257]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Kusaal language
[2258]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Pwo people
[2259]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Bissa language
[2260]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Yari (Dagaari-Yula) language
[2261]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Nuni language
[2263]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the San (Samo) language
[2264]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Tyurama (Turka) language
[2265]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Vigué (Viemo) language
[2266]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Jooré, or “Zaoré” language
[2267]   Berthelette, John (2001) : Sociolinguistic survey report for the Yaana dialect of Mooré
[2268]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1945) : Races et langues du Bas-Dahomey et du Bas Togo
[2269]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1946) : Races et langues du Bas-Dahomey et du Bas Togo
[2270]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1947) : Parenté de la langue Yoruba de la Nigéria du Sud et de la Adja de la région côtière du dahomey et du Togo
[2271]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1948) : Langues rituelles du Bas-Dahomey
[2272]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1950) : La place du dialecte Adiukru par rapport aux autres dialectes de la Côte d’Ivoire
[2273]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1951) : Trois îlots linguistiques du Moyen-Dahomey: le Tshummbuli, le Banzantché et le Basila
[2274]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1951) : Quatre dialectes mandé du Nord-Dahomey et de la Nigeria anglaise
[2275]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1951) : La place des dialectes géré et wobé par rapport aux autres dialectes de la Côte d’Ivoire
[2276]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1952) : Aperçu d’ensemble sur les dialectes de l’ouest de la Nigéria
[2277]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1952) : Les dialectes du Moyen-Togo
[2278]   Bertho, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1953) : La place des dialectes dogon de la falaise de Bandiagara parmi les autres groupes linguistiques de la zone soudanaise
[2279]   Berthoud, Paul (1920) : Eléments de grammaire ronga
[2280]   Bertin, F. (1967) : Quelques signes de l’arabisation des noms portés par les Issas
[2282]   Bertkau, Jana S. (1975) : A phonology of Bassa
[2281]   Bertkau, Jana S. , Gbadyu , John Duitsman & Mueller (1974) : A survey of Bassa dialects
[2283]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1973) : A tentative frequency list of Swahili words
[2284]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1985) : Quantitative analysis of Swahili vocabulary
[2285]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1990) : The use of Swahili verbal markers in narrative and non-narrative literary discourse
[2286]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1991) : Reported speech in Swahili literature
[2287]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1994) : Zwei homonyme ka-Markierer
[2288]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1994) : Idiomatische Wendungen
[2289]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1997) : Swahili verbs in modern fiction
[2290]   Berwouts, Kris (1988) : Language and modernization: Kiswahili lexical expansion in the domain of the organisation of the modern nation/state
[2291]   Beseat, Kifle (1975) : Les langues couchitiques et les peuples qui les parlent
[2292]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1974) : A socio-linguistic description of Kimaa and its points of contacts with Kishambala
[2293]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1985) : A study of tense and aspect in Shambala
[2294]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1989) : Mood in Bantu languages: an exemplification from Shambala
[2295]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1989) : A study of tense and aspect in Kishambala
[2296]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1990) : The languages of Kilwa: a historical excursion
[2297]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1991) : The acquisition of Swahili by adult Maasai speakers: possible areas of conflict
[2298]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1993) : A classified vocabulary of the Shambala language with outline grammar
[2299]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (2000) : Miundo ya urejeshi katika Kishambala
[23659]   Bessong, Dieudonne P. Aroga (1982) : La traduction des formes verbales du present français en bafia
[2300]   Bessong, Dieudonne P. Aroga & Igor A. Mel?cuk (1983) : Un modèle formel de la conjugaison bafia (à l’indicatif)
[2305]   Best, Catherine T. & Robert A. Avery (1999) : Left-hemisphere advantage for click consonants is determined by linguistic significance and experience
[2303]   Best, Catherine T. , Gerald W. McRoberts & Nomathemba M. Sithole (1988) : Examination of perceptual reorganisation for nonnative speech contrasts: Zulu click discrimination by English-speaking adults and infants
[2304]   Best, Catherine T. , Gerald W. McRoberts , Rosemarie LaFleur & Jean Silver-Isenstadt (1995) : Divergent developmental patterns for infants’ perception of two nonnative consonant contrasts
[2301]   Best, Günter (1981) : Eine Typologie der Verben zu prä- und postnuptialen/konkubinalen Stadien bei den Turkana, NW Kenia
[2302]   Best, Günter (1983) : Culture and language of the Turkana of northwestern Kenya
[2306]   Besten, Hans den (1985) : Double negation and the genesis of Afrikaans
[2307]   Besten, Hans den (1985) : Die doppelte Negation im Afrikaans und ihre Herkunft
[2308]   Besten, Hans den (1987) : Die niederländischen pidgins der alten Kap-kolonie
[2309]   Besten, Hans den (1989) : From Khoekhoe foreigner talk via Hottentot Dutch to Afrikaans: the creation of a novel grammar
[2310]   Betbeder, Paul & John Jones (1949) : A handbook of the Haya language
[2311]   Bethlehem, D. W. & P. R. Kingsley (1976) : Zambian student attitudes towards others, based on tribe, class and rural-urban dwelling
[2312]   Betti, Jean L. (2004) : An ethnobotanical study of medicinal plants among the Baka Pygmies in the Dja Biosphere Reserve, Cameroon
[24621]   Bettison, Jim & Karen Bettison (2004) : Dictionnaire Pular-Français, avec index français-Pular
[2313]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1959) : Tonomorphology of the Tsonga noun
[2314]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (196-) : Unpublished notes on Tsonga
[2315]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1961) : The qualificative and the pronoun in Tsonga
[2316]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1962) : Additional notes on the tonomorphology of the Tsonga noun
[2317]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1963) : A restatement of the Zulu verb conjugation ; part 1
[2318]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1963) : The verb in Zulu ; part 1
[2319]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1964) : A restatement of the Zulu verb conjugation ; part 2
[2320]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1964) : The verb in Zulu ; parts 2-3
[2321]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1965) : The verb in Zulu
[2322]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1966) : The perfect tense in Zulu
[2323]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1966) : The verb in Zulu ; part 4
[2324]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] & Derek F. Gowlett (1981) : S. Sotho woordeboek/S. Sotho dictionary
[2325]   Beyer, Gottfried A. (1920) : Handbook of the Pedi-Transvaal-Suto language: practical grammar with exercises, phrases, dialogues and vocabularies
[2326]   Beyer, Gottfried A. (1925/26) : Sotho-Vogelnamen
[2327]   Beyer, Gottfried A. (1927) : Arzneipflanzen der Sotho-Neger: ein Beitrag zur südafrikanischer Materia Medica
[2328]   Beyer, Klaus (1993) : Lexikalische Entlehnungen aus dem Mande in die Songhay-Sprache
[2329]   Beyer, Klaus (1998) : Kulturwortfelder in den Oti-Volta-Sprachen: ein linguistischer Beitrag zu einer historischer Diskussion
[2330]   Beyer, Klaus (1998) : Pferde, Schwerter und Macht: eine historisch-vergleichende Studie zu Kulturwortfeldern in den Oti-Volta-Sprachen
[2331]   Beyer, Klaus (1998) : Quelques idées sur les champs sémantiques et culturelles dans les langues oti-volta
[2332]   Beyer, Klaus (2000) : La morphologie du verbe en pana
[2334]   Beyer, Klaus (2001) : Das Pana, eine vom Aussterben bedrohte Sprache
[2335]   Beyer, Klaus (2001) : Das Pana, eine vom Aussterben bedrohte Sprache in Burkina Faso
[25030]   Beyer, Klaus (2006) : La langue pana (Burkina Faso et Mali) : description linguistique, lexique, textes
[25184]   Beyer, Klaus (2009) : Double negation-marking: A case of contact-induced grammaticalization in West Africa?
[2333]   Beyer, Klaus , Brigitte Reineke & Anne Schwarz (Ed) (2000) : Actes du deuxième colloque international sur les langues gur du 29 mars au 1 avril 1999 à Coutonou
[2336]   Beyioku, Akin Fagebenro (1938) : Ifa: basic principles of Ifa science
[2337]   Beyries, J. (1930) : Proverbes et dictons mauritaniens
[2340]   Bhaiji, A. F. (1976) : The medium of instruction in our secondary schools: a study report
[2341]   Bhakomvoyo, W. (1984) : Tonologie de la conjugaison affirmative logo ogambi
[2342]   Bharuthram, S. (2003) : Politeness phenomena in the Hindu sector of the South African Indian English speaking community
[2343]   Bhola, H. S. (1990) : A review of literacy in sub-Saharan Africa - images in the making
[2344]   Biandji, Dieudonné (1989) : La classification nominale de la langue mpyemo
[2345]   Biandji, Dieudonné (1991) : Le verbe en mpyémo, langue bantu
[2346]   Biarnay, S. (1924) : Notes d’ethnographie et de linguistique nordafricaines
[2347]   Biasutti, P. Arthur (1982) : Vokabulari Kriol-Purtugis
[2348]   Bibang-Oyee, Julián & Jesucristo Riquelme Pomares (1990) : Curso de lengua Fang
[23983]   Bibeau, Gilles (1978) : L’organisation Ngbandi des noms de maladies
[2349]   Biber, Douglas (1982) : Accent on the Central Somali nominal system
[2350]   Biber, Douglas (1984) : The diachronic development of preverbal case marker in Somali
[2351]   Biber, Douglas (1984) : Pragmatic roles in central Somali narrative discourse
[2354]   Biber, Douglas (1995) : Cross-linguistic patterns of register variation: diachronic similarities and differences
[2355]   Biber, Douglas (1995) : Registers and text types in English and Somali
[2356]   Biber, Douglas (1995) : Grammatical description of linguistic features in Somali - Appendix 3
[2352]   Biber, Douglas & Mohamed Hared (1992) : Literacy in Somali: linguistic consequences
[2353]   Biber, Douglas & Mohamed Hared (1994) : Linguistic correlates of the transition to literacy in Somali: language adaptation in six press registers
[2357]   Biberauer, Theresa (2001) : Synchronic language change in Afrikaans and the perennial V2 puzzle: considering new data
[2358]   Bickerton, Derek (1987) : Creoles and West African languages: a case of mistaken identity
[2359]   Bickerton, Derek (1989) : Seselwa serialization and its significance
[23035]   Bickerton, Derek (1990) : Instad of teh cult of personality
[2360]   Bickford, J. Albert (1986) : Possessor ascension in Kinyarwanda
[24729]   Bickmore, Lee (2007) : High-toned Mora Insertion Between Onsetless Morphemes in Cilungu
[2361]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1985) : Hausa-English code-switching
[2362]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1989) : Kinyambo prosody
[2363]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1989) : Tone in Kinyambo
[2364]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1990) : Branching nodes and prosodic categories: evidence from Kinyambo
[2365]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1991) : Compensatory lengthening in Kinyambo
[2367]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1995) : Tone and stress in Lamba
[2368]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1997) : Problems in constraining high tone spread in Ekegusii
[2369]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1998) : Opacity effects in Optimal Domains Theory: evidence from Ekegusii
[2370]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1998) : Metathesis and Dahl’s Law in Ekegusii
[2371]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1999) : Tones and glides in Namwanga
[2372]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1999) : High tone spread in Ekegusii revisited: an optimality theoretic account
[2373]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (2000) : Downstep and fusion in Namwanga
[2366]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen & Michael T. Doyle (1995) : Lexical extraprosodicity in Chilungu
[2374]   Bidaud, L. & [Révérend] [Père] André Prost (1982) : Manuel de langue peule: dialecte de liptako (Dori - Haute-Volta)
[2375]   Biddulph, Joseph (1983) : A guide to Ge‘ez: the liturgical language of Ethiopia
[2376]   Biddulph, Joseph (1985) : Introduction to Bushman
[2377]   Biddulph, Joseph (1985) : An introduction to Luo (Victoria Nyanza Region, Kenya): being an analysis of the usage & structures of the Luo New Testament, a window into a language of the Nilotic group: with brief remarks on Acoli (Acholi) (Uganda)
[2378]   Biddulph, Joseph (1985) : ‘Mbèni yanga ato mbéra’...: a brief description of the Sango language, Central African Republic
[2379]   Biddulph, Joseph (1987) : Roots: a Mandingo grammar
[2380]   Biddulph, Joseph (1988) : Sango: an Esperanto of Africa
[2381]   Biddulph, Joseph (1988) : Fernandian: the Bubi language of Bioco/Fernando Po (some notes and comments)
[2382]   Biddulph, Joseph (1992) : A short Ibo grammar
[2383]   Biddulph, Joseph (1993) : Meet me in Windhoek: notes on four Bantu languages of Namibia
[2384]   Biddulph, Joseph (1994) : Native African alphabets of modern times
[2385]   Biddulph, Joseph (1998) : Moto na maji: a guide to all the languages of Africa
[2386]   Biddulph, Joseph (1998) : Mandingo, Malinke, Bambara - speeches of Old Mali: a brief introduction
[2387]   Biddulph, Joseph (1999) : Kanuri: the Bornuese language of northern Nigeria and adjacent regions
[2388]   Biddulph, Joseph (2001) : Bantu byways: some explorations among the languages of central and southern Africa
[2389]   Biddulph, Joseph (2002) : Towards a linguistic history of Africa
[2390]   Biden, C. Leo (1930) : Sea-Angling Fishes of the Cape (South Africa)
[2391]   Biebuck, Brunhilde (1980) : Nkundo-Mongo tales: a study of form and content
[2392]   Biehler, Edward (1927) : English-Chiswina dictionary with an outline Chiswina grammar
[2393]   Biehler, Edward (1950) : A Shona dictionary, with an outline Shona grammar
[2394]   Biersteker, Ann [Joyce] (1984) : Verbal and case role patterning in Embu tales
[2395]   Biersteker, Ann [Joyce] (1996) : Kujibizana: questions of language and power in nineteenth and twentieth century poetry in Kiswahili
[2396]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1978) : Sapience and scarce resources: communication systems of the !Kung and other foragers
[2397]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1983) : An ethnobotanical study of !Kung
[2399]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1987) : Ju|wasi lessons
[2400]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1993) : Land, languge and leadership
[2401]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1994) : A new orthography of the Ju|’hoan Bushman language and its political/educational implications
[2402]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1995) : Patrick Dickens’s Ju|’hoan linguistics work: educational and political implications
[2403]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1998) : Idioms of identity: Ju-|’hoan-language political rhetoric 1987-1992
[2404]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1998) : Creativity and conservation: Ju|’hoan language education projects
[2398]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] , Robert James Gordon & Richard B. Lee (Ed) (1986) : The past and future of !Kung ethnography: critical reflections and symbolic perspectives. Essays in honour of Lorna Marshall
[2405]   Bigangara, Jean-Baptiste (1982) : Eléments de linguistique burundaise
[2406]   Biigtarma, Jean Zaongo (1985) : Dictionnaire encyclopedique moore-français
[23833]   Bila, Emmanuel Neba (1986) : A semantic-syntactic study of the Bafut verb
[23084]   Bilal, Clement Murba Wau (2004) : The Adamawa-Ubangi languages in Sudan
[2407]   Bilbao, G. , Fr. Osmunco , Fr. Luigi Moizi & altros (1984) : Dictionary Ma’di-English, English-Ma’di
[2408]   Bill, Mary C. (1974) : The influence of the Hottentot languages on the Bantu languages
[2409]   Bill, Mary C. (1982) : The blankets of darkness: problems in translating from a Bantu language into English in South Africa
[2410]   Bill, Mary C. (1994) : Refusal to eat and drink: a metaphor for ‘safe sex’ in Tsonga folktales
[2411]   Bill, Mary C. (1995) : Berthoud’s ‘Leçons de sigwamba’ (1883): the first Tsonga grammar
[2412]   Biloa, Edmond (1989) : Tuki gaps: null resumptive pronouns or variables?
[2413]   Biloa, Edmond (1990) : Resumptive pronouns in Tuki
[2414]   Biloa, Edmond (1993) : Clitic climbing in Bantu
[2415]   Biloa, Edmond (1995) : Functional categories and the syntax of focus in Tuki
[2416]   Biloa, Edmond (1996/97) : Agreement and verb movement in Ewondo
[2417]   Biloa, Edmond (1997) : Tuki
[2418]   Biloa, Edmond (2001) : Data building for a syntactic analysis of an African language
[2419]   Biloa, Edmond (2003) : L’influence du français sur l’anglais camerounais
[22586]   Biloa, Edmond (1992) : The syntax of operator constructions in Tuki
[22596]   Biloa, Edmond (1997) : Functional categories and the syntax of focus in Tuki
[23149]   Biloa, Edmond (2004) : La langue française au Cameroun
[23814]   Biloa, Edmond (2005) : Le français en contact avec l’anglais au Cameroun
[2420]   Bilodeau, Jacques (1979) : Sept contes sangu dans leur contexte et linguistique: éléments de phonologie du sangu, langue bantou de Tanzania; textes des contes avec traduction et notes
[2421]   Bilongo Bweya, N?zemba-Baala (1971/72) : Essai d’une morphologie comparée des formes nominales et pronominales des langues sonde et ngongo
[2422]   Bimson, Kent [David] (1976) : Comparative reconstruction of Mandekan
[2423]   Bimson, Kent [David] (1978) : Comparative reconstruction of proto-Northern-Western Mande
[2425]   Bing, Janet [Mueller] (1991) : Color terms and lexical classes in Krahn/Wobé
[2426]   Bing, Janet [Mueller] (1993) : Names and honorific pronouns in Gborbo Krahn
[2427]   Bing, Janet [Mueller] & John Duitsman (1993) : Postpositions and the valency marker in Krahn: monosemy vs polysemy
[2424]   Bing, T. B. (1982) : The Sotho orthographies: yesterday, today and tomorrow
[2428]   Binns, [Reverend] H. K. (1925) : Swahili-English dictionary
[2429]   Binsbergen, Wim M. J. van (1994) : Minority language, ethnicity and the state in two African situations: the Nkoya of Zambia and the Kalanga of Botswana
[2430]   Binyam Ephrem (2003) : Interrogative sentences in Burji
[2431]   Binyam Sisay (2001) : The structure of the noun phrase in Koorete
[2432]   Binyam Tibebu (2003) : Relative clauses in Ochollo
[2433]   Bird, Charles Stephen (1968) : Aspects of Bambara syntax
[2434]   Bird, Charles Stephen (1968) : Relative clauses in Bambara
[2435]   Bird, Charles Stephen (1970) : The development of Mandekan (Manding): a study of the rôle of extra-linguistic factors in linguistic change
[2436]   Bird, Charles Stephen (1971) : Some observations on initial consonant change in southwestern Mande
[2437]   Bird, Charles Stephen (1971) : Some observations on the phonology of Mandekan: diachronic and synchronic regularity
[2438]   Bird, Charles Stephen & Mamadou Kanté (1976) : An ka bamanankan kalan/Intermediate Bambara
[2439]   Bird, Charles Stephen & Mamadou Kanté (1976) : Bambara-English, English-Bambara student lexicon
[2441]   Bird, Charles Stephen & others (1981) : The dialects of Mandenkan
[2440]   Bird, Charles Stephen , John Priestley Hutchison & Mamadou Kanté (1977) : An ka bamanankan kalan/Beginning Bambara
[2443]   Bird, Steven (2002) : Orthography and identity in Cameroon
[13540]   Bird, Steven (1996) : Dschang syllable structure and moraic aspiration
[21105]   Bird, Steven (1999) : Strategies for representing tone in African writing systems
[22567]   Bird, Steven (1999) : When marking tone reduces fluency: an orthography experiment in Cameroon
[2442]   Bird, Steven & Maurice Tadadjeu (1997) : Petit dictionnaire: yémba-français
[24960]   Birema, Ali Obeid (2006) : The Deviation of the Nubian Language of Kadero into Sudanese Colloquial Arabic
[2444]   Birkeland, Harris (1952) : Growth and structure of the Egyptian Arabic dialect
[2445]   Birkeli, Emil (1---) : Bausi, Malagasy, Bisa and Lala
[2447]   Birnie, John R. (1981) : Ghanaian English: the shape of things to come
[2446]   Birnie, John R. & Gilbert Ansre (Ed) (1969) : Proceedings of the conference on the study of Ghanaian languages, 5-8 May, 1968
[2448]   Bisang, Walter & Remi Sonaiya (1997) : Perfect and beyond, from pragmatic relevance to perfect: the Chinese sentence-final particle le and Yoruba ti
[2449]   Bisang, Walter & Remi Sonaiya (1999) : The functional motivation of the high tone syllable in Yoruba
[2450]   Bish, Ellen & von Panday (1992) : “Als sie langzaam praten, versta ik ze...” - Inquiry into the language communication between speakers of Crioulo and speakers of Papiamentu
[2451]   Bishai, W. B. (1964) : Coptical lexical influence on Egyptian Arabic
[2452]   Bishay, Milad (1991) : New illustrated medical dictionary: English-Arabic
[2453]   Bishop, H. L. (1922) : The “descriptive complement” in the Shironga language compared with that in Sesotho and Zulu
[2454]   Bishop, H. L. (1925) : On the use of the proclitic ‘a’ in si-Ronga
[2455]   Bishop, Vaughan Frederick (1974) : Multilingualism and national orientations in Kano, Nigeria
[2456]   Bissila, S. B. (1991) : Description phonologique du laale (dialecte teke du Congo)
[2457]   Bisson, (1940) : Lecons de berbère tamazight
[2458]   Bissoonauth, Anu & Malcolm Offord (2001) : Language use of Mauritian adolescents in education
[2459]   Bitima, Tamene (1996) : European loanwords in Afaan Oromoo
[2460]   Bitima, Tamene (2000) : A dictionary of Oromo technical terms, Oromo-English
[2461]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis (1988) : Le système verbal du bàsàa
[23528]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis (2005) : The vitality of Cameroonian languages in contact with French
[23948]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis (1984) : Le basaá parlé à Omeng
[2462]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis & Ngessimo M. Mutaka (1996/97) : Le vocatif en bantou
[2463]   Biton, Alexander (1969) : Dictionnaire ndumu-mbede-français et français-ndumu-mbede
[2464]   Bittremieux, Leo (19--) : Grammaire du dialecte ancien du yombe, non-publié
[2465]   Bittremieux, Leo (1922) : Mayombsch idioticon
[2466]   Bittremieux, Leo (1926) : Onomatopee en werkwoord in ’t kongoleesch
[2467]   Bittremieux, Leo (1927) : Mayombsch idioticon
[2468]   Bittremieux, Leo (1934) : Mayombsche Namen
[2469]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : De spraakkundige prefixen en het wegwallen van sommige prefixen in het Kikongo
[2470]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : Inleiding op een mayombsch kruidwoordenboek
[2471]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : De weglating van het prefix in het Kikongo
[2472]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : A propos de la langue unifiée
[2473]   Bittremieux, Leo (1944) : De spraakkundige prefixen in het Kikongo
[2474]   Bittremieux, Leo (1945) : Oude voornamen in Mayombe
[2475]   Bittremieux, Leo (1946) : Het bantoe koppelwoordje -a
[2476]   Biwandu, K. (1978) : L’harmonie vocalique, l’harmonie nasale et l’haplologie en “ntandu”
[2477]   Bizimana, Simon (1983) : La quantité vocalique en rwandais
[2478]   Bizimana, Simon (1985) : Accords morphosyntaxiques en rwandais
[2479]   Blachere, Regis (1964) : Dictionnaire arabe-français-anglais, langue classique et moderne
[22977]   Black, Cheryl A. (1995) : Boundary tones on word-internal domains in Kinande
[2480]   Black, K. & Mrs K. Black (1971) : The Moro language: grammar and dictionary
[2481]   Black, Paul D. (1972) : Cushitic and Omotic classification
[2482]   Black, Paul D. (1973) : The Konsoid dialect chain
[2483]   Black, Paul D. (1974) : Regular metathesis in Gidole
[2484]   Black, Paul D. (1975) : Linguistic evidence on the origins of the Konsoid peoples
[2485]   Black, Paul D. (1975) : Lowland East Cushitic: subgrouping and reconstruction
[2486]   Black, Paul D. (1976) : Werizoid
[2487]   Black, Paul D. (199-) : Gidole dictionary
[2488]   Blacking, John (1961) : The social value of Venda riddles
[2489]   Blackings, Mairi (2000) : Ma’di-English dictionary
[2490]   Blackings, Mairi & Nigel Fabb (2003) : A grammar of Ma’di
[2491]   Blackledge, [Reverend] George Robert (1921) : A Luganda-English and English-Luganda vocabulary
[470]   Bladon, Anthony , Christopher Clark & Katrina Mickey (1987) : Production and perception of sibilant fricatives: Shona data
[2492]   Blair, Harold Arthur (1932) : Language groups
[2493]   Blair, Harold Arthur (1934) : Gonja vocabulary and notes
[2494]   Blair, Harold Arthur (1940) : Dagomba (Dagbane) dictionary
[2495]   Blakemore, Kenneth & Brian Cooksey (1981) : A sociology of education for Africa
[2496]   Blakney, C. P. (1963) : On “banana” and “iron”: linguistic footprints in African history
[2497]   Blanc, Jean-François (1---) : Le verbe urhobo
[2498]   Blanchard, Yves & Philip A. Noss (1982) : Dictionnaire gbaya-français, dialecte yaayuwee
[2499]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1994) : Dictionnaire informatisé pounou-français
[2500]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1980) : La numération
[2501]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1980) : La relativisation
[2502]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1984) : Présentation du yi-lumbu dans ses rapport avec le yi-punu et le ci-vili à travers un conte traditionnel
[2504]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987) : Les classes nominales 9, 10 et 11 dans le groupe bantou B40
[2505]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987) : Les voyelles finales des nominaux en i-nzèbi (B52)
[2506]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987) : Malcolm Guthrie et la tonalite des nominaux nzèbi
[2507]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988) : Relèvements tonals en eshira et en massango: première approche d’une tonologie comparée du groupe bantou B40
[2508]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988) : Une langue mixte en voie de disparition: le geviya
[2509]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1988) : Tonalité des nominaux à thème disyllabique dans le groupe bantou B 20
[2510]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1989) : Le wumvu de Malinga (Gabon): tonalité des nominaux
[2511]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1990) : The great *HL split in Bantu group B40
[2512]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1990) : Noms composés en massango et en nzèbi de Mbigou (Gabon)
[2513]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1991) : Le pounou (B43), le mpongwè (B11a) et l’hypothèse fortis/lenis
[2514]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1991) : Faire un dictionnaire d’une langue bantoue sur Macintosh avec Hypercard 2.0
[2516]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1992) : Nouvel examen de la tonalité des noms en laadi de Brazzaville (H.16f)
[2518]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1997) : Les formes nominales de citation a prefixe haut en pounou (bantu B43)
[2520]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1998) : Note sur l’histoire du système vocalique nzèbi
[2521]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1998) : Semantic/pragmatic conditions on the tonology of the Kongo noun-phrase: a diachronic hypothesis
[2522]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1999) : Douze études sur les langues du Gabon et du Congo-Brazzaville
[2523]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1999) : Présentation du yi-lumbu dans ses rapport avec le yi-punu et le ci-vili à travers un conte traditionnel
[2525]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1999) : ‘Tone cases’ in Bantu group B.40
[2526]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (2000) : Bipartition des nom polysyllabiques réflexes du type tonal *BH dans les zones B.40 et H.12
[2524]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & Denis Creissels (Ed) (1999) : Issues in Bantu tonology
[2503]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & François Nsuka-Nkutsi (1984) : Détermination des classes tonales des nominaux en ci-vili, i-sangu et inzèbi
[2517]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & Jean-Noël Nguimbi Mabiala (1993) : Défini, référentiel et générique en kiyoombi: étude synchronique
[2519]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & Laurent Mouguiama (1997) : Les thèmes à initiale vocalique et la tonalité du verbe conjugué en eshira de Manji (Gabon)
[2515]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & M. Alihanga Martin (1992) : Notes sur la morphologie du lempiini de Eyuga
[2527]   Blanchy, Sophie (1987) : L’interprête mahorais-français et français-mahorais
[22475]   Blanchy, Sophie (1996) : Dictionnaire mahorais-français/français-mahorais
[2528]   Blaser, Walter (1939) : Bedeutungsbildung auf der Struktur gebogen und zusammen in der Ewe-Sprache
[2530]   Blass, Regina (1983) : A note on double negation marking in Sissala
[2531]   Blass, Regina (1990) : Relevance relations in discourse: a study with special reference to Sissala
[2532]   Blass, Regina (1998) : Contrastive focus and cognitive elimination in Sissala
[22860]   Blass, Regina (1988) : Discourse connectivity and constraints on relevance in Sissala
[22864]   Blass, Regina (1989) : Baa in Sissala: truth-conditional or non-truth-conditional particle?
[2529]   Blass, Regina (Ed) (1975) : Sisaala-English, English-Sisaala dictionary
[2533]   Blavier, André (1953) : Dictionnaire/woordenboek: français-lingala-néerlandais, nederlands-lingala-français, lingala-français-néerlandais
[23915]   Blavier, André (1958) : Dictionnaire/woordenboek: lingala-français-néerlandais, français-lingala-néerlandais, nederlands-lingala-français
[2534]   Blazek, Václav (1991) : Honey in the Cushitic and Omotic languages
[2535]   Blazek, Václav (1994) : Toward determining the position of Mokilko within Chadic (a lexicostatistic analysis)
[2536]   Blazek, Václav (1995) : The microsystem of personal pronouns in Chadic, compared with Afroasiatic
[2537]   Blazek, Václav (1997) : Cushitic lexicostatistics: the second attempt
[2538]   Blazek, Václav (1998) : Nubian numerals in the Nilo-Saharan context
[2539]   Blazek, Václav (2001) : Rendille lexicon: state of the art
[2540]   Blazek, Václav (2002) : The first comparative dictionary of Nilo-Saharan
[24935]   Blažek, Václav (2007) : Nilo-Saharan Straturn of Ongota
[25343]   Blazek, Vaclav (2011) : Indo-European laryngeals in Afro-Asiatic perspective
[25406]   Blažek, Václav (2008) : Egyptian rmt? “Man”: An Attempt at an Afroasiatic Etymology
[2541]   Blecke, Thomas (1988) : Die Funktion des Morphem tùn im Bambara: eine Analyse im System von Tempus, Aspekt und Modus
[2542]   Blecke, Thomas (1994) : Vollverb, Kopula, Postposition: das Morphem yé im Bambara
[2543]   Blecke, Thomas (1996) : Lexikalische Kategorien und grammatische Strukturen im Tigemaxo (Bozo, Mande)
[2544]   Blecke, Thomas (1998) : Nomen, Verb und (Proto-)West-Mande-Syntax: neue Evidenz aus den Bozo-Sprachen
[24221]   Blecke, Thomas (2004) : La fonction du morphème tùn en bambara (temps, aspect, mode)
[24232]   Blecke, Thomas & Bärbel Blecke (1997) : Les parlers bozo : révision d'une enquête dialectologique
[2545]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1920) : Birds and insects in Bushman folklore
[2546]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1924) : Note on Bushman orthography
[2547]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1924) : Bushman terms of relationship
[2548]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1927) : The distribution of Bushman languages in South Africa
[2549]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1928) : Bushmen of central Angola
[2550]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1928/29) : Bushman grammar: a grammatical sketch of the language of the |Xam-ka-!k’e ; part 1
[2551]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1929) : Comparative vocabularies of Bushman languages
[2552]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1929/30) : Bushman grammar: a grammatical sketch of the language of the |Xam-ka-!’e (continuation) ; part 2
[2553]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1931) : The Hadzapi or Watindiga of Tanganyika territory
[2555]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1936) : Special speech of animals and moon used by the |Xam Bushmen, from material collected by W. H. I. Bleek and L. C. Lloyd between 1870 and 1880 [Customs and beliefs of the |Xam Bushmen, part 9]
[2556]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1937) : Grammatical notes and texts in the |Auni language
[2557]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1937) : |Auni vocabulary
[2559]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1939/40) : A short survey of Bushman languages
[2560]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1956) : A Bushman dictionary
[2561]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (2000) : Notes on the language of the //N!ke or Bushmen of Griqualand West [edited by Tom Güldemann]
[2554]   Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel (1936) : A fragment: a continuation of a comparative grammar of South African languages (paragraphs 559-562)
[2558]   Bleek, Wilhelm Heinrich Immanuel & Lucy Catherine Lloyd (1938) : Das wahre Gesicht des Buschmannes in seinen Mythen und Märchen
[2594]   Bléis, Yves le & Daniel Barreteau (1987) : Les extension verbales en mafa
[2562]   Blejer, Hatte Anne Rubenstein (1986) : Discourse markers in Early Semitic, and their reanalyses in subsequent dialects
[24852]   Blench, Roger (2007) : The Dyarim language of central Nigeria and its affinities
[24936]   Blench, Roger (2007) : Further Evidence for a Niger-Saharan Macrophylum
[24961]   Blench, Roger (2006) : The Kadu Languages and their Affiliation: Between Nilo-Saharan, Niger-Congo and Afro-Asiatic
[25407]   Blench, Roger (2008) : Omotic Livestock Terminology and Its Implications for the History of Afroasiatic
[2563]   Blench, Roger M. (1982) : Social structures and the evolution of language boundaries in Nigeria
[2564]   Blench, Roger M. (1987) : A revision of the index of Nigerian languages
[2566]   Blench, Roger M. (1989) : Nupoid
[2567]   Blench, Roger M. (1989) : New Benue-Congo: a definition and proposed internal classification
[2569]   Blench, Roger M. (1993) : Recent developments in African language classification and their implications for prehistory
[2570]   Blench, Roger M. (1993) : An outline classification of the Mambiloid languages
[2571]   Blench, Roger M. (1993) : New developments in the classification of Bantu languages and their historical implications
[2572]   Blench, Roger M. (1993) : Ethnographic and linguistic evidence for the prehistory of African ruminant livestock, horses and ponies
[2574]   Blench, Roger M. (1994/95) : Linguistic evidence for cultivated plants in the Bantu borderland
[2575]   Blench, Roger M. (1995) : Is Niger-Congo simply a branch of Nilo-Saharan?
[2577]   Blench, Roger M. (1996) : Report on the Tarokoid languages
[2578]   Blench, Roger M. (1997) : Crabs, turtles and frogs: linguistic keys to early African subsistence systems
[2579]   Blench, Roger M. (1997) : Language studies in Africa
[2580]   Blench, Roger M. (1998) : The status of the languages of Central Nigeria
[2581]   Blench, Roger M. (1998) : Recent fieldwork in Nigeria: report on Horom and Tapshin
[2582]   Blench, Roger M. (1999) : Are the African pygmies an ethnographic fiction?
[2583]   Blench, Roger M. (1999) : The languages of Africa: macrophyla proposals and implications for archaeological interpretation
[2584]   Blench, Roger M. (1999) : Recent fieldwork in Ghana: report on Dompo and a note on Mpre
[2585]   Blench, Roger M. (1999) : Report from a Mambila field trip.
[2586]   Blench, Roger M. (1999) : Reports from Plateau field trips 1998-1999. Brief notes on Ningye, Cara, Bu, Hasha, and Rukul.
[2587]   Blench, Roger M. (2000) : Transitions in Izere nominal morphology and implications for the analysis of Plateau languages
[2588]   Blench, Roger M. (2002) : Research on minority languages of Nigeria in 2001
[2589]   Blench, Roger M. (2003) : ‘We have our own small one insise’: hidden languages of the Ngasic group
[2590]   Blench, Roger M. (2003) : A note on Ochichi
[22844]   Blench, Roger M. (2005) : Bangi me, a language of unknown affiliation in northern Mali
[23276]   Blench, Roger M. (2005) : Index to atlas of Nigerian languages
[23548]   Blench, Roger M. (2003) : Plural verb morphology in Vagla
[25370]   Blench, Roger M. (2003) : Why Reconstructing Ron is so Problematic
[2568]   Blench, Roger M. & MacDonald (Ed) (199-) : The origins and development of African livestock: archaeology, genetics, linguistics and ethnography
[2565]   Blench, Roger M. & A. E. Edwards (1988) : A dictionary of the Momi (Vere) language
[25326]   Blench, Roger M. & Daniel Gya (2011) : Rigwe Pronouns
[2591]   Blench, Roger M. & John Garah Nengel (2004) : Notes on the Panawa (Bujiyel) people and language
[2592]   Blench, Roger M. & John Garah Nengel (2004) : Notes on the Seni people and language, with an addendum on the Ziriya
[2593]   Blench, Roger M. & John Garah Nengel (2004) : Notes on the Tunzu (Duguza) people and language
[22752]   Blench, Roger M. & Musa Doma (1992) : Dictionary of Gbari
[2576]   Blench, Roger M. & Selbut R. Longtau (1995) : Tarok ophresiology: an investigation into the Tarok terminology of odours
[25327]   Blench, Roger M. & Selbut R. Longtau (2011) : Tarok Pronouns
[2573]   Blench, Roger M. , Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson & Bruce A. Connell (1994) : The diffusion of maize in Nigeria: a historical and linguistic reconstruction
[2595]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1967) : Selected problems in noun morphology in the Aussa dialect of ‘Afar
[2596]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1969) : ‘Afar nominals
[2597]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1969) : The historic development of the sibilants in Ethiopia
[2598]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1970) : The lexicon, a key to culture; with illustrations from ‘Afar word lists
[2599]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1973) : Notes on the reconstruction of the glottal stop in the Aussa dialect of ‘Afar
[2600]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1975) : ‘Afar vowel dissimilation: a problem in rule ordering
[2601]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1976) : Afar
[2602]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1976) : Proportional relations and synchronic developments in ‘Afar morphology
[2603]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1977) : A generative grammar study of Afar
[2604]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1980) : Amharic interference in ‘Afar translation
[2605]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1980) : Bible translation from SVO to SOV languages in Ethiopia
[2606]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1981) : A generative grammar of Afar
[2608]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1988) : A discourse analysis of Amharic narrative
[2607]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick & Sokka Gignarta (1986) : Konso exceptions to SOV typology
[2609]   Bloch, Ariel A. (1991) : Studies in Arabic syntax and semantics
[2610]   Block, H. P. (1948) : Swahili anthology with notes and glossaries
[2611]   Bloem, H. , J. H. Broekman , Friedrik J. Snijman & F. F. du Toit Spies (1949) : Beknopte Afrikaans-Nederlandse woordenlijst
[2612]   Bloem, H. , J. H. Broekman , Friedrik J. Snijman & F. F. du Toit Spies (1960) : Beknopte Afrikaans-Nederlandse woordenlijst
[25436]   Bloemarts, Maarten & Père de Rasilly (2012) : Dictionnaire boore
[2613]   Blois, Kornelis Frans de (1970) : The augment in Bantu languages
[2614]   Blois, Kornelis Frans de (1975) : Bukusu generative phonology and aspects of Bantu structure
[2615]   Blok, H. P. (1926) : Die griechischen Lehnwörter im Koptischen
[2616]   Blok, H. P. (1948) : Notes on localisms in African languages
[2617]   Blok, H. P. (1949) : Opmerkingen naar aanleiding van eenige Bantoe-werkwoordsformen
[2618]   Blok, H. P. (1950) : Afrikanistische taalwetenschap: problemen, taak en doel
[2619]   Blok, H. P. (1951) : Iets over die zogenaamde “geïntensiveerde” fonemen in het Ganda en Nyoro
[2620]   Blok, H. P. (1952) : Nieuwe aanwinsten op het gebied van geluidsopnamen van afrikaanse talen aan de Rijks-Universiteit te leiden
[2621]   Blok, H. P. (1953) : Negro-African linguistics
[2622]   Blok, H. P. (1955/56) : Localism and deixis in Bantu linguistics
[2623]   Blok, H. P. (1957) : De studie van de bantoetalen in Nederland
[2624]   Blokland, Henny W. (1987) : Two Nyamwezi texts: an exercise in transöation and understanding
[2627]   Blommaert, Jan (1990) : Standardization and diversification in Kiswahili: a note on language attitudes
[2628]   Blommaert, Jan (1986) : Notes on the Bantu ku-prefix
[2630]   Blommaert, Jan (1991) : Some problems in the interpretation of Swahili political texts
[2631]   Blommaert, Jan (1992) : Codeswitching and the exclusivity of social identities: some data from Campus Swahili
[2632]   Blommaert, Jan (1994) : Ethnocoherence and the analysis of Swahili political style
[2633]   Blommaert, Jan (1997) : The impact of state ideology on language: Ujamaa and Swahili literature in Tanzania
[2634]   Blommaert, Jan (1997) : State ideology and language: the politics of Swahili in Tanzania
[2635]   Blommaert, Jan (1997) : Ideology and language in Tanzania: a brief survey
[2636]   Blommaert, Jan (1998) : The other side of history: grassroots literacy and autobiography in Shaba, Congo
[2637]   Blommaert, Jan (1999) : Reconstructing the sociolinguistic image of Africa: grassroots writing in Shaba (Congo)
[2638]   Blommaert, Jan (1999) : State ideology and language in Tanzania
[22530]   Blommaert, Jan (1989) : Remarks on lexical semantics: the case of the Bantu colour terms
[2625]   Blommaert, Jan (Ed) (1988) : Ethnolinguistics and Kiswahili rhetoric: “Elimu ya kujitegemea” undressed
[2629]   Blommaert, Jan (Ed) (1991) : Swahili studies: essays in honour of Marcel van Spaandonck
[2626]   Blommaert, Jan & Marjolein Gysels (1990) : On the functionality of English interferences in Campus Swahili
[2639]   Bloom, J. (1968) : Studies on child grammar
[2640]   Bloor, Thomas & Wondwosen Tamrat (1996) : Issues in Ethiopian language policy and education
[2642]   Blount, Ben G. (1969) : An outline of Luo grammar - Appendix A
[2644]   Blount, Ben G. (1970) : The pre-linguistic system of Luo children
[2645]   Blount, Ben G. (1976) : Babbling in Luo children
[2646]   Blount, Ben G. (1993) : Luo personal names: reference and meaning
[2641]   Blount, Ben G. & Elise Padgug-Blount (19--) : Luo-English dictionary, with notes on Luo grammar
[2643]   Blount, Ben G. & Richard T. Curley (1970) : The southern Luo languages: a glottochronological reconstruction
[2647]   Bluck, G. van (1947) : Niloten en Sudantalen
[16035]   Blühberger, Jutta (2006) : Rapport d’enquête sociolinguistique des dialectes du djenaama (aussi appelé sorogaama)
[2648]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1963) : Palatality as a factor in Twi vowel harmony
[2649]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1965) : Some Twi phrase structure rules
[2650]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1968) : Some aspects of Akan deep syntax
[2651]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1971) : Education and the role of English in Ghana
[2652]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1972) : The development of some affixes in the Bia and Central Akan subgroups of Tano
[2653]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1975) : Nzema-Ahanta medial [k] and its reflexes in other central Volta-Comoe languages
[2654]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1976) : Mother tongue education in Ghana
[2655]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1990) : Questions in Akan
[23656]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1975) : The associative in Akan: a semantic interpretation
[23739]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1984) : Busumur and the Akan language in Koelle‘s ‘Polyglotta’
[25221]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (2008) : Tense, Aspect and Mood in Akan
[2656]   Boafo, Ebenezer , Christine Kehl & Deborah H. Hatfield (2002) : Sociolinguistic survey of the Awutu-Efutu language area
[2657]   Boahene-Agbo, Frank Kwaku (1984) : Language in education policy in Ghana: a rationale for change
[2658]   Boahene-Agbo, Frank Kwaku (1985) : The republic of Ghana: an example of African multilingualism
[2659]   Boakey, Paul (1982) : Syntaxe de l’achanti: du phonème à la phrase ségmentée
[2660]   Boas, Franz , Otto Dempwolff , Giulio Panconcelli-Calzia , Alice Werner & Diedrich Westermann (Ed) (1927) : Festschrift Meinhof: sprachwissenschaftliche und andere Studien
[2661]   Bobda, Augustin Simo (1994) : Aspects of Cameroon English phonology
[2662]   Bobda, Augustin Simo (1995) : The phonologies of Nigerian English and Cameroon English
[2663]   Bobda, Augustin Simo (1997) : Explicating the features of English in multilingual Cameroon: beyond a contrastive perspective
[2664]   Bobda, Augustin Simo (2000) : The uniqueness of Ghanaian English pronunciation in West Africa
[2665]   Bobda, Augustin Simo (2003) : The formation of regional and national features in African English pronunciation: an exploration of some non-interference factors
[2666]   Bobda, Augustin Simo (2004) : Linguistic apartheid: English language policy in Africa
[2667]   Boceguillas, J. de? (1922) : Notions grammaticales sur la langue galla ou oromo
[2668]   Bode, Oduntan (1999) : An optimality theory approach to vowel assimilation in the Yoruba language
[24574]   Bode, Oduntan Gbolahan (2000) : Yoruba Clause Structure
[2669]   Bodinga-Bwa-Bodinga, Sébastien & Lolke J. van der Veen (1993) : Plantes utiles des Evia: pharmacopée
[24692]   Bodomo, Adams (2006) : The Structure of Ideophones in African and Asian Languages: The Case of Dagaare and Cantonese
[2670]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1993) : Dagaare syntax: a two-level X-bar account
[2671]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1993) : Complex predicates and event structure: an intergrated analysis of serial verb constructions in the Mabia languages of West Africa
[2672]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1994) : The noun class system of Dagaare: a phonology-morphology interface
[2673]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1994) : Language, history and culture in northern Ghana: an introduction to the Mabia linguistic group
[2674]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1996) : Linguistics, education and politics: an interplay on the study of Ghanaian languages
[2675]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1996) : Linguistic relativity and the Mabia temporal system: evidence from Dagaare and Dagbane
[2676]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1997) : Linguistics, education and politics: an interplay on the study of Ghanaian languages
[2677]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1997) : Paths and pathfinders: exploring the syntax and semantics of complex verbal predicates in Dagaare and other languages
[2679]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1997) : The structure of Dagaare
[2680]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1998) : Serial verb constructions as complex predicates in Dagaare and Akan
[2681]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1999) : The syntax of serial verbs in Dagaare
[2682]   Bodomo, Adams B. (2000) : Dàgáárè
[2683]   Bodomo, Adams B. (2001) : History form linguistics: loanwords in Dagaare as sources of information for a cultural history of the Dagaaba
[2684]   Bodomo, Adams B. (2001) : The temporal systems of Dagaare and Dagbane: re-apraising the philosophy of linguistic diversity
[2686]   Bodomo, Adams B. (2004) : The syntax of nominalized complex verbal predicates in Dagaare
[2687]   Bodomo, Adams B. (2004) : A Dagaare-Cantonese-English lexicon for lexicographical field research training
[23675]   Bodomo, Adams B. & Ken Hiraiwa (2004) : Relativization in Dagaare
[2678]   Bodomo, Adams B. & Samuel Agyei-Mensah (1997) : Integrating literacy and health education for a sustainable development in Africa
[23485]   Bodomo, Adams B. , Charles Ofosu Marfo , A. Cunningham & Sally Y. K. Mok (2006) : A Unicode keyboard for African languages: the case of Dagaare and Twi
[2685]   Bodomo, Adams B. , Kang Kwong Luke & Owen Nancarrow (2001) : Linguistic form compression in Dagaare
[2689]   Boeck, Egide de (1920) : Leçons élémentaires de lingala, suivies d’un vocabulaire et de conversations pratiques
[2690]   Boeck, Egide de (1927) : Cours théorique et pratique de Lingala, avec vocabulaire et phrases usuelles
[2694]   Boeck, Egide de (1940) : Tegenwoordige tijd in de congoleesche talen
[2696]   Boeck, Egide de (1942) : Cours théorique et pratique de Lingala, avec vocabulaire et phrases usuelles
[2688]   Boeck, J. de (19--) : Vocabulaire lokonda-néerlandais/Vocabularium Lokonda
[2691]   Boeck, J. de (1927) : Sprookjes uit het Lokonda
[2693]   Boeck, J. de (1939) : Spraakkunst van het Lokonda [manuscrit remanié par N. van Everbroeck]
[2692]   Boeck, L. B. de (1936) : Twee taaleigenaardigheiden bij de Mondunga
[2695]   Boeck, L. B. de (1942) : Premières applications de la géographie linguistique aux langues bantoues
[2697]   Boeck, L. B. de (1945) : Vergelijkende grammatica der Negertalen
[2698]   Boeck, L. B. de (1948) : La classification des langues en Afrique
[2699]   Boeck, L. B. de (1949) : La géographie linguistique au Congo belge
[2700]   Boeck, L. B. de (1949) : Dialectgroepen in het Ngiri-gebied
[2701]   Boeck, L. B. de (1949) : Taalkunde en de talenkwestie in Belgisch-Kongo
[2702]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : Les prépréfixes dans les langues bantoues du nord-ouest du Congo Belge
[2703]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : La géographie linguistique et les langues bantoues
[2704]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : Eigenaardige toonstructuur van enkele Bantoetalen en het noord-westen van Belgisch-Kongo
[2705]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : Un b vibrant dans le bantou septentrional
[2706]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : De tonologie der naamwoorden te Ebuku
[2707]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : De tonologie der naamwoorden van Iniele en Bokonzi
[2708]   Boeck, L. B. de (1951) : Een greep uit de Mombesa-taal
[2709]   Boeck, L. B. de (1951) : De tonologie des parlers bantous du nord-ouest du Congo Belge
[2710]   Boeck, L. B. de (1952) : Grammaire du mondunga (Lisala, Congo Belge)
[2711]   Boeck, L. B. de (1952) : Manuel de lingala, tenant compte du langage parlé et du langage littéraire
[2712]   Boeck, L. B. de (1953) : Contribution à l’atlas linguistique du Congo Belge: 60 mots dans les parlers du bassin du Haut-Congo
[2713]   Boeck, L. B. de (1953) : Taaltoestand te Leopoldstad
[2714]   Boeke, Johanna du Pisani (1976) : Konfrontative Untersuchungen zum Plural des Substantivs im Afrikaansen und im Deutschen
[2715]   Boelaert, Edmond (1937/38) : Vergelijkende taalstudie II
[2716]   Boelaert, Edmond (1937/38) : Vergelijkende taalstudie
[2717]   Boelaert, Edmond (1940) : Bij vergelijkende taalstudie III
[2718]   Boelaert, Edmond (1942) : Vergelijkende taalstudie: de vrouw bij de Nkundo-Mongo
[2719]   Boelaert, Edmond (1957) : Systematiek der bloedverwantschapstermen bij de Nkundo
[2720]   Boelaert, Edmond (1961) : La persistance des tons en lomongo
[2721]   Boëseken, Anna J. (1972) : The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan
[2722]   Boëseken, Anna J. (1974) : Dr A. J. Boëseken replies to Prof. R. H. Elphick[’s comment on] “The meaning, origin and use of the terms Khoikhoi, San and Khoisan”
[2723]   Boëseken, Anna J. (1975) : On changing terminology in history
[2724]   Boëthius, Hélène (1981) : Description préliminaire des phonèmes segmentaux et types de syllabes Ife
[2725]   Bofula, Lobebe (1977) : Étude des performatifs en kesengele approche: sémantique générative
[2727]   Bogers, Koen (1986) : A structural analysis of an Avokaya orphan tale: a preliminary investigation
[2726]   Bogers, Koen , Harry van der Hulst & Maarten Mous (Ed) (1986) : The phonological representation of suprasegmentals: studies in African languages offered to John Stewart on his 60th birthday
[2728]   Bogny, Yapo Joseph (1994) : Syntaxe du ngwla, langue kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[22607]   Bogny, Yapo Joseph (2005) : La réduplication des verbes monosyllabiques dans les langues kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[23804]   Bohas, Georges (2006) : The organization of the lexicon in Arabic and other Semitic languages
[2730]   Bohas, Georges (Ed) (1993) : Développements récents en linguistique arabe et sémitique
[2729]   Bohas, Georges & J.-P. Guillaume (1984) : Études des théories des grammariens arabes
[3094]   Böhm, Gerhard (1983) : Zwei Typen “ergativsprachlicher” Prädikation in tschadischen Sprachen
[3095]   Böhm, Gerhard (1983) : Der Bau des Prädikats in den Agau-Sprachen
[3096]   Böhm, Gerhard (1984) : Grammatik der Kunama-Sprache
[3097]   Böhm, Gerhard (1985) : Khoe-Kowap: Einführung in die Sprache der Hottentotten, Nama-dialekt
[3098]   Böhm, Gerhard (1986) : Beobachtungen zur Frage meroitisch-omotischer Wortbeziehungen
[3099]   Böhm, Gerhard (1986) : Mimation und Nunation: eine grosserythräische Glosse
[3100]   Böhm, Gerhard (1987) : Präfixkonjugation und Suffixkonjugation in den omotischen Sprachen
[3101]   Böhm, Gerhard (1987) : Leo Reinisch: ‘Das persönliche Fürwort und die Verbalflexion in den chamito-semitischen Sprachen’
[3103]   Böhm, Gerhard (1987) : Diskussionsbeitrag zu Reinischs Werk über das Kunama: einige Beobachtungen zum Bau des Prädikats
[3104]   Böhm, Gerhard (1989) : Rekonstruktion des semitohamitischen Stativs in tschadischen Sprachen
[3105]   Böhm, Gerhard (1991) : Zur Deklination des Nomens in den omotischen Sprachen
[3106]   Böhm, Gerhard (1992) : Zur Urspachstammesgeschichte der Papua und Sudanneger
[3107]   Böhm, Gerhard (1996) : Das “gebrochene” Femininum des Semitohamitischen
[3108]   Böhm, Gerhard (2001) : “Schalzlautsprachen”? Boskop, Buschmann, Hottentott: Aspekte der Ursprachstammesgeschichte in Afrika
[3305]   Böhm, Gerhard (1996) : Sprache und Geschichte im kanarischen Archipel
[2731]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1971) : An outline of Duru phonology and grammar
[2732]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1972) : Introduction à la phonologie et à la grammaire duru
[2733]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1976) : Vowel length in Duru
[2734]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1982) : Yag Dii (Duru) ideophones
[2735]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1986) : Yag Dii (Duru) pronouns and possessive adjectives
[24320]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1991) : Dictionnaire de la langue dii (duru)
[25379]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (2010) : A description of Dii - Phonology, Grammar and Discourse
[2736]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward & Raymond Boyd (2003) : Les marqueurs de proposition en langue dii (yag dii)
[24673]   Bohoussou, Amani (2008) : L?énoncé complexe du nànáfw??
[2738]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1974) : A counter example to Bach’s “questions”
[2739]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1975) : Observations on the immediate dominance constraint, topicalization and relativization
[2740]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : Relativization in Bantu languages revisited
[2741]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : The authenticity and the choice of a national language: the case of Zaïre
[2742]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : Question formation in some Bantu languages
[2743]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : On the syntax and semantics of Wh-questions in Kikongo and Kiswahili
[2744]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : On the syntax and semantics of derivational verb suffixes in Bantu languages
[2746]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : Authenticity and the choice of a national language: the case of Zaire
[2748]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1977) : The impact of multilingualism on language structures: the case of central Africa
[2751]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1979) : Inversion as grammatical relation chaning rules in Bantu languages
[2752]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1979) : African linguistic research and publications from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1970-1979
[2753]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1981) : Language and national development in sub-Saharan Africa: a progress report
[2754]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1982) : The africanization of English
[2755]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1984) : Language and literacy in West Africa
[2756]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1984) : French colonial language policies in Africa and their legacies
[2758]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1985) : Verbal agreement as a noncyclic rule in Bantu
[2761]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1988) : Code-mixing, language variation and linguistic theory: evidence from Bantu languages
[2762]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1989) : Are there syntactic constraints on code-mixing?
[2764]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1990) : African languages and sociolinguistic theory
[2765]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1990) : The contribution of African linguistics to linguistic theory
[2766]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1991) : French colonial language policies in Africa and their legacies
[2767]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1991) : West Africa (overview article)
[2768]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1991) : The africanization of English
[2769]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1993) : Language variation and change in pervasively multilingual societies: Bantu languages
[2770]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1995) : The politics of language planning in Africa: critical choices for the 21st century
[2750]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (Ed) (1979) : Language policies in African education
[2757]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (Ed) (1984) : Language in African culture and society
[2759]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (Ed) (1985) : Language in African culture and society
[2763]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (Ed) (1989) : The contribution of African linguistics to linguistic theory: proceedings of the 20th annual conference on African linguistics, held at Urbana-Champaign, April 1989
[2745]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1976) : Papers on African linguistics
[2747]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Josiah Sijiee Tlou (1977) : The consequences of the language policies of African states vis-à-vis education
[2749]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Mallafe Dramé (1978) : Where do relative clauses come from in Mandingo?
[2760]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Nkonko Mudipanu Kamwangamalu (1987) : The significance of code-mixing to linguistic theory: evidence from Bantu languages
[2737]   Bokamba, G. D. (1971) : Specificity and definiteness in Dzamba
[2771]   Bokongo, Nzanga (1979) : Esquisse phonologique du lingombe
[2772]   Bokula, F.-X. (1966) : Eléments de grammaire et de vocabulaire de la langue bodo
[2773]   Bokula, F.-X. (1970) : La langue bodo: formes nominales
[2774]   Bokula, F.-X. (1971) : Formes nominales et pronominales en mba
[2775]   Bokula, F.-X. (1976) : La phrase mba: étude de sémantique générative
[2777]   Bokula, F.-X. (1980) : Les prédicates non-verbaux en mba
[2776]   Bokula, Moiso (1979) : Les langues de la région du Haut-Congo
[2778]   Bokula, Moiso (1982) : Étude comparée des langues ndunga et mba (Zaïre)
[2779]   Bokula, Moiso (1982) : A propos de l’application des règles transformationelles en kiswahili
[2780]   Bokula, Moiso (1983) : Formes pronominales comparées en ndunga et mba
[2781]   Bokula, Moiso (1983) : Thèses et travaux de fin d’études aux universités et I.S.P. du Zaïre concernant les langues de la région de l’Equateur (Zaïre 1971-1981)
[2782]   Bokula, Moiso (1983) : Le lingala au Zaire: défense et analyse grammaticale
[2783]   Bokula, Moiso (1984) : Le point des recherches sur la classification des langues Niger-Congo-Kordofaniennes
[2785]   Bokula, Moiso (1987) : Une siècle d’études sur les langues africaines
[2786]   Bokula, Moiso (1991) : Étude comparée du système de numérotation de 1 à 10 dans quelques langues non-bantu du Haut-Zaïre
[2787]   Bokula, Moiso (1991) : Recherches sur les langues du Soudan central parlées au Zaire
[2789]   Bokula, Moiso (1995) : A propos de l’atlas linguistique du Zaïre
[2788]   Bokula, Moiso & Agozia Kario Irumu (1994) : Bibliographie et matériaux lexicaux des langues moru-mangbetu (Soudan-Central, Zaïre)
[2784]   Bokula, Moiso & Litanga Ngandi (1985) : Numération cardinale dans les langues bantu du haut-Zaïre
[2790]   Bokungulu, Bonsao wa Yotsi (1973) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique: formes nominales et pronominales de la langue ndengese
[2791]   Bolados Carter, A. (1---) : Elementos de la gramatica pamue
[2792]   Bold, John D. (1949) : Fanagalo is becoming the lingua franca of southern Africa
[2793]   Bold, John D. (1951) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2794]   Bold, John D. (1952) : Fanagalo dictionary
[2795]   Bold, John D. (1953) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2796]   Bold, John D. (1955) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2797]   Bold, John D. (1958) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2798]   Bold, John D. (1964) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo, the lingua franca of southern Africa
[2799]   Bold, John D. (1968) : Fanagalo: phrase-book, grammar, dictionary
[2800]   Bold, John D. (1977) : Fanagalo: phrase-book, grammar, dictionary
[2801]   Bold, John D. (1990) : Fanagalo: phrasebook, grammar, dictionary
[2802]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1976) : Étude phonologique de la langue gen
[2803]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1978) : Problématique des séries verbales avec application au gen
[2804]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1981) : Une autre approche de l’harmonie vocalique: le mot phonologique en ega
[2805]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1983) : Systématique phonologique et grammaticale d’un parler ewe: le gen-mina du sud-Togo et sud-Bénin
[2807]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1983) : La classification nominale en ega
[2808]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1983) : L’ébrié
[2809]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1983) : L’éga
[2810]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1984) : Le nghwla, langue sans consonne nasale
[2811]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1985) : Hypothèse sur la genèse de la nasalité en Niger-Congo
[24137]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (2006) : Unité et diversité du w? de Côte d'Ivoire
[25290]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (2006) : Variations actancielles : la voix causative en Ega
[2806]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy & Philippe Lafage (1983) : Etude lexicostatistique des langues kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[2812]   Bolekia Boleka, Justo (1984) : Description du système phonético-phonologique de la langue bubi du nord-est (comparée à l’espagnol et au français)
[2813]   Bolekia Boleka, Justo (1987) : El aumento o actualizador definido en lengua bubi
[2814]   Bolekia Boleka, Justo (1991) : Curso de lengua bubi
[23891]   Bolima, Flora Ageko (1998) : The tonological outline of Ngishe
[2815]   Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1977) : Le créole français des Seychelles: esquisse d’un grammaire, textes, vocabulaire
[2816]   Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1977) : Zur Entstehung der französischen Kreolendialekte im Indischen Ozean: Kreolisierung ohne Pidginisierung
[2817]   Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1977?) : Le créole français des Seychelles: esquisse d’un grammaire, textes, vocabulaire
[2818]   Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1993) : Language policy in the Seychelles and its consequences
[2819]   Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1993) : Dictionnaire étymologique des créoles français de l’Océan Indien, II: mots d’origine non-française ou inconnue
[2822]   Bolli, Margrit (1975) : Étude prosodique du dan (blossé)
[23617]   Bolli, Margrit (1991) : Orthography difficulties to be overcome by Dan people literate in French
[2820]   Bolli, Margrit & Eva Flik (1971) : Inventaire préliminaire des langues et dialects en Côte d’Ivoire
[2821]   Bolli, Margrit & Eva Flik (1973) : Phonological statement: Dan (Blossé)
[22955]   Bolli, Margrit & Eva Flik (1978) : La phonologie du muan
[2823]   Bolouvi, Lébéné Philippe (1994) : Nouveau dictionnaire étymologique afro-brasilien: afro-brasilerismes d’origine ewe-fon et yoruba
[25266]   Bombay, Elaine (2007) : Enquête sociolinguistique sur les langues tama et assangori, parlers du Tchad et du Soudan
[2824]   Bomhard, Allan R. (1984) : Toward proto-Nostratic: a new approach to the comparison of proto-Indo-European and proto-Afroasiatic
[25408]   Bomhard, Allan R. (2008) : A Sketch of Proto-Afrasian Phonology
[2825]   Bon, G. (1953) : Grammaire l’élé
[2826]   Bona-Baisi, Ignace J. (1960) : Ikani-Ngambo: Oruhaya
[2827]   Bona-Baisi, Ignace J. (1960) : Amateca g’oruhaya (gramatica)
[2828]   Bonalumi, João (196-) : Vocabulário makua-lomwe-portuguàs
[2829]   Bonalumi, João (1965) : Lingua makua-lomwe-portuguàs
[2830]   Bonato, Jasmin (1998) : Die Tempus-/Aspektsystem des Twi (Akan): eine Forschungsgeschichte
[23773]   Bond, Oliver (2006) : A broader perspective on Point of View: logophoricity in Ogonoid languages
[2831]   Bonde, C. V. (1933) : Note on the Swahili names of certain fishes of Zanzibar
[2832]   Bongo, A. (1956) : Esquisse de phonologie et morphologie de la langue nkucu, dialecte ohendo
[2833]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1940) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 1
[2834]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1947) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 2
[2836]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1952) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 3
[2837]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1956) : Grammaire pounoue et lexique pounou-français
[2835]   Bonneau, L. R. P. Henri (1950) : Dictionnaire français-kirundi
[2838]   Bonnefoux, Benedicto M. (1940) : Dicionário olunyaneka-português
[2839]   Bonnet, Charles (Ed) (1992) : Études nubiennes: conférence de Genève - actes du 7ème congrès international d’études nubiennes, 3-8 septembre 1990
[2840]   Bontinck, Frans (1985) : L’étymologie du terme bosenji
[2841]   Bontinck, Frans (1989) : Toponymie kongo
[2842]   Bontinck, Frans (1991) : L’ethnonyme “mongo”
[2843]   Bontinck, Frans (1992) : L’étymologie des ethnonymes Yombe et Ndombe
[2844]   Bontinck, Frans (1993) : Le toponyme Ngiri-Ngiri reexaminé (avec la réponse de Motingea Mangulu)
[2845]   Bontinck, Frans (1994) : Marginalia “kuba”
[2846]   Bonvini, Emilio (1974) : Traits oppositionels et traits contrastifs en kàsim: essai d’analyse phonologique
[2847]   Bonvini, Emilio (1986) : De l’invariance à la variance: étude grammaticale du kàsim (Burkina Faso)
[2848]   Bonvini, Emilio (1987) : La bouche entre la parole et l‘insulte: l’exemple du kasem (Burkina Faso)
[2849]   Bonvini, Emilio (1988) : Prédication et énonciation en kàsim
[2850]   Bonvini, Emilio (1988) : Séquence de propositions en kasim
[2851]   Bonvini, Emilio (1990) : La négation en kasim: facettes d’une asymétrie
[2852]   Bonvini, Emilio (1992) : La construction sérielle: une structure cognitive? L’exemple du kasim (Burkina Faso)
[2853]   Bonvini, Emilio (1995) : A propos et en marge de “Greater Chadic”: le cas du voltaïque
[2854]   Bonvini, Emilio (1997) : A propos de l’adjectif en kasim
[25139]   Bonvini, Emilio (2009) : Revisiter, trois siècles après, Arte da lingua de Angola de Pedro Dias S.I. (1697), Première Grammaire du Kimbundu
[2855]   Boogert, Nico van den (1998) : La révélation des énigmes : lexiques arabo-berbères des XVII et XVIIIe siècles
[2856]   Boois, John (1996) : Khoekhoegowab as a medium of instruction in formal education
[22450]   Boone, Douglas W. & Kenneth S. Olson (2004) : Bwa bloc survey report
[2859]   Boone, Douglas W. & Richard L. Watson (Ed) (1992) : Moru-Ma’di survey report
[2860]   Boone, Douglas W. , David P. Bradley & Caroline A. Grant (1992) : Central Yambasa survey report
[2861]   Boone, Douglas W. , Silué Lamine & Mary Anne Augustin (2002) : L’utilisation du français et de l’adioukrou par les Aizi
[24272]   Boone, Douglas , Mike Boling , Lamine Silue & Mary Anne Augustin (1999) : Enquête sur les dialectes mandé nord de Côte d'Ivoire
[24145]   Boone, Douglas , Silué Lamine & Mary Anne Augustin (1998-99) : L?utilisation du francais et de l?adioukrou par les Aïzi
[2857]   Boone, O. (1961) : Carte ethnique du Congo: quart sud-est
[2858]   Boone, O. (1973) : Carte ethnique du Congo: quart sud-ouest
[2862]   Boonzaier, S. (1975) : Die vertaling en voorlopige standaardisasie van die ‘Reynell verbal comprehension scale’ op ’n omskrewe groep Afrikaans-sprekende kinders
[2863]   Bootaan, Cabdulqaadir F. (2003) : Mahuraan: “lama huraan waa caxska jiilaall”
[2865]   Booysen, J. J. & Philippus Smit (1983) : Tsonga language centenary, 1883-1983: language maps
[2864]   Booysen, J. M. (1982) : Otjiherero: ’n volledige grammatika met oefeninge en sleutels in Afrikaans
[2866]   Booysen, J. M. & J. Muharupu (1987) : Otjiherero terminologielys/terminology
[2867]   Borello, Mario (1939) : Grammatica di lingua galla, I: fonetica e morfologia
[2868]   Borello, Mario (1995) : Vocabulario galla-italiano, italiano-galla
[2869]   Borello, Mario (1995) : Dizionario oromo-italiano/Oromo-Italian dictionary
[2870]   Borer, Hagit & Y. Aoun (Ed) (1981) : Theoretical issues in the grammar of Semitic languages
[2871]   Borgne, [Capitaine] le (1953) : Vocabulaire technique du chameau en Mauritanie (dialecte hassanya)
[2872]   Boris, Gilbert (1951) : Documents linguistiques et ethnographiques sur une région du sud tunisien (Nefzaoua)
[2873]   Boris, Gilbert (1958) : Lexique du parler arabe des Marazig
[2874]   Borland, Colin H. (1970) : Eastern Shona: a comparative dialect study
[2875]   Borland, Colin H. (1972) : Some tone patterns of Shona
[2876]   Borland, Colin H. (1982) : How basic is “basic” vocabulary?
[2877]   Borland, Colin H. (1984) : Conflicting methodologies of Shona dialect classification
[2878]   Borland, Colin H. (1986) : Internal relationships in southern Bantu
[2879]   Borland, Colin H. (1986) : Problems in the linguistic reconstruction of Zimbabwean prehistory
[2880]   Borland, Colin H. (1986) : The linguistic reconstruction of prehistoric pastoralist vocabulary
[2881]   Borland, Colin H. (1992) : Computing African linguistic prehistory
[2882]   Borowsky, Toni (1983) : Geminate consonants in Luganda
[2883]   Borowsky, Toni (1983) : On glide insertion in Luganda
[2884]   Borowsky, Toni (1995) : Hausa plurals and optimality
[2892]   Bosch, Barbara (2000) : Ethnicity markers in Afrikaans
[2888]   Bosch, Barbara & Vivian de Klerk (1994) : Oor klokkies en sticks: byname in ’n Afrikaanssprekende gemeenskap
[2885]   Bosch, Johannes L. (1964) : Die Shambiu van die Okavango: ’n volkenkundige studie
[3109]   Bösch, P. Fridolin (19--) : Kinyamwezi-Deutsch, A-I
[2886]   Bosch, Sonja E. (1985) : Subject and object agreement in Zulu
[2889]   Bosch, Sonja E. (1995) : The nature of ‘possession’ in Zulu - a re-examination
[2891]   Bosch, Sonja E. (1997) : Possible origins of the possessive particle -ka- in Zulu
[2893]   Bosch, Sonja E. (2000) : On the conceptualization of possession in Zulu
[2894]   Bosch, Sonja E. (2001) : Project on computational morphology (with special reference to Zulu) within the framework of human language technologies
[2896]   Bosch, Sonja E. & Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo (2002) : ‘Abbreviated nouns’ in African languages: a morphological, semantic and lexicographic perspective
[2890]   Bosch, Sonja E. & George Poulos (1996) : The categorial status of the possessive in Zulu: a new perspective
[2895]   Bosch, Sonja E. & Laurette Pretorius (2002) : The significance of computational morphological analysis for Zulu lexicography
[2887]   Bosch, Sonja E. & P. C. Taljaard (1989) : Handbook of IsiZulu
[2897]   Bosha, I. (1993) : Taathira za kiarabu katika kiswahili pamoja na kamusi thulathiya, kiswahili-kiarabu-kiingereza [The influence of Arabic language on Kiswahili with a trilingual dictionary, Swahili-Arabic-English]
[2898]   Boshoff, S. P. E. (1921) : Volk an taal van Suid-Afrika
[2899]   Boshoff, S. P. E. (1936) : Etimologiese woordeboek van Afrikaans
[2900]   Boshoff, S. P. E. (1950) : Abiekwasgeelhout: ’n etimologiese bydrae
[2901]   Boshoff, S. P. E. & Gabriel Stefanus Nienaber (1967) : Afrikaanse etimologieë
[24719]   Bosire, Mokaya (2006) : Hybrid Languages: The Case of Sheng
[2902]   Bosman, D. B. (1923) : Oor die onstaan van Afrikaans
[2903]   Bosman, D. B. (1928) : Oor die onstaan van Afrikaans
[2904]   Bosman, D. B. (1976) : Oor die onstaan van Afrikaans
[2905]   Bosman, D. B. , I. W. van der Merwe & L. W. Hiemstra (1984) : Tweetalige woordeboek/Bilingual dictionary
[2906]   Boss, Georg (1934) : Aus dem Pflanzenleben Südwestafrikas
[2907]   Bostock, Peter Geoffrey (1996) : A tentative short dictionary: English into Kidawida (or Kitaita)
[2908]   Bostock, Peter Geoffrey (1996) : A tentative short dictionary: Kidawida (or Kitaita) into English
[2909]   Bostoen, Koen (1997) : Het Shaba-Swahili: geschiedenis en bronne
[2910]   Bostoen, Koen (1999) : Aspects phonétiques et phonologiques de l’intonation en cilubà (L31A)
[2911]   Bostoen, Koen (1999) : Katanga Swahili: the particular history of a language reflected in her structure
[2912]   Bostoen, Koen (2001) : Osculance in Bantu reconstructions: a case study of the pair *-kádang-/*-káng- (‘fry’, ‘roast’) and its historical implications
[2913]   Bostoen, Koen (2003) : Introduction à l’intonation du cilubà
[2914]   Bostoen, Koen (2004) : Linguistics for the use of African history and the comparative study of Bantu pottery vocabulary
[2915]   Bostoen, Koen (2004) : Étude comparative et historique du vocabulaire relatif à la poterie en bantou
[2916]   Bostoen, Koen (2004) : The vocabulary of pottery fashioning techniques in Great Lakes Bantu: a comparative onomasiological study
[23244]   Bostoen, Koen (2005) : Comparative notes on Bantu agent noun spirantization
[24639]   Bostoen, Koen (2008) : Bantu Spirantization : Morphologization, lexicalization and historical classification
[24723]   Bostoen, Koen (2007) : Bantu Plant Names as Indicators of Linguistic Stratigraphy in the Western Province of Zambia
[22635]   Bostoen, Koen & Jacky Maniacky (Ed) (2005) : Studies in African comparative linguistics, with special focus on Bantu and Mande: essays in honour of Yvonne Bastin and Claire Grégoire
[25272]   Bostoen, Koen & Léon Mundeke (2011) : Passiveness and inversion in Mbuun (Bantu B87, DRC)
[3110]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1962) : La description phonologique du basaá (mbene)
[3111]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1964) : Les tons en basa
[3112]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1966) : Le problème linguistique au Cameroun
[3113]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1970) : Nexus et nominaux en basaá
[3114]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1974) : La transcription moderne des langues africaines
[3115]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1977) : L’adjectif qualicatif dans trois langues bantu du nord-ouest: duala, basaa, bulu
[3116]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1981) : The transcription and harmonization of African languages
[3117]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1985) : Les classes nominales en douálá
[2917]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1997) : Structure syllabique et lois morphémiques du yasa
[2918]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1997) : La nominalisation en yasa
[2919]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1998) : Temps verbaux et aspects du yasa
[23847]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1986) : Les substituts ou representants en ba sa a
[2921]   Botha, Colin Graham (1922) : The early history of the Cape Province, as illustrated by Dutch place names
[2923]   Botha, Colin Graham (1925) : The distribution of South African fauna in relation to place names
[2924]   Botha, Colin Graham (1926) : Place names in the Cape Province
[2934]   Botha, J. (1981) : Teaching Bantu languages for special purposes: an experiment with ‘Xhosa for factories’
[2930]   Botha, J. J. (1974) : Die kwalifikatief in Xhosa
[2931]   Botha, J. J. (1975) : Die saamgestelde onderwerp in Xhosa
[2929]   Botha, J. P. (1973) : Die adjektief as voorbepaling in Afrikaans
[2920]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1920) : Grammar of Afrikaans
[2922]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1923) : Afrikaanse grammatika
[2925]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1938) : Practical Afrikaans for English-speaking students
[2926]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1940) : Practical Afrikaans for English-speaking students
[2927]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1950) : Practical Afrikaans for English-speaking students
[2933]   Botha, Rudolf P. (1980) : Word-based morphology and synthetic compounding
[2937]   Botha, Rudolf P. (1988) : Form and meaning in word formation: a study of Afrikaans reduplication
[2938]   Botha, Rudolf P. (1988) : Semantic evidence against the autonomy of the lexicon
[2932]   Botha, T. J. R. (1977) : Watername in Natal
[2936]   Botha, T. J. R. (1985) : Probleme met die eienaamverbinding in die afrikaanse televisiediens
[2928]   Botha, T. J. R. (Ed) (1968) : Taal en teken: bundel opgedra aan prof. G. S. Nienaber op sy sestigste verjaarsdag
[2935]   Botha, Thereza (1981) : Generalizations about synthetic compounding in Afrikaans
[2939]   Botha, W. F. (1991) : Die lemmatisering van uitdrukkings in verklarende Afrikaanse woordeboeke
[2940]   Botha, Willem J. (1996) : Spatial deixis in Afrikaans dictionaries
[2941]   Botha, Willem J. (1997) : Mental contact: the category die ‘the’ in Afrikaans
[2942]   Botne, Robert Dale (1980) : Phonological and morphological aspects of verbal structures in Kinyarwanda
[2943]   Botne, Robert Dale (1981) : On the nature of tense and aspect: studies in the semantics of temporal reference in English and Kinyarwanda
[2944]   Botne, Robert Dale (1982) : La sémantique du temps en kinyarwanda
[2945]   Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : The semantics of tense in Kinyarwanda
[2946]   Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : La sémantique du temps en kinyarwanda
[2947]   Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : On the notion “inchoative verb” in Kinyarwanda
[2948]   Botne, Robert Dale (1986) : The temporal role of eastern Bantu -ba and -li
[2949]   Botne, Robert Dale (1987) : Semantics and pragmatics of tense in Kikerebe and Kinyarwanda
[2950]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : The function of auxiliary -bá in Kinyarwanda
[2951]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : Reconstruction of a grammaticalized auxiliary in Bantu
[2952]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : Quelques remarques sur les roles du morpheme -ra-: une response a Y. Cadiou
[2953]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989/90) : The historical relation of Cigogo to Zone J languages
[2954]   Botne, Robert Dale (1990) : The origins of the remote future formatives in Kinyarwanda, Kirundi, Giha (J61)
[2955]   Botne, Robert Dale (1990/91) : Verbal prosody in Ciruri
[2956]   Botne, Robert Dale (1991) : Variation and word formation in Proto-Bantu: the case of *-yikad-
[2958]   Botne, Robert Dale (1992) : Double reflexes in eastern and southern Bantu
[2959]   Botne, Robert Dale (1992) : Phonemic split in Nen (A44): a case of tonal conditioning of glottalic Proto-Bantu consonants
[2960]   Botne, Robert Dale (1993) : Differenciating the auxiliaries -ti and -va in Tumbuka (N.21)
[2961]   Botne, Robert Dale (1993) : Noun incorporation into verbs: the curious case of “ground” in Bantu
[2964]   Botne, Robert Dale (1995) : The pronominal origin of an evidential
[2965]   Botne, Robert Dale (1998) : The evolution of future tenses from serial ‘say’ constructions in central eastern Bantu
[2967]   Botne, Robert Dale (1998) : Prosodically-conditioned vowel shortening in Chindali
[2968]   Botne, Robert Dale (1999) : Future and distal -ka-’s: Proto-Bantu or nascent form(s)?
[2969]   Botne, Robert Dale (2003) : Lega (Beya dialect) (D25)
[2970]   Botne, Robert Dale (2003) : Dissociation in tense, realis and location in Chindali verbs
[2971]   Botne, Robert Dale (2004) : Specificity in Lusaamia infinitives
[2972]   Botne, Robert Dale (2005) : Cognitive schemas and motion verbs: ‘coming’ and ‘going’ in Chindali (Eastern Bantu)
[22623]   Botne, Robert Dale (2002) : Towards a typology of die verbs in African languages
[2957]   Botne, Robert Dale & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (1991) : A learner’s Chichewa-English, English-Chichewa dictionary
[2963]   Botne, Robert Dale & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (1995) : A learner’s Chichewa and English dictionary
[2966]   Botne, Robert Dale & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (1998) : Asymmetric corodination in Lega
[2962]   Botne, Robert Dale & Kisanga Salama-Gray (1994) : A Lega and English dictionary, with an index to Proto-Bantu roots
[22622]   Botne, Robert Dale & Rose Vondrasek (Ed) (2002) : Explorations in African linguistics: from Lamnso to Sesotho
[2973]   Boucher, Evelyn (1983) : Développement du swahili en Afrique noire et recule de l’anglais dans le sud-est asiatique
[23505]   Boucher, Karine & Suzanne Lafage (2000) : Le lexique français du Gabon
[2974]   Boucneau, Jacques (1987) : A tentative linguistic bibliography of Swahili 1964-1984: basics, phonology & morphophonology, syntax, lexicography
[23910]   Bouh Ma Sitna, Charles Lwanga (2004) : Le syntagme nominal du yasa
[2976]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1994) : L’accord des adjectifs du protobantou en zone H
[22908]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1989) : Teke and its dialects in Congo: status of the research
[25260]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1995) : Structures phonologiques et structures prosodiques : le modèle bekwel
[25261]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1996) : Eléments de phonologie diachroinique du bekwel (bantou, A85b)
[25264]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi & Didier Demolin (1996) : Quelques changements phonétiques en bekwel
[2975]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi & Josué Ndamba (1991) : Essai de classification lexicostatistique des langues bantoues de Congo-Brazzaville
[2977]   Boukar-Selim, Laumagi ga B. (19--) : Linguistique contrastive et didactique des langues: étude de grammaire contrastive de l’anglais, du français, et du ngambay (Tchad)
[2978]   Boukar-Selim, Laumagi ga B. (1986) : ‘To be or not to be’, ‘to have or not to have’ and their expressions in English, French and Ngambay
[24636]   Boukari, Oumarou (2008) : Songhay-Zarma
[859]   Boukhris, Fatima (1989) : Le verbe en tamazight: lexique et morphologie (parlers des Zemmours)
[2979]   Boukous, Ahmed (1987) : Syllable et syllabation en berbère
[2980]   Boukous, Ahmed (1987) : Phonotactique et domaines prosodiques en berbère (parler tachelhit d’Agadir, Maroc)
[2981]   Boukous, Ahmed (1990) : Syllabification et domaine prosodique en berbère
[2982]   Boulinier, Georges (1976) : Bibliographie linguistiques comorienne
[2983]   Boum, Marie Anne (1980) : Le groupe menchum: morphologie nominale
[2984]   Boum, Marie Anne (1981) : Le syntagme nominal en modele
[2985]   Boum, Marie Anne (1983) : L’expression de la localisation en basaá
[14889]   Boumalk, Abdallah (2004) : Manuel de conjugaison du tachelhit (langue berbère du Maroc)
[2986]   Bouman, A. C. (1926) : Onderzoekingen over Afrikaanse sintaksis
[2987]   Bounfour, Abdellah (1984) : Linguistique et littérature: études sur la littérature orale marocaine
[2988]   Boungou, Pierre (19--) : Étude morphologique du bembe
[2989]   Bouny, Paule (1978) : Un conte mandagué (parler kotoko)
[2990]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1962) : A propos de numération: l’emploi du système décimal et du système duodécimal dans la langue birom (Nigéria septentrional)
[2991]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1963) : Le parler birom de Du (Nigeria septentrional): phonologie et morphologie
[2992]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1964) : A wordlist of Aten (Ganawuri)
[2993]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1964) : A propos de la phonologie du sara
[2994]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1967) : Le système des classes nominales dans quelques languages (birom, ganawuri, anaguta, irigwe, kaje, rukuba) appartenant au groupe “Plateau” (Nigéria central) de la sous-famille Bénoué-Congo
[2995]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1967) : Some data for a comparative study of Birom (northern Nigeria) and Proto-Bantu
[2996]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1968) : Birom et bantou commun
[2997]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1970) : La langue birom (Nigéria septentrional): phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[2998]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1971/72) : Les noms de plantes chez les birom
[2999]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1973) : Quelques réflexions sur le système phonologique du rundi
[3000]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1976) : Théories et méthodes en linguistique africaine: communication au 11ème congrès de la Société Linguistique de l’Afrique de l’Ouest (SLAO), Yaoundé, avril, 1974
[3008]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1981) : Les langues bénoué-congo et leur classification
[3009]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1981) : Le birom
[3003]   Bouquiaux, Luc (Ed) (1979) : Multilingualisme dans les domaines bantou du nord-ouest et tchadique: le point de la question en 1977
[3004]   Bouquiaux, Luc (Ed) (1980) : L’expansion bantoue: actes du colloque international du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Viviers 4-16 avril 1977
[3001]   Bouquiaux, Luc & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1976) : Une aire de génération de tons en Afrique centrale: problèmes tonals dans quelques langues oubanguiennes et bantoues périphériques
[3007]   Bouquiaux, Luc & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1980) : Le peuplement oubanguien, hypothèse de reconstruction des mouvements migratoires dans la région oubanguienne d’après des données linguistiques et de tradition orale
[3010]   Bouquiaux, Luc & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1992) : Studying and describing unwritten languages
[3011]   Bouquiaux, Luc & Jacqueline M. C. Thomas (1994) : Quelques problèmes comparatifs de langues bantoues C10 des confins oubanguiens: le cas du mbati, du ngando et de l’aka
[3005]   Bouquiaux, Luc , Gladys Guarisma & Gabriel Manessy (Ed) (1980) : Problèmes de comparatisme et de dialectologie dans les langues africaines
[3002]   Bouquiaux, Luc , Jean-Marie Kobozo , Marcel Diki-Kidiri , Jacqueline Vallet & Anne Behaghel (Ed) (1978) : Dictionnaire sango-français et lexique français-sango
[3006]   Bouquiaux, Luc , Larry Michael Hyman & Jan Voorhoeve (Ed) (1980) : Les classes nominales dans le bantou des Grassfields = L’expansion bantoue: actes du colloque international du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Viviers 4-16 avril 1977
[3013]   Bourdin, Jean-François (1983) : Bibliographie analytique des langues parlées en Afrique subsaharienne, 1970-1980
[3014]   Bourdonnec, P.-M. (1948) : La langue sanga
[3015]   Bourdonnec, P.-M. & André Coupez (1968) : Fichier du dictionnaire sanga
[3016]   Bourenane, Karima Radja Roudesli (1984) : English learning in Algeria: an analysis of errors and attitudes
[3017]   Bourguet, Pierre du (1971) : Grammaire égyptienne, moyen empire pharaonique: méthode progressive basée sur les armatures de cette langue
[3018]   Bourguet, Pierre du (1976) : Grammaire fonctionelle et progressive de l’Egyptien demotique
[3019]   Bourguet, Pierre du (1980) : Grammaire égyptienne, moyen empire pharaonique: méthode progressive basée sur les armatures de cette langue
[3020]   Bourquin, Walther (1922) : The prefix of the locative in Kafir
[3021]   Bourquin, Walther (1923) : Neue Ur-Bantu-Wortstämme, nebst einem Beitrag zur Erforschung der Bantu-Wurzeln
[3022]   Bourquin, Walther (1927) : Die Sprache der Phuthi
[3023]   Bourquin, Walther (1932/33) : Entstehung von Nasalen durch den Influss von i im Bantu
[3024]   Bourquin, Walther (1946) : The so-called article in Xhosa
[3025]   Bourquin, Walther (1949) : The use of the demonstrative pronoun in Xhosa
[3026]   Bourquin, Walther (1951) : Click-words which Xhosa, Zulu and Sotho have in common
[3027]   Bourquin, Walther (1951) : Schnalzwörter als geschichtliche Urkunden
[3028]   Bourquin, Walther (1952) : Notes on the concords in Xhosa, Zulu and Sotho, their differences and general aspects
[3029]   Bourquin, Walther (1953/54) : Weitere Ur-Bantu-Wortstämme
[3030]   Bourquin, Walther (1955) : Notes on the “close vowels” in Bantu
[3031]   Boursier, Daniel , Jean Mokoto & Ursula Wiesemann (1984) : Les verbes en bangando
[3032]   Bousacq, E. (1929) : Les langues du Congo
[3033]   Boutin, Pierre (1981) : Éléments pour une systématique du fhøndhøndhø, parler “senoufo” du nord de la Côte d’Ivoire
[23984]   Boutrais, Jean (1994) : Pour une nouvelle cartographie des Peuls
[3034]   Boutrais, Jean & Catherine Baroin (Ed) (1999) : L’homme et l’animal dans le bassin du Lac Tchad: actes du colloque du réseau Méga-Tchad, Orléans, 15-17 octobre 1997
[22866]   Boutwell, Katrina (2001) : An assessment of the creolization of Cameroon Pidgin English
[23285]   Bovin, M. (1972) : Ethno-terms for ethnic groups: examples from Azande and Kanuri
[22595]   Bow, Catherine (1997) : A description of Moloko phonology
[3035]   Bowcock, Dianne Carroll (1985) : Educational language planning in the Gambia
[3036]   Bowcock, Dianne Carroll (1985) : African language usage in the classroom, reported and observed
[3037]   Bowern, Claire & Victoria Lotridge (Ed) (2002) : Ndebele
[3038]   Bowers, Roger (1995) : You can never plan the future by the past: where do we go with English?
[23066]   Bowman, Heidi (1978) : A stratificational analysis of Hausa
[3039]   Boyce, William Binnington (1956) : Grammar of the Kafir language
[3058]   Boyd, Ginger (2000) : The role of tense and aspect in Mbodomo narrative discourse
[3040]   Boyd, Raymond (1974) : Étude comparative dans le groupe adamawa
[3042]   Boyd, Raymond (1978) : Etudes comparatives: a propos des ressemblances lexicales entre langues niger-congo et nilo-saharienne
[3043]   Boyd, Raymond (1980) : Étude zandé (langue oubanguienne, dialecte de la République Centrafricaine)
[3044]   Boyd, Raymond (1988) : Le kpatiri ou gbayi, une nouvelle langue du groupe ngbandi
[3046]   Boyd, Raymond (1988) : Le groupe zande
[3048]   Boyd, Raymond (1989) : Adamawa-Ubangi
[3049]   Boyd, Raymond (1989) : Tone feature analysis: applications to Grassfields Bantu languages
[3050]   Boyd, Raymond (1989) : Number systems in the Adamawa branch of Niger-Congo
[3051]   Boyd, Raymond (1994) : Historical perspectives on Chamba Daka
[3053]   Boyd, Raymond (1995) : Le zande
[3054]   Boyd, Raymond (1995) : De l’expression et de l’expressivité en morphologie: analyse comparée de la dérivation verbale en zande et en nzakala
[3055]   Boyd, Raymond (1996) : Congo-Saharan revisited
[3057]   Boyd, Raymond (1997) : Les harmonies vocaliques du zande
[23977]   Boyd, Raymond (1988) : Les langues Adamawa
[24458]   Boyd, Raymond (2004) : The syntax and semantics of the Chamba-Daka verbal noun
[24853]   Boyd, Raymond (2007) : Les emplois de certains morphèmes déictiques en bata (Tchadique centrale)
[24926]   Boyd, Raymond (1999) : A Linguistic Sketch of Tiba (Gà), Part 1
[24927]   Boyd, Raymond (1999) : A Linguistic Sketch of Tiba (Gà), Part 2
[24980]   Boyd, Raymond (1998) : Les voisins les plus proches : un aperçu de la dialectologie en Afrique
[25389]   Boyd, Raymond (1999) : A Linguistic Sketch of Tiba (Gà)
[3052]   Boyd, Raymond (Ed) (1995) : Le système verbal dans les langues oubanguiennes
[3059]   Boyd, Raymond (Ed) (2001) : Bata phonology: a reappraisal
[3045]   Boyd, Raymond & Helma Pasch (1988) : Le groupe sere-ngbaka-mba
[3047]   Boyd, Raymond & Pierre Nougayrol (1988) : Le gèmé ou jèmé, une nouvelle langue du groupe zande
[3056]   Boyd, Virginia L. (1997) : A phonology and grammar of Mbodomo
[23671]   Boyd, Virginia L. (1996) : Petit lexique gbaya mbódòmò - français, dialecte de Gandima Tongo
[23672]   Boyd, Virginia L. (2000) : Exposé de l’alphabet et de l’orthographe proposés pour le gbaya mbodomo
[1824]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2004) : Les pronoms logophoriques dans les langues d’Afrique centrale
[3061]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1973) : Phonologie du yakoma
[3062]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1975) : Études yakoma, langue du groupe oubanguien (RCA): morphologie, synthématique
[3064]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1977) : Éléments pour une phonologie du laal de Gori (Moyen-Chari)
[3065]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1980) : Niellim et tula (langues ‘adamawa’): concordances morphologiques (pluriels nominaux)
[3066]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1982) : Deux études laal (Moyen-Chari, Tchad)
[3067]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1982) : Quelques questions portant sur la classification du laal (Tchad)
[3069]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1982) : Structures sociales et particularismes linguistiques en pays de langue ‘ngbandi’: eléments pour une étude
[3070]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1983) : Vestiges de suffixes de classes nominales dans les langues du groupe boua (Tchad - Adamawa 13 de J.-H. Greenberg)
[3071]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1985) : La langue lua (‘niellim’), groupe boua, Moyen-Chari, Tchad: phonologie, morphologie, dérivation verbale
[3072]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1986) : Présentation sommaire du groupe boua (Tchad)
[3075]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1987) : Les langues fer (“kara”) et yulu du nord Centrafricain: esquisses descriptives et lexiques
[3077]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1989) : Dictionnaire ngbugu, non-publié
[3079]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1989) : Comparative tonal systems: Yulu/Kara vs Sara group (Kenga/Ngambay/Mbay)
[3080]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1990) : Dictionnaire yulu, non-publié
[3081]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1990) : Furu et bagiro: l’extension oubanguienne des langues “sara”
[3082]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1991) : De deux a trois registres tonals: l’exemples des verbes sara-bongo-baguirmiens
[3083]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1992) : La langue bagiro (République Centrafricaine): systématique, textes, lexique
[3084]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1993) : Identité tonale et filiation des langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes (Afrique centrale)
[3085]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1995) : Modifications tonales et limites syntaxiques en bagiro (langue sara de la République Centrafricaine)
[3086]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1995) : Présentation d’une étude comparative des propriétés tonales des langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes
[3087]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1995) : Le yakoma
[3088]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1996) : Mutation et réflection dans l’expansion des registres tonals: l’exemple des langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes
[3089]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2000) : La langue bagiro (République Centrafricaine): systématique, textes, lexique
[3090]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2000) : Identité tonale et filiation des langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes (Afrique centrale)
[23981]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1988) : Présentation sommaire du groupe boua, Tchad (Adamawa 13 de J. H. Greenberg)
[24427]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2005) : La place des verbes composés dans un dictionnaire yulu-français
[24428]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2006) : Reflexes of a Labiovelar Series in Central Sudanic
[24429]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2007) : Compound Verbs and Modalities of Process in Yulu (Central Sudanic)
[24629]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2008) : Dadjo-Sila
[24638]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2008) : Yulu
[24905]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2008) : Logophorique et imminence/immédiateté en yakoma
[24981]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1998) : Comparaison et reconstruction dans le domaine tonal : les langues sara-bongo-baguirmiennes
[3074]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (Ed) (1987) : La maison du chef et la tête du cabri: des degrés de la détermination nominale dans les langues d’Afrique centrale
[3073]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & France Cloarec-Heiss (1986) : Dialectométrioe lexicale dans le domaine oubanguien
[3078]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & France Cloarec-Heiss (1989) : Les déterminations “directe” et “indirecte” du nom dans des langues d’Afrique centrale
[25073]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & France Cloarec-Heiss (2001) : Les choix vocaliques de deux parlers banda : correspondances ou ressemblances régulières ?
[3076]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & Marcel Diki-Kidiri (1988) : Le groupe ngbandi-sango-kpatiri
[3068]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & Marcel Diki-Kidiri (Ed) (1982) : Le domaine ngbandi
[7109]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & Pierre Nougayrol (2004) : Les marques personnelles des langues SBB : traits systématiques et perspectives historiques
[3063]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & Pierre Palayer (1975) : Les langues du groupe boua (Tchad): études phonologiques
[3060]   Boyeldieu, Pascal , Luc Bouquiaux , Xavier Guinet & Judith Hedger (1973) : Problèmes de phonologie (yakoma, rundi, sungor, wolof)
[24871]   Boyeldieu, Pascal , Pierre Nougayrol & Pierre Palayer (2006) : Lexique comparatif historique des langues Sara-Bongo-Baguirmiennes
[3091]   Boyi, Jean (1977) : Description phonologique du munzombo
[3092]   Boyi, Jean (1983) : Le munzombo (langue oubanguienne): étude du nom
[3093]   Boys, William Earl (1979) : Ibibio phonology
[3119]   Braconnier, Cassian (1982/83) : Le systemè tonal du dioula d’Odienné
[3120]   Braconnier, Cassian (1983) : Phonologie du dioula d’Odienne
[3121]   Braconnier, Cassian (1986) : De l’existence de trois types de nasalité à support vocalique en dioula d’Odienné
[3122]   Braconnier, Cassian (1989) : Dioula d’Odienné (parler de Samatiguila): dictionnaire et études de linguistique descriptive
[3123]   Braconnier, Cassian (1989) : Un cas d’influence ds consonnes sur l’assignation tonale à l’intérieu du monème en dioula d’Odienné
[3124]   Braconnier, Cassian (1990) : Le ‘morphème tonal d’énoncé incomplet’ du dioula d’Odienné
[3125]   Braconnier, Cassian (1991) : La forme verbale en -rà du dioula d’Odienné
[3126]   Braconnier, Cassian (1991) : Éléments de syntaxe du verbe en dioula d’Odienné
[3127]   Braconnier, Cassian (1991) : Inaccompli neutre et infinitif en ká du dioula d’Odienné: constructions nominales ou constructions verbales?
[3128]   Braconnier, Cassian (1992) : Dernières nouvelles d’Odienné: ka ‘infinitival’ mandingue est bel et bien un C!
[3129]   Braconnier, Cassian (1992) : Encore le -rà d’Odienné
[3130]   Braconnier, Cassian (1993) : Quelques aspects du passif mandingue dans sa version d’Odienné
[3131]   Braconnier, Cassian (1999) : Dictionnaire du dioula d’Odienné
[24241]   Braconnier, Cassian (1987-88) : Ko/nko à Samatiguila
[24242]   Braconnier, Cassian (1983) : L'inaccompli neutre en Dioula d'Odienné : construction nominale ou verbale ?
[24243]   Braconnier, Cassian (1984) : Vocables d'Odienné non attestés en bambara standard
[24280]   Braconnier, Cassian (1982) : Note sur certaines indications tonales données dans l'article de M. J. Derive : variations dialectales de certaines marques prédicatives des parlers manding ivoiriens (Mandenkan 1 et 2)
[3118]   Braconnier, Cassian & Marie-José Derive (1978) : Petit dictionnaire dioula
[25045]   Braconnier, Cassian & N. Coulibaly (?) : Lexique numu? de Soko
[25046]   Braconnier, Cassian & N. Coulibaly (?) : Lexique ligbi de Sooko
[25047]   Braconnier, Cassian & N. Coulibaly (1986) : Lexique j??g??
[24608]   Braconnier, Cassian & S. Diaby (1982) : Dioula d’Odienné (parler de Samatiguila): matériel lexical
[3132]   Bradfield, M. (1977) : It in Iraqw: an analysis of the object selector series of the Iraqw verb
[3133]   Bradford, N. H. G. (1962) : Bunyoro adult literacy campaign
[25275]   Bradley, David P. (1992) : Tibea Survey Report
[3134]   Bradley, V. M. (1971) : Jibu narrative discourse structure
[22872]   Bradley, Virginia (1995) : Limbum-English lexicon
[3135]   Bradlow, A. (1992) : On the representation of clicks
[3136]   Bradshaw, A. von S. (1965) : Vestiges of Portuguese in the languages of Sierra Leone
[3137]   Bradshaw, Mary M. (1994) : The independent development of mid tone in Suma
[3138]   Bradshaw, Mary M. (1995) : Tone on verbs in Suma
[3139]   Bradshaw, Mary M. (1996) : One-step raising in Gbanu
[3142]   Bradshaw, Mary M. (1998) : Tone alternations in the associative construction in Suma
[3143]   Bradshaw, Mary M. (1998) : One-step raising in Ali
[3144]   Bradshaw, Mary M. (1999) : Consonant-tone interaction in African languages
[3140]   Bradshaw, Richard & Joel Bombo-Konghozaud (1997) : The Sango language and Central African culture, 1: basic concepts, grammar and vocabulary
[3141]   Bradshaw, Richard & Joel Bradshaw (1998) : A basic Sango-French-English dictionary (Central African Republic)
[3145]   Braga, Maria Luiza (1982) : Left-dislocation and topicalization in Capeverdean Creole
[3146]   Braga, Maria Luiza (1987) : Deslocamentos para a esquerda e topicalizaçoes no crioulo caboverdiano
[3147]   Brain, James Lewton (1961) : Swahili slang
[3148]   Brain, James Lewton (1966) : Basic structures of Swahili
[3149]   Brain, James Lewton (1969) : Basic structures of Swahili, part II: a background to the Swahili language and advanced exercises
[3150]   Brain, James Lewton (1969) : A short dictionary of social science terms for Swahili speakers
[3151]   Brain, James Lewton (1976) : A comparison of Bantu terms in east and west Tanzania
[3152]   Brain, James Lewton (1980) : Luguru bird names
[3153]   Brakel, Anne van , Joyce Hoogeveen , Frank van Pelt , Katrijn Raaijmakers & Christian Rapold (1994) : Ejebele: a wordlist of culinary terminology in Ngombe
[3154]   Bram, G. N. & Mervyn Hiskett (Ed) (1975) : Conflicts and harmony in education in tropical Africa
[22873]   Bramlett, Lee (1996) : Lexique hdi-français-anglais
[3156]   Brand, H. S. P. & J. C. le Roux (1990) : Devokalisasie in Xhosa: ’n herinterpretasie
[3155]   Brand, P. J. , J. H. Esterhuyse , Karl Friedrich Höflich , L. V. Postma & E. Sibeld (1955) : Report of the commission of enquiry into the language rights of the German-speaking section in South West Africa
[3157]   Brand, Roger (2000) : Ethnographie et vocabulaire religieux des cultes vodoun
[3158]   Brandon, Frank Roberts (1974) : The structure of the verb in Swahili
[3159]   Brandon, Frank Roberts (1975) : A constraint on deletion in Swahili
[3161]   Branford, Jean (1978) : A dictionary of South African English
[3162]   Branford, Jean (1980) : A dictionary of South African English
[3164]   Branford, Jean (1987) : A dictionary of South African English
[3167]   Branford, Jean & William Branford (1991) : A dictionary of South African English
[3160]   Branford, William (1976) : A dictionary of South African English as a reflex of the English-speaking cultures of South Africa
[3163]   Branford, William (1983) : Khoisan peoples in the South African English vocabulary
[3165]   Branford, William (1987) : The South African pocket Oxford dictionary
[3166]   Branford, William (1990) : A dictionary of South African English on historical principles
[3168]   Branford, William (1994) : South African English
[3169]   Branford, William & John S. Claughton (2002) : Mutual lexical borrowings among some languages of southern Africa: Xhosa, Afrikaans and English
[3170]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1970) : French curriculum development in Anglophone Africa
[3171]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1972) : The new West African school certificate/G.C.E. advanced level French syllabus
[3172]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1975) : Standardisation des langues et éducation au Nigeria
[3173]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1977) : Language planning for education in Nigeria: some demographic and areal factors
[3174]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1977) : Educational language planning in Nigeria: problems and prospects
[3175]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1977) : The role of language in Nigeria’s educational policy: some comments and inferences
[3176]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1978) : Functions of world languages in West Africa
[3177]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1979) : A typology of language education in Nigeria
[3178]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1980) : Mother tongue, other tongue and further tongue
[3179]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1981) : The future of European languages in Africa
[3180]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1981) : Trilingualism in language planning for education in sub-Saharan Africa
[3181]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1984) : Afro-Saxons and Afro-Romans: language policies in sub-Saharan Africa
[3182]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1985) : Official and national languages in Africa: complementarity or conflict
[3183]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1985) : A sociolinguistic typology of language contact in Nigeria: the role of translation
[3184]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1985) : Language policy, planning and management in Nigeria: a bird’s eye view
[3185]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1988) : The de-lect-able field of socio-linguistic variety differentiation
[3186]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1990) : The role and function of languages in government: language policy issues in Nigeria
[3187]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1993) : The democratisation of language use in public domains in Nigeria
[3188]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1993) : The democratisation of language use in public domains in Nigeria
[3189]   Brann, Conrad Max Benedict (1995) : Urban linguistics in Nigeria: the example of “Language Use in Maiduguri Metropolitan - LUMM”
[3190]   Brassil, Dan (2003) : Patterns in Kirundi reduplication
[3191]   Braun, Willie (1989) : Aspekte der Lexikographie des Swahili: die Wortverbindungen des Verbs piga
[3192]   Brauner, Siegmund (1964) : Bemerkungen zum entlehnten Wortschatz des Hausa (Yorubalehnwörter im Hausa)
[3196]   Brauner, Siegmund (1973) : Probleme der Wortartenklassifizierung im Bambara und ihre Nutzung für die Lehre der Sprache
[3197]   Brauner, Siegmund (1974) : Lehrbuch des Bambara
[3199]   Brauner, Siegmund (1979) : Aktuelle Tendenzen der Entwicklung der Konkordanzbeziehungen im Swahili
[3200]   Brauner, Siegmund (1980) : Urbanisierungsprozesse in Afrika und ihre Auswirkung auf die Entwicklung der sprachlichen Situation
[3202]   Brauner, Siegmund (1982) : Problèmes actuels du développement des langues nationales en République Populaire du Congo
[3204]   Brauner, Siegmund (1986) : Zum Verhältnis von Kultur- und Sprachgeschichte: chinesische Lehnwörter im Swahili
[3205]   Brauner, Siegmund (1986) : Der wissenschftlich-technische Fortschritt und seine Auswirkungen auf die sprachliche Situation und die Sprachen Afrikas: zu einigen Grund- und Ausgangspositionen
[3207]   Brauner, Siegmund (1990) : Zur Prosodik (Intensität) moderner Nominalkompositionen des Swahili
[3209]   Brauner, Siegmund (1993) : Innovationsprozesse im Verbalsystem des Shona
[3210]   Brauner, Siegmund (1995) : A grammatical sketch of Shona, with historical notes
[3211]   Brauner, Siegmund (1998) : Die Bantuperfekt und sein Schicksal im Schona
[3212]   Brauner, Siegmund (1999) : Afrikanistik in Leipzig (I): 1890-1945
[3213]   Brauner, Siegmund (2000) : Die Mande-Sprachen: Gliederung, Strukturen
[3203]   Brauner, Siegmund (Ed) (1985) : Verkehrs- und Nationalsprachen in Afrika
[3206]   Brauner, Siegmund & Ekkehard Wolff (Ed) (1988) : Progressive traditions in African and Oriental studies
[3198]   Brauner, Siegmund & Irmtraud Herms (1979) : Lehrbuch des modernes Swahili
[3193]   Brauner, Siegmund & Joseph Kasella Bantu (1964) : Lehrbuch des Swahili
[3194]   Brauner, Siegmund & Michael G. Ashiwaju (1965) : Lehrbuch der Hausa-Sprache
[3201]   Brauner, Siegmund & Natalya Veniaminovna Okhotina (Ed) (1982) : Studien zur nationalsprachlichen Entwicklung in Afrika: soziolinguistische und sprachpolitische Probleme
[3208]   Brauner, Siegmund & Samson Huni (1993) : Einführung ins Schona
[3195]   Brauner, Siegmund & Wolfgang Reuschel (Ed) (1973) : Beiträge zur Afrikanistik und Orientalistik
[3214]   Bravmann, M. M. (1977) : Studies in Semitic philology
[3215]   Breckwoldt, G. H. (1963) : Clicks and click symbols: an historico-phonetic investigation
[3216]   Breckwoldt, G. H. (1972) : A critical investigation of click symbolism
[3217]   Breckwoldt, G. H. (1978) : Critical review of early descriptions and symbols of click sounds
[3218]   Breedveld, Anneke (1985) : Reflexes of Proto-Bantu alveolar consonants (in Bamileke, A.40, A.50 and A.60)
[3219]   Breedveld, Anneke (1988) : Nasal-plosive sequences in Fulfulde
[3220]   Breedveld, J. O. (1995) : Form and meaning in Fulfulde: a morphonological study of Maasinankore
[24914]   Breedveld, J.O. (1995) : The semantic basis of noun class systems: the case of the Ki and Nge classes in Fulfulde
[3221]   Breeze, Mary J. (1986) : Personal pronouns in Gimira (Benchnon)
[3222]   Breeze, Mary J. (1988) : A comparison of phonological features of Gimira and Dizi
[3223]   Breeze, Mary J. (1990) : A sketch of the phonology and grammar of Gimira (Benchnon)
[22988]   Breeze, Mary J. (1988) : Phonological features of Gimira and Dizi
[3224]   Breitborde, Lawrence B. (1977) : The social structural basis of linguistic variation in an urban African neighbourhood
[3225]   Breitborde, Lawrence B. (1988) : The persistence of English in Liberia: sociolinguistic factors
[3226]   Breitborde, Lawrence B. (1998) : Speaking and social identity: English in the lives of urban Africans
[3227]   Bremicker, Ursula (1---) : Description systematique du waama (langue voltaïque du Benin): phonologie, grammaire
[3228]   Brenner, Louis & Murray Last (1985) : The role of language in West African Islam
[3229]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1987) : East-African beekeping vocabularies: KiZigua
[3230]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1987) : Die sprachliche und kulturelle Stellung der Mbugu (Ma’a)
[3235]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1992) : Lexical retention in language shift: Yaaku/Mukogodo-Maasai and Elmolo/Elmolo-Samburu
[3236]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1992) : Patterns of language shift in East Africa
[3237]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1993) : Minority languages, a cultural heritage
[3239]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1994) : Language loyalty and social environment
[3240]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1995) : The “islanders” of Lake Abbaya and Lake Ch’amo: Harro Ganjule, Gats’ame, and Bayso
[3241]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1998) : Moving to survive: Kxoe communities in arid lands
[3243]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1998) : Sprachwechsel afrikanischer Minoritäten aus soziolinguistischer Sicht
[3244]   Brenzinger, Matthias (1999) : Personal names of the Kxoe: the example of Tcóo-names
[3234]   Brenzinger, Matthias (Ed) (1992) : Language death: factual and theoretical explorations with special reference to East Africa
[3242]   Brenzinger, Matthias (Ed) (1998) : Endangered languages in Africa
[3231]   Brenzinger, Matthias , Bernd Heine & Gabi [Gabriele] Sommer (1991) : Language death in Africa
[3232]   Brenzinger, Matthias , Bernd Heine & Gabi [Gabriele] Sommer (1991) : Mort des langues en Afrique
[3233]   Brenzinger, Matthias , Bernd Heine & Gabi [Gabriele] Sommer (1991) : Language death in Africa
[3238]   Brenzinger, Matthias , Bernd Heine & Ingo Heine (1994) : The Mukogodo Maasai: an ethnobotanical survey
[3253]   Bresnan, Joan (1990) : African languages and syntactic theories
[3254]   Bresnan, Joan (1991) : Locative case vs. locative gender
[3256]   Bresnan, Joan (1993) : Interaction between grammar and discourse in Chichewa (Bantu)
[3257]   Bresnan, Joan (1994) : Locative inversion and the architecture of universal grammar
[3259]   Bresnan, Joan (1995) : Category mismatches
[3260]   Bresnan, Joan (1997) : Mixed categories and head sharing constructions
[3261]   Bresnan, Joan & Adams B. Bodomo (1997) : A note on Dagaare action nominalization as mixed categories
[3251]   Bresnan, Joan & Jonni M. Kanerva (1989) : Locative inversion in Chichewa: a case study in factorization in grammar
[3255]   Bresnan, Joan & Jonni M. Kanerva (1992) : The thematic hierarchy and locative inversion in UG: a reply to Schachter’s comments
[3250]   Bresnan, Joan & Lioba [Priva] Moshi (1988) : Applicatives in Kivunjo (Chaga): implications for argument structure and syntax
[3252]   Bresnan, Joan & Lioba [Priva] Moshi (1990) : Object asymmetries in comparative Bantu syntax
[3245]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1985) : Verb agreement in Chichewa
[3246]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1986) : Grammatical and anaphoric agreement
[3247]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3248]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3249]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3258]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1995) : The lexical integrity principle: evidence from Bantu
[23418]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1985) : On topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3262]   Breton, F. H. le (1936) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3263]   Breton, F. H. le (1937) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3264]   Breton, F. H. le (1940) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3265]   Breton, F. H. le (1941) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3266]   Breton, F. H. le (1948) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3267]   Breton, F. H. le (1951) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3268]   Breton, F. H. le (1958) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3269]   Breton, F. H. le (1968) : Up-country Swahili exercises (Swahili simplified), for the farmer, merchant, businessman and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country African
[3270]   Breton, Roland J. L. (1981) : Groupe A10: Lundu-Mbo, Oroko-Ngoe. Map of Oroko-Ngoe language group of SW Cameroon
[3271]   Breton, Roland J. L. (1991) : The handicaps of language planning in Africa
[3273]   Breton, Roland J. L. (1993) : Is there a Furu language group?
[23972]   Breton, Roland J. L. (1995) : Les Furu et leurs voisins: découvertes et essai de classification d’un groupe de langues en voie d’extinction au Cameroun
[3272]   Breton, Roland J. L. & Fohtung Bikia (1991) : Atlas administratif des langues nationales du Cameroun
[3274]   Briani, Gaetano (1953) : Dizzionario giur, italiano, inglese
[3275]   Bridges, R. C. (1968) : A manuscript Kinika vocabulary and a letter of J. L. Krapf
[3276]   Briggs, K. (1972) : An introductory description of the Bete language
[3277]   Bright, J. A. (1962) : The teaching of English in Uganda
[24744]   Brindle, Jonathan Allen (2009) : On the Identification of Noun Class and Gender Systems in Chakali
[3278]   Brink, A. P. (1976) : English and the Afrikaans writer
[22916]   Brinneman, Carol G. (1983) : La dichotomie thème-rhème dans un texte non-narratif godié
[22965]   Brinneman, Carol G. (1983) : Prèmiers pas vers une grammaire sociale en godié
[3279]   Brinneman, R. Neal (1974) : La phonologie de lamba
[23119]   Brinneman, R. Neal (1983) : Rélations interpropositionelles temporelles dans le lama
[24555]   Brinneman, Richard Neal (1978) : Une grammaire du lamba
[3280]   Bris, Pierre le & [Révérend] [Père] André Prost (1981) : Dictionnaire bobo-français, précédé d’une introduction grammaticale et suivi d’un lexique français-bobo
[25027]   Brisard, Frank & Michael Meeuwis (2009) : Present and perfect in Bantu: The case of Lingála
[3281]   Brisson, Robert (19--) : Vocabulaire bira
[3283]   Brisson, Robert (1984) : Lexique français-baka
[3282]   Brisson, Robert & Daniel Boursier (1979) : Petit dictionnaire baka-français
[3284]   Britz, R. M. J. (1973) : ’n Strukturele ondersoek van die meerlettergrepige naamwordstamme in Xhosa
[3285]   Broadbent, P. B. (1930s/40s) : Unpublished materials on Masalit
[23140]   Brock-Utne, Birgit (2005) : The continued battle over KiSwahili as the language of instruction in Tanzania
[23620]   Brock-Utne, Birgit (1997) : The language question in Namibian schools
[23819]   Brock-Utne, Birgit & Halla B. Holmarsdottir (2001) : The choice of English as medium of instruction and its effects on the African languages in Namibia
[5043]   Brock-Utne, Birgit & Rodney Kofi Hopson (Ed) (2005) : Languages of instruction for African emancipation: focus on postcolonial contexts and considerations
[3287]   Brockelmann, Carl (1929) : Zur Kritik der traditionellen Aussprache des Äthiopischen
[3288]   Brockelmann, Carl (1950) : Abessinische Studien
[23286]   Brockelmann, Carl (1928) : Kurzgefasste vergleichende Grammatik der semitischen Sprachen: Elemente der Laut- und Formenlehre
[3289]   Brockett, A. A. (1985) : The spoken arabic of Khâbûra on the Bâtina of Oman
[3290]   Brockmann, Heinrich (1941) : Einführung in die Hererosprache
[3291]   Brockmann, Karin (1996) : Interner und externer Sprachwandel am Beispiel des Xhosa
[3292]   Broekman, Henry (1997) : African languages and syntactic generation
[3293]   Brokensha, David W. (Ed) (1972) : Akwapim handbook
[3294]   Bromber, Katrin (1991) : “Kujitegemea”: Versuch einer semantischen Beschreibung
[3295]   Bromber, Katrin & Birgit Smieja (Ed) (2004) : Globalisation and African languages: risks and benefits (Festschrift Karsten Legère)
[23219]   Brookes, H. (2005) : What gestures do: some communicative functions of quotable gestures in conversations among Black urban South Africans
[3297]   Brooks, Bryan (1991) : Pluractional verbs in African languages
[3296]   Brooks, Kenneth (1976) : Literacy programmes in Ethiopia
[3298]   Broomfield, G. W. (1930) : The development of the Swahili language
[3299]   Broomfield, G. W. (1931) : The re-bantuization of the Swahili language
[3300]   Broomfield, G. W. (1931) : Sarufi ya kiswahili
[3301]   Broselow, Ellen I. (1976) : The phonology of Egyptian Arabic
[3302]   Broselow, Ellen I. (1984) : Default consonants in Amharic morphology
[3303]   Broselow, Ellen I. & Alice Niyondagara (1990) : Feature geometry of Kirundi palatalization
[3304]   Broselow, Ellen I. & Alice Niyondagara (1991) : Morphological structure in Kirundi palatalization: implications for feature geometry
[3306]   Brosnahan, L. F. (1958) : English in southern Nigeria
[3307]   Brosnahan, L. F. (1961) : Problems of linguistic inequivalence in communication (English-Nigerian)
[3308]   Brosnahan, L. F. (1963) : Some historical cases of language imposition
[3309]   Brosnahan, L. F. (1963) : Some aspects of the linguistic situation in tropical Africa
[3310]   Brosnahan, L. F. (1964) : Outlines of the phonology of the Gokana dialect of Ogoni
[3311]   Brosnahan, L. F. (1967) : A wordlist of the Gokana dialect of Ogoni
[3312]   Bross, Michael (1988) : Materialen zur Sprache der Ndam von Dik (Rep. Tchad): Untersuchungen zur Phonologie und Morphologie
[3315]   Bross, Michael (1997) : Some remarks on the history of extinct languages Auyo, Shira and Teshena
[24329]   Bross, Michael (2006) : Factors for the Distribution of the Definite Article - A corpus based study on L1 and L2 Hausa from Maiduguri
[3313]   Bross, Michael & Ahmad Tela Baba (1994) : Construction of a furnace among the Guddirawa: description and linguistic remarks
[3314]   Bross, Michael & Ahmad Tela Baba (1996) : Dictionary of Hausa crafts: a dialectal documentation/Kamus na sana’o’in hausa: bincike kan karin harshen Hausa
[3316]   Broughall Woods, R. E. (1924) : A short introductory dictionary of the Kaonde language, with English-Kaonde appendix
[3317]   Brousseau, Anne-Marie (1990) : Domaines et relations de gouvernement dans les processus tonals du fongbe
[3319]   Brousseau, Anne-Marie (1991) : Domaines et relations de gouvernement dans les processus tonals du fongbè
[3321]   Brousseau, Anne-Marie (1993) : L’interaction entre consonnes et tons en fongbè: pour une représentation “tonale” du voisement
[3322]   Brousseau, Anne-Marie (1993) : Réalisations syntaxiques et représentations sémantiques des instruments en fongbè
[3318]   Brousseau, Anne-Marie & J. Brillon (1990) : Le système tonal du fongbe
[3320]   Brousseau, Anne-Marie & John S. Lumsden (1992) : Nominal structures in Fongbe
[3342]   Brown-Edminston, A. B. (1932) : Grammar and dictionary of the Bushonga or Bukuba language
[3337]   Brown, D. Richard (1991) : Noteworthy features of Kresh phonology and orthography
[3338]   Brown, D. Richard (1991) : Information focus in Kresh
[3341]   Brown, D. Richard (1994) : Kresh
[23618]   Brown, D. Richard (1994) : Lessons learned from the Kresh Literacy Project
[3333]   Brown, David (1988) : The basements of Babylon: English literacy, and the division of labour on the South African gold mines
[3334]   Brown, David (1989) : Speaking in tongues: apartheid and language in South Africa
[3335]   Brown, David (1989) : Language and literacy on the South African mines
[3339]   Brown, David (1992) : Language and social history in South Africa: a task still to be undertaken
[3336]   Brown, E. U. (1989) : The verbal system of the Emohua and the Igwarutura dialects of Ikwere: a comparative study
[3328]   Brown, Gillian (1968) : The dialect situation in Bugisu
[3329]   Brown, Gillian (1969) : Syllables and redundancy rules in generative phonology
[3330]   Brown, Gillian (1971) : On the function of redundancy rules
[3331]   Brown, Gillian (1972) : Phonological rules and dialect variation: a study of the phonology of Lumasaaba
[3323]   Brown, John Tom (1925) : Secwana dictionary: English-Secwana and Secwana-English
[3324]   Brown, John Tom (1925/65) : Secwana dictionary: English-Secwana and Secwana-English
[3340]   Brown, John Tom (1993) : Setswana-English-Setswana dictionary
[3332]   Brown, Lalage (1973) : Two centuries of African English
[3326]   Brown, P. P. (1949) : West Africa: learning a European language
[3325]   Brown, P. P. & T. Scragg (1948) : Common errors in Gold Coast English
[3327]   Brown, S. (1958) : A Mende grammar with tones
[3343]   Browne, Gerald M. (1981) : Griffith’s Old Nubian lectionary
[3344]   Browne, Gerald M. (1982) : Griffith’s Old Nubian lectionary
[3345]   Browne, Gerald M. (1988) : Studies in Old Nubian
[3346]   Browne, Gerald M. (1997) : Old Nubian dictionary
[3347]   Browne, Gerald M. (2002) : Grammar of Old Nubian
[22853]   Brückner, Kathrin (1987) : The particle of contrast maa in Waama
[3348]   Bruens, A. (1937) : A grammar of Lundu
[3349]   Bruens, A. (1942/45) : The structure of Nkom and its relations to Bantu and Sudanic
[3350]   Bruens, A. (1948) : Het Londo (Brits-Kameroen)
[25354]   Brugger, [?] , [?] Dewilder , [?] Kocher , [?] Rolleri & [?] Wöhr (1912) : Vocabulaire français-abarambo et abarambo-français
[3351]   Brugnatelli, Vermondo (1987) : Deux notes sur l’état d’annexion en berbère
[3353]   Brugnatelli, Vermondo (1997) : L’état d’annexion en diachronie
[3352]   Brugnatelli, Vermondo (Ed) (1994) : Sem Cam Iafet: atti della 7a giornata di studi camito-semitici e indoeuropei, Milano 1o giugno 1993
[3354]   Brumfit, Anne (1971) : The development of a language policy in German East Africa
[3355]   Brumfit, Anne (1980) : The rise and development of a language policy in German East Africa
[3357]   Brumfit, Christopher J. (1995) : English as a second language and English language teaching: retrospect and prospect
[3356]   Brumfit, Christopher J. (Ed) (1982) : English for international communication
[3358]   Brungard, [Révérend] [Père] Antoine (1937) : Grammaire et dictionnaire kabrè
[3359]   Brunner, Hellmut (1961) : Abriss der mittelägyptischen Grammatik zum Gebrauch in akademischen Vorlesungen
[3360]   Brunner, Hellmut (1965) : Hieroglyphische Chrestomathie
[3361]   Brunner, Hellmut (1967) : Abriss der mittelägyptischen Grammatik zum Gebrauch in akademischen Vorlesungen
[3363]   Brunner, Hellmut (1979) : An outline of Middle Egyptian grammar, for use in academic instruction
[3364]   Brunner, Hellmut (1992) : Hieroglyphische Chrestomathie
[3365]   Brunner, Hellmut & Boyo G. Ockinga (1998) : A concise grammar of Middle Egyptian: an outline of Middle Egyptian grammar
[3366]   Brunner, Hellmut & Boyo G. Ockinga (1998) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik: Abriss der mittelägyptischen Grammatik von Hellmut Brunner in Neubearbeitung
[3362]   Brunner, Linus (1969) : Die gemeinsamen Wurzeln des semitischen und indo-germanischen Wortschatzes: Versuch einer Etymologie
[3367]   Bruno, Biancamaria (1980) : La derivazione in somalo
[3368]   Bruno, Biancamaria (1984) : Notes on denominal verbal derivation in Somali
[3370]   Brunot, Louis (1950) : Introduction à l’arabe marocain
[3371]   Brunot, Louis (1952) : Textes arabes de Rabat, 2: glossaire
[3369]   Brunot, Louis & ??lie Malka (1940) : Glossaire judéo-arabe de Fès
[3372]   Brustad, Kristen E. (2000) : The syntax of spoken Arabic: a comprehensive study if Moroccan, Egyptian, Syrian and Kuwaiti dialects
[3373]   Brutawit Fekade Selassie (1984) : A contrastive analysis of Kunama and Amharic segmental phonemes
[3374]   Brutel, E. (1921) : Vocabulaire français-kiswahili, kiswahili-français
[3375]   Brutel, E. (1930) : Vocabulaire français-kiswahili, kiswahili-français
[3376]   Bruto, H. F. de (1970) : Aspekte van die deverbatiewe naamwordomsetting in Afrikaans
[3377]   Bruto, H. F. de & D. P. Wissing (1974) : Aspekte van ’n afrikaanse TGG-fonologie
[3378]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1937) : The “archaic” perfect tense in old and modern Swahili
[3379]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1945) : A linguistic no-man’s land: the Sudan-Ethiopia border
[3380]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1947) : The distribution of the Semitic and Kushitic languages of Africa: an outline of available information
[3382]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1948) : Swahili pocket dictionary
[3385]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1955) : The verb in the Tama and Didinga groups
[3386]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1959) : The Bantu languages of Africa
[3387]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1959) : The T/K languages: a new substratum
[3388]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1968) : The *N/*K languages of Africa
[3389]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1971) : The verb classes in the East Saharan languages
[3390]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1975) : The I- and U-coloration syndrome: an excercise in morphotypology
[3381]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel & Archibald Norman Tucker (1948) : The distribution of the Nilotic and Nilo-Hamitic languages of Africa
[3391]   Bryant, Alfred T. (1958) : An abridged English-Zulu word-book
[3392]   Bryant, Alfred T. (1963) : Bantu origins: the people and their language
[24937]   Bryant, Michael (2007) : -Ni as a Marker of Discourse Resolution in Tirmaga
[22986]   Bryant, Michael Grayson (1999) : Aspects of Tirmaga grammar
[3393]   Brye, Edward (2001) : Rapid appraisal socioinguistic research among the Babanki: ALCAM [824] (Mezam Division, Northwest Province)
[3394]   Brye, Edward (2001) : A rapid appraisal language survey of Tsuvan (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province)
[3395]   Brye, Edward (2001) : Intelligibility testing and lexicostatistics of Buwal and Gavar (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province)
[3397]   Brye, Edward (2002) : A rapid appraisal survey of Jimi, a language of Cameroon (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province)
[3398]   Brye, Edward (2002) : Language survey of Gemzek and Gaduwa (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province)
[3399]   Brye, Edward (2003) : A rapid appraisal language survey of the Baldemu language (Diamare Division, Far North Province)
[3400]   Brye, Edward (2003) : A rapid appraisal language survey of Sharwa, a language of Cameroon (Mayo-Tsanaga Division, Far North Province)
[3402]   Brye, Edward (2004) : Rapid appraisal of Beezen
[3405]   Brye, Edward (2005) : Rapid appraisal sociolinguistic survey of Beba
[3396]   Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2001) : Rapid appraisal and intelligibility testing surveys of the eastern Beboid group of languages (Northwest Province): ALCAM [871, 872, 873, 874, 875] of the Donga Mantung Division and unclassified ALCAM [885, 886] of the Menchum Division
[3401]   Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2004) : Rapid appraisal sociolinguistic research of Dugwor
[3403]   Brye, Edward & Elizabeth Brye (2004) : Intelligibility testing survey of Bebe and Kemezung, and synthesis of sociolinguistic research of the Eastern Beboid cluster
[23353]   Brye, Edward , Elizabeth Brye & Roseta Ade Swiri (2005) : A rapid appraisal sociolinguistic survey of Mundum
[3404]   Brye, Elizabeth (2005) : A rapid appraisal language survey of Ngwo
[23063]   Brye, Elizabeth (1991) : Feature marking peak in Hausa folk tales
[25377]   Brye, Elizabeth & Bolima Flora (2006) : A Rapid Appraisal Language Survey of Njen
[3406]   Bryson, S. M. (1940) : Nandi grammar with sentences showing the various parts of speech
[3407]   Bryson, S. M. (1951) : English-Nandi dictionary
[3408]   Brzuski, Witold K. (1967) : Les verbes amhariques en contexte guèze dans les chroniques royales éthiopiennes
[3410]   Buba, Malami (1997) : Deixis (demonstratives and adverbials) in Hausa
[3411]   Buba, Malami (1997) : The deictic particle DIN in Hausa
[3412]   Buba, Malami (2000) : The pragmatics of addressee-based Hausa demonstratives
[3413]   Buba, Malami (2000) : On the deictic features of speaker-based Hausa demonstratives
[3409]   Buba, Malami & Philip John Jaggar (1994) : The space and time adverbials NAN/CAN in Hausa: cracking the deictic code
[3415]   Buchanan, Patricia (1996/97) : The Munukutuba noun class system
[3414]   Buchanan, Patricia & Jeannine Wadlegger (1974) : Concord in Tswana locatives
[3416]   Bucher, Urs (1984) : Vocabulary of Modern Standard Arabic
[3041]   Büchner, H. (1964) : Vokabulare der Sprachen in und um Gava (Nordnigerien)
[3418]   Buck, Adriaan de (1944) : Egyptische grammatica
[3419]   Buck, Adriaan de (1952) : Grammaire elementaire du moyen egyptienne
[3417]   Buck, H. (1924) : A Mashona dictionary
[3420]   Buckley, Eugene (1993) : Edge-in association and OCP ‘violations’ in Tigrinya
[3421]   Buckley, Eugene (1994) : Tigrinya vowel features and vowel coalescence
[3422]   Buckley, Eugene (1996) : Bare root nodes in Basaa
[3423]   Buckley, Eugene (1997) : Against vowel length in Tigrinya
[3424]   Buckley, Eugene (1997) : Tigrinya root consonants and the OCP
[3425]   Buckley, Eugene (1999) : Alignment and weight in the Tigrinya verb stem
[3426]   Buckley, Eugene (2003) : Emergent vowels in Tigrinya templates
[3427]   Buckman, Allen R. (1972) : Cultural isoglosses: the Yala speaking people of Ogoja province
[3428]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1969) : Inter-Ethnische Namen in Südwestafrika
[3429]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1979) : Byname in Basterland
[3430]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1980) : Die Volker Südwestafrikas (5): die Vierfalt der Sprachen
[3431]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1985) : Inter-etniese name in SWA
[3432]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1986) : Die Klassifikation der Khwe-khwen (Naman) in Südwestafrika
[3433]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1987) : Inter-ethnic relations as expressed in name-giving and cultural mimicry
[3434]   Budack, Kuno Franz Robert (1988) : Inter-ethnic names for white men in South West Africa
[3435]   Budge, Ernst Alfred Wallis (1920) : An Egyptian hieroglyphic dictionary, with an index of English words, king list and geographical list with indexes, list of hieroglyphic characters, Coptic and Semitic alphabets, etc.
[3436]   Budge, Ernst Alfred Wallis (1951) : Egyptian language: easy lessons in Egyptian hieorglyphics with sign list
[3437]   Buell, Leston (2000) : Swahili relative clauses
[3438]   Buell, Leston (2002) : Swahili amba-less relatives without head movement
[24751]   Buell, Leston (2009) : Evaluating the Immediate Postverbal Position as a Focus Position in Zulu
[25214]   Buell, Leston (2005) : Issues in Zulu Verbal Morphosyntax
[24693]   Buell, Leston & Mariame Sy (2006) : Affix Ordering in Wolof Applicatives and Causatives
[3439]   Bughwan, D. (1970) : An investigation into the use of English by the Indians in South Africa, with special reference to Natal
[3440]   Bughwan, D. (1973/74) : Indian South African: their language dilemma
[3441]   Bugingo, T. B. M. (1980) : Some dependency relations between verbs and nouns in Haya
[3442]   Bugingo, T. B. M. (1989) : The -an- morpheme in Swahili
[22857]   Bühler, Marlis & Magdalena Wichser (1994) : Dictionnaire karaboro-français et français-karaboro
[3542]   Bühlmann, P. Walbert (1950) : Die christliche Terminologie als Missions-methodisches Problem: dargestellt am Swahili und an andern Bantusprachen
[3543]   Bühlmann, P. Walbert (1953) : Principles of phonetic adaption in Swahili applied to Christian names
[24072]   Bühnen, Stefan (1988) : Lexique comparatif des dialectes Ba?un et de Kasanga et Cobiana
[3443]   Buis, Pierre (1990) : Essai sur la langue manjako de la zone de Bassarel
[3444]   Buisson, M. S. du (Ed) (1959) : Die wonder van Afrikaans: bydraes oor die ontstaan en groei van Afrikaans tot volwaardige wêreldtaal
[3445]   Bujra, J. (1974) : Pumwani: language usage in an urban Muslim community
[3446]   Bulakarima, Shettina Umara (1986) : Is Mobar a Kanuri dialect?
[3447]   Bulakarima, Shettina Umara (1987) : The phonological features of the major Kanuri dialects
[3448]   Bulakarima, Shettina Umara (1991) : Feature variation between Manga and the central dialect of Kanuri
[3449]   Bulakarima, Shettina Umara (1995) : Kanuri language studies: yesterday, today and tomorrow
[3451]   Bulakarima, Shettina Umara (1997) : A survey of Kanuri dialects
[3452]   Bulakarima, Shettina Umara (1998) : Linguistic and cultural background of the nomadic communities in the Lake Chad
[3450]   Bulakarima, Shettina Umara & Kwame Opoku-Agyeman (1995) : Mother tongue influence in spoken Kanuri English
[3454]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Début de vocabulaire de dialecte de pentaan
[3455]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Notions de grammaire: dialecte kinuni, parlé à bandundu
[3456]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Notions de grammaire et début de vocabulaire de kisaghata
[3457]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1948) : Les recherches linguistiques au Congo Belge: résultats acquis, nouvelles enquêtes à entreprendre
[3460]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1948) : Le problème bochiman et hottentot: les faits linguistiques
[3461]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1949) : Manuel de linguistique bantoue
[3463]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1950) : Classification des groupes de langues en Afrique selon Westermann
[3464]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1951) : Cinquante ans de bantouistique dans l’école de C. Meinhof
[3465]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1952) : Langues bantou
[3466]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1952) : Les langues khoin
[3470]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1952) : Les deux cartes linguistiques du Congo Belge
[3472]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van & Peter E. Hackett (1956) : Report of the eastern team: Oubangui to Great Lakes
[3453]   Bulck, V. van (1938) : Die Ubangi-Uele Sprachengruppe in nordlichen Belgisch Kongo
[3462]   Bulck, V. van (1949) : Existe-t-il un groupe de langues soudanaises équatoriales? Troisième congrès international des sciences éthnologiques et anthropologiques, Bruxelles 15 août 1948
[3467]   Bulck, V. van (1952) : International Bantu-Sudanese Team
[3468]   Bulck, V. van (1952) : Taalstudie op de Bantu-taalgrens, Juni 1949 - Jan. 1951 (International Bantu-Sudanese Team)
[3469]   Bulck, V. van (1952) : Existe-t-il une langue des Pygmées en Afrique centrale?
[3471]   Bulck, V. van (1954) : Orthographie des noms ethniques au Congo belge, suivi de la nomenclature des principales tribus et langues du Congo belge
[3473]   Bulkens, Annelies (19--) : Les réflexes du proto-bantou en nyamwezi (F22)
[3474]   Bulkens, Annelies (1999) : Linguistic indicators for the use of calabashes in the Bantu world
[3475]   Bulkens, Annelies (1999) : La reconstruction de quelques mots pour “mortier” en domaine bantou
[23611]   Bulkens, Annelies (1997) : Some nominal stems for ‘canoe’ in Bantu languages
[3476]   Bulley, M. W. (1925) : A manual of Nyanja, as spoken on the shores of Lake Nyasa, for the use of beginners
[3477]   Bundo, Daisuke (2001) : Social relationship embodied in singing and dancing performances among the Baka
[3479]   Bunduki, K-Nzaaza (1975) : Essai de lexique linguistique français-ciluba
[3478]   Bunduki, P. (1965) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue pheende
[24395]   Bunkheti, Kifindi (1997) : Recherches en grammaire du suku, langue bantu (H.32) de la vallée du Kwango (Angola-Kongo (Zaïre))
[3480]   Bunkowske, Eugene Walter (1976) : Topics in Yala grammar
[3481]   Bunkowske, Eugene Walter (1976) : What’s a word?
[22753]   Bunkowske, Eugene Walter (1972) : Eliding boundaries in Ogoja Yala
[3482]   Bunkungu, J. B. (1971) : L’orthographe en moore
[3483]   Burbridge, A. (1938) : The use of the ideophone
[3484]   Buret, M.-T. (1944) : Cours gradué d’arabe marocain
[3485]   Buret, M.-T. (1952) : Cours gradué d’arabe marocain: grammaire, prononciation, vocabulaire, exercises
[3486]   Burger, J. P. (1960) : An English-Lozi vocabulary
[3487]   Burgers, M. P. O. (1963) : Teach yourself Afrikaans
[3488]   Burk, Ellen I. (1940) : A small handbook of the Kilega language
[22902]   Burke, Lawrence R. (1995) : An introduction to the verbal system of Central Dangaleat
[3489]   Burke, S. J. (19--) : A spectographic study of some tonal pairs in Chichewa
[3490]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1976) : A comparison of variable nouns in Anyi-Sanvi and Nzema
[3491]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1983) : L’abouré
[3492]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1983) : L’agni
[22913]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1983) : Volta-Bandama language structures
[22958]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1988) : Personal pronouns in Anyi and related languages
[22970]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1999) : Lexique agni sanvi-français
[3493]   Burns, S. J. (1947) : Unpublished notes towards a grammar of the Koma language
[3494]   Burquest, Donald A. (1971) : A preliminary study of Angas phonology
[3495]   Burquest, Donald A. (1972) : A grammar of Angas
[3496]   Burquest, Donald A. (1977) : Angas
[3497]   Burquest, Donald A. (1978) : Semantic parametres in Angas kinship terminology
[3498]   Burquest, Donald A. (1981) : Evidence for object-verb ordering in Chadic
[3499]   Burquest, Donald A. (1986) : The pronoun system of some Chadic languages
[3500]   Burquest, Donald A. (1989) : A note on Hausa plurals
[3501]   Burquest, Donald A. (1999) : Is there PRO in Hausa? Ganii yaa fi jiì
[23044]   Burquest, Donald A. (1992) : An introduction to the use of aspect in Hausa narratives
[3502]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1936) : Het tshiluba en de phonologische ‘Africa’ spelling
[3504]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het luba: het ‘hoofdtelwoord’
[3505]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Tonologisch onderzoek van de copula di in het tshiLuba
[3506]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Het partikel -A in het tshiLuba
[3507]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het aanwijzend woord in het tshiLuba
[3508]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het substitutieve pronomen in het tshiLuba
[3509]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Linguistisch onderzoek in Centraal-Katanga: het kiLuba als toontaal
[3510]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Le tšílúbà, langue à intonation
[3511]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Tonologische schets van het tshiluba (Kasayi, Belgisch Kongo)
[3512]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Le luba, langue à intonation, et le tambour-signal
[3513]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1946) : Manuel de tshiluba (Kasayi, Congo Belge)
[3514]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1950) : Vorm en tonen de infinitief in het amashi
[3515]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1952) : Le numéraux en amashi
[3516]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1953) : Tonologisch onderzoek van de possessief met nominale stam in het amashi
[3517]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1954) : Inleiding tot de studie van de Kongolese bantoetalen/Introduction à l’étude des langues bantoues du Congo Belge
[3518]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1969) : Problemen en inventarisatie van de verbale strukturen in het Dho Alur (Nordoost-Kongo)
[3519]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1969) : Die konnektieve konstruktie in het Swahili
[3520]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1971) : Die possessiefe konstruktie in het Swahili
[3521]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1972) : La notation des langues négro-africaines: signes typographiques à utiliser
[3503]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. & [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van Bulck (1937) : Accent in de kongoleesche talen
[3522]   Burssens, Nico (1990) : Bibliographie van het tijdschrift “Kongo-Overzee” 1934-1959
[3523]   Burssens, Nico (1991) : Noms des jumeaux dans la région de Bandundu
[3524]   Burssens, Nico (1993) : Lexique et texte wongo (Bandundu-Z)
[24414]   Burssens, Nico (1989) : Dictionnaire Français-Buma
[3525]   Burton, G. S. M. (1934) : Sudan Arabic notebook
[23225]   Burton, John William (1981) : Some observations on the social history of the Atuot dialect of Nilotic
[3526]   Burton, Michael & Lorraine Kirk (1976) : Semantic reality of Bantu noun classes: the Kikuyu case
[3527]   Burtt, B. D. (1936) : List of plant names in vernaculars
[3528]   Busane, M. (1990) : Lexicography in central Africa: the user perspective, with special reference to Egypt
[22732]   Bush, Austin (1999) : An acoustic analysis of Maasai vowels
[3529]   Busse, Joseph (19--) : Nyakyusa manuscript dictionary
[3530]   Busse, Joseph (1940/41) : Lautlehre des Inamwanga
[3531]   Busse, Joseph (1943) : Lautlehre und Grammatik des Nyiha (Deutsch-Ostafrika)
[3532]   Busse, Joseph (1960) : Die Sprache der Nyiha in Ostafrika
[3533]   Bussy, T. Roland de (1946) : L’idiome d’Alger ou dictionnaire français-arabe et arabe-français précédés des principes grammaticaux de cette langue
[3534]   Butavand, F. (1933) : Études de linguistique africaine et asiatique comparé
[3535]   Butaye, [Révérend] [Père] Réne (19--) : Dictionnaire français-kikongo (ntandu) et kikongo-français
[3536]   Butaye, [Révérend] [Père] Réne & P. Meulenijzer (1927) : Dictionnaire de poche kikongo-français et français-kikongo (ntandu), avec notions de grammaire
[3537]   Butcher, H. L. M. (1936) : Elementary dictionary of the Benin language
[3538]   Buth, Randall (1981) : The twenty vowels of Dhwe Luwo (Jur Luo, Sudan)
[3539]   Buth, Randall (1981) : Ergative word order: Luwo is OVS
[3540]   Buthelezi, Qedusizi Elizabeth (1995) : South African Black English: lexical and syntactic characteristics
[3541]   Butler, G. (1964) : The future of English in Africa
[3544]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre (1966) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue ngwii
[3545]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre (1970) : Esquisse de grammaire de lingala
[3547]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre (1972) : J’apprend de lingala tout seul en trois mois
[3546]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre & Achille Emiel Meeussen (1971) : Notes mbuum, non-publié
[3548]   Bwenge, Anthony (1977) : L’anglais au Rwanda: son utilisation et son utilité
[3549]   Bwenge, Charles M. T. (1989) : Lexicographical treatment of affixational morphology: a case study of four Swahili dictionaries
[3550]   Byandala, G. (19--) : The Lusoga orthography
[3551]   Byandala, G. (1947) : The Lusoga language
[3553]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa (1975) : An examination of the segmental phonology of Haya
[3556]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa (1976) : Strategies in loan phonology
[3558]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa (1977) : On the phonological status of p/h and d/l
[3559]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa (1977) : Word list
[3554]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa & Sarah Tenenbaum (1976) : Agreement and word order: a case for pragmatics in Haya
[3557]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa , Alessandro Duranti & Larry Michael Hyman (Ed) (1977) : Haya grammatical structure: phonology, grammar, discourse
[3555]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa , Larry Michael Hyman & Sarah Tenenbaum (1976) : Tone, accent and assertion in Haya
[3552]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa , U. A. Turuka & Saida Yahya-Othman (1973) : Some notes on force and instrument in Swahili and Haya: a comparative survey
[3560]   Bynoe-Andriolo, Esla Y. & Mohamed Sorie Yillah (1975) : Predicative clefting in Afro-European creoles
[3561]   Bynon, James (1966) : Riddle telling among the Berbers of central Morocco
[3562]   Bynon, James (1970) : A class of phonaesthetic words in Berber
[3565]   Bynon, James (Ed) (1984) : Current progress in Afro-Asiatic linguistics: papers of the 3rd international Hamito-Semitic congress, at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, from the 29th to the 31st of March, 1978
[3564]   Bynon, James & Theodora Bynon (Ed) (1975) : Hamito-Semitica: proceedings of a colloquium held by the historical section of the Linguistics Association (Great Britain) at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, on the 18th, 19th and 20th of March 1970
[3563]   Bynon, Theodora & Michael Mann (1973) : Papers on ‘Comparative Bantu’: an introduction
[23717]   Byrd, Steven (2005) : Calunga, an Afro-Brazilian speech of the Triângulo Mineiro: its grammar and history
[3566]   Cabdi Xuseen, Maxamed (1984) : Note su alcuni prestiti nel Somalo
[3567]   Cabral, António Augusto Pereira (1924) : Vocabulário português, shironga, shitsua, guitonga, shishope, shisena, shinhungue, shishuabo, kikua, shi-yao e kissuahili
[3568]   Cabral, António Augusto Pereira (1924/75) : Empréstimos linguísticos nas línguas moçambicanas
[3569]   Cabrera, Lydia (1957) : Anagó: vocabulario lucumi (el Yoruba que se habla en Cuba)
[3570]   Cabrera, Lydia (1992) : El monte. Igbo-finda, ewe orisha, vititi nfinda: notas sobre las religiones, la magia, las supersticiones y el folklore de los negros criollos y el pueblo de Cuba
[3571]   Cabrera, Lydia (2001) : Vocabulario congo, el bantú que se habla en Cuba: español-congo y congo-español
[3572]   Cachia, Pierre (1974) : Al-Arif: a dictionary of grammatical terms, Arabic-English, English-Arabic
[3573]   Cadenat, J. (1947) : Noms vernaculaires des principales formes d’animaux marins des côtes de l’Afrique Occidentale Française
[3574]   Cadenat, J. & F. Paraiso (1951) : Noms vernaculaires des principales formes d’animaux marins des lagunes du Togo et du Dahomey
[3575]   Cadi, Kaddour (1987) : Système verbal rifain: forme et sens
[3576]   Cadiou, Yves (1983) : La structure du mot en kiyarwanda
[3577]   Cadiou, Yves (1985) : Sur un problème de syntaxe: la relation verbe-complément en kinyarwanda
[3578]   Cadiou, Yves (Ed) (1985) : Le kinyarwanda: études de morpho-syntaxe
[3579]   Cadora, F. J. (Ed) (1992) : Bedouin, village and urban Arabic: an ecolinguistic study
[3580]   Cadwell, R. (1955) : Chinyanja simplified
[3581]   Caeneghame, R. van (1943) : Het prefix ka-tu in Luba
[3582]   Caeneghame, R. van (1946) : Het prefix ku
[3583]   Caeneghame, R. van (1950) : Aanvullingen bij een tonologische studie
[3584]   Cagnat, René Louis Victor & Alfred Merlin (1923) : Inscriptions latines d’Afrique: Tripolitaine, Tunisie, Maroc
[3586]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1992) : A preliminary phonology of the Konni language
[3587]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1997) : The phonology of labio-velar stops
[3588]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1998) : Nasal assimilation and labial-velar geometry
[3589]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1998) : Tonal polarity in Konni nouns: an Optimal Theoretic account
[3590]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1999) : Vowel harmony in Konni
[3591]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1999) : Diphtongization in Konni: a feature geometry account
[3592]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1999) : Aspects of the morphology and phonology of Konni
[3593]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1999) : Aspects of the phonology of labial-velar stops
[3594]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1999) : Triple splits in Proto-Buli-Konni
[3595]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2000) : The phonology of Konni verbs
[3596]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2000) : Positional contrast and labial-velars
[3597]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2000) : Tonal associative morphemes in Optimality Theory
[3598]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2000/01) : Noun classes and phonology in Konni
[3599]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2001) : The value of historical and comparative linguistics
[3600]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2001) : Avoiding tone marks: a remnant of English education?
[3601]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2004) : Marked tones and texture: the necessity of high tones in Konni
[23006]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1985) : An autosegmental analysis of Akan nasality and tone
[23007]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1994) : Diphthongization and underspecification in Konni
[23018]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1996) : ATR harmony in Konni
[23549]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2003) : The phonology of /r/ in Konni
[23701]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2004) : Tone polarity in Konni nouns
[23955]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (1992) : The case of the mising Konni ‘P’
[24700]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2006) : Perception of Yoruba Word-Initial [gb] and [b]
[24739]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2009) : Konni Vowel Feature Spread across Consonants
[25082]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2007) : Aspects of the Morphology and Phonology of Konni
[3585]   Cahill, W. (1970) : Kamusi ya kwanza Kiswahili-Kiingereza
[23067]   Cain, Bruce (1991) : A discourse analysis of the Hausa fable ‘The hyena and the drum’
[3602]   Caitucoli, Claude (1978) : Schèmes tonals et morphologie du verbe en masa
[3603]   Caitucoli, Claude (1983) : Lexique masa (Tchad et Cameroun)
[3604]   Caitucoli, Claude (1986) : Douze contes masa, avec une introduction grammaticale
[25019]   Caitucoli, Claude (1985) : La relative en masa
[3605]   Calabrese, A. (1987) : Focus structure in Berber: a comparative analysis with Italian
[3606]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1963) : Syntaxe des particules ‘subordinatives’ en dogon
[3607]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1965) : Ethnologie et langage: la parole chez les Dogon
[3608]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1967) : Essai d’étude stylistique d’un texte dogon
[3609]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1968) : Dictionnaire dogon (dialecte tòro): langue et civilisation
[3612]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1972) : L’expression du temps en dogon de Sanga
[24065]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1956) : Les dialectes dogon
[24066]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1963) : Le verbe dogon
[24514]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1980 [1974]) : Dogon
[3610]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (Ed) (1969) : Le thème de l’arbre dans les contes africaines, I
[3611]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (Ed) (1970) : Le thème de l’arbre dans les contes africaines, II
[3613]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (Ed) (1974) : Le thème de l’arbre dans les contes africaines, III
[3614]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (Ed) (1977) : Langage et cultures africaines: essais d’ethnolinguistique
[3615]   Calderola, E. (1---) : English-Madi handbook
[3616]   Calice, F. (1928) : Die Entstehung der koptischen Eigenschaftsverben
[3617]   Calice, F. (1928) : Zur Entwicklung des u-lautes im Ägyptischen und Koptischen
[3618]   Calice, F. (1936) : Grundlagen der ägyptisch-semitischen Wortvergleichung
[3619]   Callender, John B. (1975) : Afroasiatic cases and the formation of Ancient Egyptian constructions with possessive suffixes
[3620]   Callender, John B. (1975) : Middle Egyptian
[3621]   Callender, John B. (1984) : Studies in the nominal sentence in Egyptian and Coptic
[3622]   Calley, S. (1964) : Dictionnaire fang-français suivi d’une grammaire fang
[3623]   Callinan, Lynne (1981) : A preliminary study of Avokaya phonemes
[3624]   Callinan, Lynne (1986) : Sentence constructions in Avokaya
[3625]   Callow, John C. (1965) : Kasem nominals: a study in analysis
[3626]   Callow, John C. (1965) : Collected field reports on the phonology of Kasem
[3628]   Callow, John C. (1971) : Derivation in Kasem
[3627]   Callow, Kathleen (1966) : Preliminary notes on serial constructions in Kasem
[23014]   Callow, Kathleen (1968) : A hierarchical study of neutralization in Kasem
[24504]   Callow, Kathleen (1977 [1968]) : Kasem
[3629]   Calonne-Beaufaict, A. de (19--) : Les Ababua
[3630]   Calteaux, K. V. (1987) : Die demonstratief in Noord-Sotho
[3631]   Calteaux, K. V. (1989) : Study guide for Ndonga I: phonetics and phonology
[3632]   Calteaux, Karen (1994) : A sociolinguistic analysis of a multilingual community
[23699]   Calteaux, Karen (1996) : Standard and non-standard African language varieties in the urban areas of South Africa
[3633]   Calvet, Maurice (1964) : Étude phonétique des voyelles du wolof
[3634]   Calvet, Maurice (1965) : Étude phonétique des voyelles du wolof
[24380]   Calvet, Maurice (1968) : The elaboration of basic Wolof : first results, the most frequent one hundred words, the problems raised by the lexicological analysis of a great African language
[3636]   Camara, C. Katia (1983) : Tagbana-Deutsch Wörterbuch
[3635]   Camara, Joseph (1---) : Essai d’une description morphosyntaxique du constituant verbal en malinke de Guinée
[3637]   Cambron, (1---) : Vocabulaire bamanga/bengamisa
[3638]   Camburn, Janet K. (1984) : A relational grammar approach to Kera syntax
[3640]   Cameron, Barbara & Janelle Iverson (1986) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Bullom language
[3641]   Cameron, Barbara & Janet Kunkel (2002) : A sociolinguistic survey of the Dhimba language
[3639]   Cameron, Donald Andreas (1979) : An Arabic-English dictionary
[3644]   Cammenga, Jelle (2002) : Phonology and morphology of Ekegusii, a Bantu language of Kenya
[23577]   Cammenga, Jelle (2002) : Igikuria phonology and morphology, a Bantu language of south-west Kenya and north-west Tanzania
[3642]   Cammenga, Jillert (1993) : Kuria vowel height and iterative local spreading
[3643]   Cammenga, Jillert (1994) : Kuria phonology and morphology
[3645]   Campbell, Alec C. (1972) : 100 Tswana proverbs
[3646]   Campbell, Alec C. & Robert Karl Hitchcock (1985) : Some Setswana names of woody plants
[3647]   Campbell, Richard (1988) : Verbal inflection in Kwawu Akan
[3648]   Campbell, Richard (1992) : Serial verbs and unaccusativity
[3649]   Campbell, Richard (1998) : A note on subject clitics in Akan
[3650]   Cancel, Robert (1986) : Broadcasting oral traditions: the ‘logic’ of narrative variants - the problem of the ‘message’
[3651]   Cancella, Luíz (1920) : Elementos para o estudo do Kimbundu
[3652]   Candler, W. J. (1977) : Teaching English as a second dialect in Liberia
[3653]   Caney, John Charles (1984) : The modernisation of Somali vocabulary, with particular reference to the period from 1972 to the present
[3654]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1989) : Imisindo yesiZulu: a simple introduction to Zulu phonology
[3655]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3656]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3657]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : Subclasses of Zulu nouns
[3658]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1991) : Xhosa and Zulu compared: a simple intrductin to Xhosa from a Zulu point of view
[3659]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1991) : A manual of comparative Bantu studies
[3660]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1992) : Swati and Zulu compared: Swati from a Zulu point of view
[3661]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1993) : A manual of comparative Bantu studies
[3662]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1993) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3663]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1994) : The Nguni languages: a simple presentation and comparison of Zulu, Xhosa and Swati
[3664]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1994) : Elements of Zulu morpho-syntax
[3665]   Cansdale, G. S. (1971) : A list of scientific and vernacular names of the fauna of Ghana
[3666]   Cantineau, Jean (1940) : Les parlers arabes du département d’Oran
[3667]   Cantineau, Jean (1941) : Les parlers arabes des territoires du sud
[3668]   Cantineau, Jean (1946) : Les parlers arabes du Hôrân: notions générales, grammaire
[3669]   Cantineau, Jean (1955) : La dialectologie arabe
[3670]   Cantrell, J. V. (1946) : Some aspects of Mpondo and its relation to Xhosa and Zulu
[3671]   Cantrell, J. V. (1967) : The verbal root in Xhosa, its component radicals and extensions
[3672]   Cantrell, J. V. (1969) : The verbal root in Xhosa, its component radicals and extensions
[3673]   Cantrell, J. V. (1972) : The shape of the Xhosa root as it occurs in the verbal stem ; part 1
[3674]   Cantrell, J. V. (1973) : The shape of the Xhosa root as it occurs in the verbal stem ; part 2
[3675]   Cantrell, J. V. (1974) : Some characteristics of Mpondo
[3676]   Cantrell, J. V. (1975) : The relationship between Mpondo and Xesibe dialects
[3677]   Canu, Gaston (1967) : Les classes nominales en mò:re
[3678]   Canu, Gaston (1968) : Remarques sur quelques emprunts lexicaux en mò:ré (dialecte de Ouagadougou)
[3679]   Canu, Gaston (1971) : Gúrénnè et mò:re
[3680]   Canu, Gaston (1973) : Description synchronique de la langue mò:ré (dialecte de Ouagadougou)
[3681]   Canu, Gaston (1976) : La langue mò:re, dialecte de Ouagadougou, Haute-Volta: description synchronique
[3682]   Canu, Gaston (1981) : Le mò:re
[15684]   Canu, Gaston (1966) : Les systèmes phonologiques des principales langues du Sénégal: étude comparative
[23269]   Canu, Gaston , Laurent Duponchel & A. Lamy (1971) : Langue négro-africaines et enseignement du français: conférences et comptes rendus
[3683]   Canut, Cécile (1995) : Dynamique et imaginaire linguistiques dans les sociétés à tradition orale: le cas du Mali
[3684]   Canut, Cécile (2002) : Perceptions of languages in the Mandingo Region of Mali
[24278]   Canut, Cécile (1996) : Instabilité des usages et non fermeté du système manding au Mali
[24318]   Canut, Cécile (1992) : Dynamisme linguistique à Bamako: Les familles songoy en zone mandingue
[3685]   Capell, A. (1951) : Bantu and North Australian: a study in agglutination
[3686]   Capen, Carole Jamieson (1998) : Bilingual Dholuo-English dictionary, Kenya
[25291]   Capo, Hounkpati B. C. (1991) : De la portée de la "palatisation" en gbe et ses implications théoriques
[3687]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1977) : Étude phonologique comparée du wacígbe et du gengbe
[3688]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1979) : The codification of Nigerian languages
[3689]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1980) : Un regroupement des parles gbe
[3690]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1981) : Nasality in Gbe: a synchronic intrepretation
[3691]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1981) : A diachronic phonology of the ‘Gbe’ dialect cluster
[3692]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1981) : Sibilantization in Gbe
[3693]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1982) : Phonologie comparative du gbe
[3694]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1983) : Nasal vowels and nasalized consonants in Gbe
[3695]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1985) : On the high non-expanded vowels in Yoruboid
[3696]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1985) : Prelude to the relationship between Gbe and Yoruboid
[3697]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1986) : Vowel roundness in Gbe: a pandialectal approach
[3698]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1987) : Renaissance du gbe (une langue de l’Afrique occidentals): réflexions critiques et constructives sur l’eve, le fon, le gen, l’aja, le gun
[3699]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1987) : La labialité vocalique en gbe: une approche pandialectale
[3700]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1987) : ‘Palatalisation’ diachronique en gbe
[3701]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1989) : Defoid
[3702]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1989) : L’assimilation d’arrondissement dans le redoublement des formes verbales en Gbe
[3703]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1989) : Précis phonologique du gbe: une perspective comparative
[3704]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1990) : De l’harmonie vocalique (et consonantique) dans les formes redoublées des radicaux (verbaux) CV en gbe
[3705]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1990) : Systèmes numériques et hétérogénéité ethnique des communautes de parlers gbe
[3706]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1990) : Towards a viable orthography for Egungbe
[3707]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1991) : A comparative phonology of Gbe
[3708]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1992) : The bilabial fricatives in Ewe: innovation or retention?
[3709]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1994) : A propos du statut énigmatique de la sonante vélaire en gbe
[3710]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1995) : Terrain et théorie en linguistique: note expérience des parlers gbe
[22420]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (2003) : Langues africaines pour le dévelopement durable et la culture de la paix en Afrique
[22754]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1979) : Preliminary notes on the present tongues of the Nigerian Aja communitites
[24091]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1983) : Le Gbe est une langue unique
[3711]   Capon, M. (1953) : Les noms vernaculaires des principales essences forestières à yangambi (chez les turumbu)
[3712]   Caponigro, Ivano (2003) : Unbalanced coordination in Maasai
[3713]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1968) : Essai du phonologie du mbay: emprunts arabes en mbay
[3715]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1971) : Le mawer: une nouvelle langue du groupe “tchado-hamitiques”?
[3716]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1971) : La dénomination des couleurs chez les mbay de Moïssala (une ethnie sara du sud Tchad)
[3717]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1971) : Les langues du Tchad
[3718]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1972) : Études et documents sara-bongo-baguirmiens
[3720]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1975) : Lexique tumak-français (Tchad)
[3721]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1975) : La dénomination des “couleurs”: méthode d’enquête, avec application a ne langue tchad, le mbay de moïssala
[3723]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1977) : Quelques problèmes de phonologie en mbay de Moïssala
[3724]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Notes linguistiques sur le tobanga à parler d’un conte en cette langue
[3725]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Les langues maba
[3726]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : La famille nilo-saharienne
[3728]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Le mots voyagers dans l’interfluve Bahr-Erguig/Chari/Logone
[3729]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Les langues du Soudan oriental
[3730]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1978) : Le groupe des langues du Soudan central
[3734]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1981) : Les langues sara bongo baguirmiennes et leur classification
[3735]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1981) : Le mbai-moïssala
[3737]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1984) : Unpublished materials on Maba collected in Paris (informant: Youssouf Adam of Barakala, Am Dam, 40, male, official)
[3722]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (Ed) (1977) : Études phonologiques tchadiennes
[3719]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1973) : Inventaire provisoire des langues “tchadiques” parlées sur le territoire de la République du Tchad
[3727]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (Ed) (1978) : Préalables à la reconstruction du proto-tchadique
[3738]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre & Irumu Agozia-Kario (1986) : Documents sur la numeration et les mesures en Logoti (Zaire)
[3714]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre & Jacques Fédry (1969) : Le groupe des langues “sara” (République du Tchad)
[3733]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre & others (Ed) (1979) : Contacts de langues et contacts de cultures, 3: la création lexicale spontanée en Afrique centrale par emprunt au français
[3732]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre , Francis Jouannet & Serge Goracci (Ed) (1978) : Contacts de langues et contacts de cultures, 2: la situation du Tchad: approche globale au niveau national
[3731]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre , Henri Guillaume & others (Ed) (1978) : Contacts de langues et contacts de cultures, 1: démographie linguistique: apporche quantitative
[3736]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre , Marcel Diki-Kidiri & others (Ed) (1982) : Contacts de langues et contacts de cultures, 4: l’expansion des langues Africaines: peul, sango, kikongo, ciluba, swahili
[3739]   Capron, Jean (1973) : Communautes villageoises Mali-Haute Volta Bwa
[3740]   Caquot, André & David Cohen (Ed) (1974) : Actes du 1e congrès internationale de la linguistique sémitique et chamito-sémitique, Paris, 16-19 juillet, 1969
[3741]   Caravaglios, Maria (Ed) (1983) : L’Africa a tempi di Daniele Comboni: congresso internazionale di studi africani, Roma 19-21 november 1981
[3742]   Carbou, Henri (1954) : Méthode pratique pour l’étude de l’arabe parlé en Ouaday et à l’est du Tchad
[3743]   Carden, Guy (1993) : The Mauritian Creole lekor reflexive: substrate influence on the target-location parameter
[3744]   Cardinall, Alan Wolsey (1920) : The natives of the northern territories of the Gold Coast
[3745]   Cardinall, Alan Wolsey (1924) : The division of the year among the Talansi of the Gold Coast
[3746]   Cardinall, Alan Wolsey (1931) : A survival
[3748]   Cardona, Giorgio Raimondo (1981) : Profilo fonologico del somalo
[3749]   Cardona, Giorgio Raimondo (1986) : Somalia and the Indian Ocean: cultural and linguistic contact
[24623]   Cardona, Giorgio Raimondo (1973) : Phonologie descriptive et comparaison historique, remarques sur les liens entre Nzéma et Agni
[24624]   Cardona, Giorgio Raimondo (1977) : Profilo della lingua nzema
[3747]   Cardona, Giorgio Raimondo & Francesco Agostini (Ed) (1981) : Fonologia e lessico
[22805]   Cardoso, Carlos Lopes (1967) : “Ovatjimba” em Angola
[22806]   Cardoso, Carlos Lopes (1966) : “Olumbali” do distrito de Moçâmedes: achegas para o seu estudo
[22807]   Cardoso, Carlos Lopes (1966) : “Olumbali” do distrito de Moçâmedes: achegas para o seu estudo
[3750]   Cardoso, Eduardo Augusto (1989) : O crioulo da Ilha de S. Nicolau de Cabo Verde
[3751]   Caressa, Ferruccio (1936) : Manuale linguistica per l’Africa oriental: lingue araba, amarica, galla, tigrina
[3752]   Caressa, Ferruccio (1958) : Dizionario africano: italiano-amarico, tigrino, arabo, galla, migurtino, benadirese
[3753]   Caressa, Ferruccio (1986) : Manuale linguistica per l’Africa oriental: lingue - araba, amarica, galla, tigrina
[3754]   Carleton, Troi (1992) : The tonology of Asante verbs
[3755]   Carlin, Eithne B. (1993) : Das So: eine Kuliak-Sprache aus Uganda
[3756]   Carlin, Eithne B. (1993) : The So language
[3757]   Carlin, Eithne B. & Maarten Mous (1995) : The “back” in Iraqw: extensions of meaning in space
[3758]   Carlson, Robert J. (1983) : Downstep in Supyire
[3759]   Carlson, Robert J. (1991) : Grammaticalization of postpositions and word order in Senufo languages
[3760]   Carlson, Robert J. (1992) : Narrative, subjunctive and finiteness
[3761]   Carlson, Robert J. (1994) : A grammar of Supyire
[3762]   Carlson, Robert J. (1997) : The Senufo languages
[3763]   Carlson, Robert J. (2000) : Event-views and transitivity in the Supyire verbal system
[23032]   Carlson, Robert J. (1993) : A sketch of Jo: a Mande language with a feminine pronoun
[23034]   Carlson, Robert J. (1998) : Wuu supyire sem? Ecrivons le supyiré: orthographe er grammaire pratiques du supyiré de Kampolondougou
[23550]   Carlson, Robert J. (2003) : Reflexives and reciprocals in Supyire
[23956]   Carlson, Robert J. & Kafano Sanago (1992) : Dictionnaire supyire-français, avec index français-supyire
[22993]   Carlton, Elizabeth M. & Sharon R. Rand (1994) : Compilation de listes de mots Swadesh modifiées recueillis parmi les langues du groupe Diola, sud du Sénégal
[23075]   Carlton, Elizabeth M. & Sharon R. Rand (1993) : Enquête sociolinguistique sur les langues Diolas de basse Casamance
[3764]   Carmichael, Lesley (1999) : The morphosyntactic structure of NPs in Ronga
[3765]   Carnochan, Jack (1948) : A study in the phonology of an Igbo speaker
[3766]   Carnochan, Jack (1951) : A study of quantity in Hausa
[3767]   Carnochan, Jack (1952) : Glottalization in Hausa
[3768]   Carnochan, Jack (1957) : Gemination in Hausa
[3769]   Carnochan, Jack (1960) : Vowel harmony in Igbo
[3770]   Carnochan, Jack (1962) : The category of number in Igbo grammar
[3771]   Carnochan, Jack (1964) : Pitch, tone and intonation in Yoruba
[3772]   Carnochan, Jack (1970) : A study of quantity in Hausa
[3773]   Carnochan, Jack (1970) : Categories of the verbal piece in Bachama
[3774]   Carnochan, Jack (1975) : Bachama and Chadic
[3775]   Carnochan, Jack (1977) : Bachama and Semito-Hamitic
[3776]   Carnochan, Jack (1988) : The vowels of Hausa
[3777]   Carnochan, Jack (1992) : Hausa orthography and Abraham’s transcription
[3778]   Caron, Bernard (1986) : Les accomplis I et II du haoussa et la subordination
[3779]   Caron, Bernard (1987) : Description d’un parler haoussa de l’Ader (République du Niger)
[3780]   Caron, Bernard (1987) : Classes verbales et extensions en haoussa de l’Ader
[3781]   Caron, Bernard (1987) : Quelques perspectives sur le causatif haoussa fournies par le dialecte de l’Ader
[3782]   Caron, Bernard (1988) : Passif et types de procès en haoussa
[3783]   Caron, Bernard (1989) : The verbal system of Ader Hausa
[3784]   Caron, Bernard (1989) : A propos de l’“accompli” haoussa et des perfecto-prèsents dans quelques langues d’Afrique de l’Ouest et d’ailleurs
[3785]   Caron, Bernard (1989) : Compte rendu: Working papers in Kiswahili
[3786]   Caron, Bernard (1990) : La négation en haoussa
[3787]   Caron, Bernard (1990) : Note sur le ba final de l’accompli négatif en haoussa
[3788]   Caron, Bernard (1991) : Le haoussa de l’Ader
[3790]   Caron, Bernard (1998) : La focalisation
[3792]   Caron, Bernard (2000) : Assertion et préconstruit: topicalisation et focalisation dans les langues africaines
[22414]   Caron, Bernard (2003) : A propos de Kal et de Sigidi: problèmes de dialectologie Zaar (tchadique sud Bauchi)
[24049]   Caron, Bernard (2001) : Guus, aka Sigidi (Chadic, West-B, South-Bauchi): Grammatical notes and vocabulary
[24050]   Caron, Bernard (2002) : Dott, aka ZoDi: Grammatical notes, vocabulary, text
[24430]   Caron, Bernard (2005) : Za:r (Dictionary, grammar, texts)
[24431]   Caron, Bernard (2006) : South-Bauchi West Pronominal and TAM Systems
[24459]   Caron, Bernard (2006) : Condition, topic and focus in African languages: why conditionals are not topics
[24553]   Caron, Bernard (2002) : Notes de terrains sur les langues sud-Bauchi
[